Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM   10-K
 
x       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d)  OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011
 
or
 
o          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d)  OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission file number: 1-31371
 
Oshkosh Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Wisconsin	 	39-0520270	
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	

P.O. Box 2566
Oshkosh, Wisconsin	 	54903-2566	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (920) 235-9151
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock ($.01 par value)	 	New York Stock Exchange	
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. x Yes o No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes x No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes o No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x Yes o No
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x	 	Accelerated filer o	
 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer o	 	Smaller reporting company o	
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes x No
 
At March 31, 2011, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates was $3,222,820,985 (based on the closing price of $35.38 per share on the New York Stock Exchange as of such date).
 
As of November 11, 2011, 91,421,701 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (to be filed with the Commission under Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year and, upon such filing, to be incorporated by reference into Part III).

 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
 
FISCAL 2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	Page	
 	 	
PART I	 	
 	 	
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1	
 	 	 	
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	16	
 	 	 	
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	24	
 	 	 	
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	24	
 	 	 	
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	25	
 	 	 	
 	EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT	26	
 	 	 	
PART II	 	
 	 	
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	29	
 	 	 	
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	31	
 	 	 	
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	33	
 	 	 	
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	54	
 	 	 	
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	55	
 	 	 	
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	106	
 	 	 	
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	106	
 	 	 	
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	106	
 	 	 	
PART III	 	
 	 	
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	107	
 	 	 	
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	107	
 	 	 	
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	107	
 	 	 	
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	108	
 	 	 	
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	108	
 	 	 	
PART IV	 	
 	 	
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE	109	
 	 	 	
 	SIGNATURES	110	

Table of Contents
 
As used herein, the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refers to Oshkosh Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. “Oshkosh” refers to Oshkosh Corporation, not including JLG Industries, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (“JLG”), Pierce Manufacturing Inc. (“Pierce”), McNeilus Companies, Inc. (“McNeilus”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Kewaunee Fabrications, LLC (“Kewaunee”), Concrete Equipment Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“CON-E-CO”), London Machinery Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“London”), Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles (UK), Limited and AK Specialty Vehicles B.V. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (together, “SMIT”) and Iowa Mold Tooling Co., Inc. (“IMT”) or any other subsidiaries.
 
The “Oshkosh Ò ,” “JLG Ò ,” “Pierce Ò ,” “McNeilus Ò ,” “MEDTEC Ò ,” “Jerr-Dan Ò ,” “Frontline Ô ,” “SMIT Ô ,” “CON-E-CO Ò ,” “London Ò ,” “IMT Ò ,” “SkyTrak Ò ,” “Lull Ò ,” “Revolution Ò ,” “Command Zone Ô ,” “TAK-4 Ò ,” “Hercules Ô ,” “Husky Ô ,” “PUC Ô ,” “ClearSky Ô ,” “TerraMax Ô ,” “SandCat Ô ” and “ProPulse Ò ” trademarks and related logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Company. All other product and service names referenced in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
 
All references herein to earnings per share refer to earnings per share assuming dilution, unless noted otherwise.
 
For ease of understanding, the Company refers to types of specialty vehicles for particular applications as “markets.” When the Company refers to “market” positions, these comments are based on information available to the Company concerning units sold by those companies currently manufacturing the same types of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies and are therefore only estimates. Unless otherwise noted, these market positions are based on sales in the United States of America. There can be no assurance that the Company will maintain such market positions in the future.
 
Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements
 
The Company believes that certain statements in “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other statements located elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this report, including, without limitation, statements regarding the Company’s future financial position, business strategy, targets, projected sales, costs, earnings, capital expenditures, debt levels and cash flows, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, including those under the caption “Executive Overview” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” are forward-looking statements. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “should,” “project” or “plan” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Additional information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements is contained in Item 1A of Part I of this report.
 
All forward-looking statements, including those under the caption “Executive Overview” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” speak only as of November 16, 2011. The Company assumes no obligation, and disclaims any obligation, to update information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Investors should be aware that the Company may not update such information until the Company’s next quarterly earnings conference call, if at all.

Table of Contents
 
PART I 
 
ITEM 1.                                   BUSINESS 
 
The Company
 
The Company is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies. The Company partners with customers to deliver superior solutions that safely and efficiently move people and materials at work, around the globe, and around the clock. The Company began business in 1917 as an early pioneer of four-wheel drive technology, and off road mobility technology remains one of its core competencies. The Company operates in four reportable segments for financial reporting purposes: defense, access equipment, fire & emergency and commercial, which comprised 57%, 26%, 10% and 7%, respectively, of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal 2011. The Company made approximately 56%, 72% and 53% of its net sales for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to the U.S. government, a substantial majority of which were under multi-year contracts and programs in the defense vehicle market. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information related to the Company’s business segments.
 
The Company has sold products to the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) for over 80 years and operates its military tactical wheeled vehicles business as its defense segment. In 1981, Oshkosh was awarded the first Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck (“HEMTT”) contract for the DoD, and thereafter its defense segment developed into the DoD’s leading supplier of severe-duty, heavy-payload tactical trucks. In recent years, Oshkosh has broadened its defense product offerings to become the leading manufacturer of severe-duty, heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks for the DoD, manufacturing vehicles that perform a variety of demanding tasks such as hauling tanks, missile systems, ammunition, fuel, troops and cargo for combat units. In June 2009, the DoD awarded the Company a sole source contract for MRAP All Terrain Vehicles  (“M-ATVs”), the Company’s first major entry into the market for light tactical vehicles. In August 2009, the DoD awarded the Company a five-year requirements contract for the production of medium-payload tactical vehicles and trailers as well as supporting services and engineering under the U.S. Army’s Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles (“FMTV”) Rebuy program.
 
In fiscal 2007, the Company acquired JLG, a global manufacturer of aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, agricultural, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights. JLG forms the base of the Company’s access equipment segment. JLG’s customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers and the U.S. military. The access equipment segment also includes Jerr-Dan branded tow trucks (“wreckers”) and roll-back vehicle carriers (“carriers”) sold to towing companies in the U.S. and abroad.
 
The Company’s fire & emergency segment manufactures commercial and custom firefighting vehicles and equipment, aircraft rescue and firefighting (“ARFF”) vehicles, snow removal vehicles, ambulances and other emergency vehicles primarily sold to fire departments, airports and other governmental units in the Americas and abroad; mobile medical trailers sold to hospitals and third-party medical service providers in the U.S. and Europe; and broadcast vehicles sold to broadcasters and television stations in the Americas and abroad.
 
The Company’s commercial segment manufactures rear- and front-discharge concrete mixers, refuse collection vehicles, portable and stationary concrete batch plants and vehicle components sold to ready-mix companies and commercial and municipal waste haulers in North America and other international markets and field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes sold to mining, construction and other companies in the Americas and abroad.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
The following competitive strengths support the Company’s business strategy:
 
Strong Market Positions. The Company has developed strong market positions and brand recognition in its core businesses, which it attributes to its reputation for quality products, advanced engineering, innovation, vehicle performance, reliability, customer service and low total product life cycle costs. The Company maintains leading market shares in most of its businesses and is the sole-source supplier of a number of vehicles to the DoD.
 
1 

Table of Contents
 
Diversified Product Offering. The Company believes its broad product offerings and target markets serve to diversify its sources of revenues, mitigate the impact of economic cycles and provide multiple platforms for potential organic growth and acquisitions. The Company’s product offerings provide extensive opportunities for bundling of products for sale to customers, co-location of manufacturing, leveraging purchasing power and sharing technology within and between segments. For each of its target markets, the Company has developed or acquired a broad product line in an effort to become a single-source provider of specialty vehicles, vehicle bodies, parts and service and related products to its customers. In addition, the Company has established an extensive domestic and international distribution system for specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies tailored to each market.
 
Quality Products and Customer Service. The Company has developed strong brand recognition for its products as a result of its commitment to meet the stringent product quality and reliability requirements of its customers in the specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets it serves. The Company frequently achieves premium pricing due to the durability and low life cycle costs for its products. The Company also achieves high quality customer service through its extensive parts and service support programs, which are generally available to customers 365 days a year in all product lines throughout the Company’s distribution systems.
 
Innovative and Proprietary Components. The Company’s advanced design and engineering capabilities have contributed to the development of innovative and/or proprietary, severe-duty components that enhance vehicle performance, reduce manufacturing costs and strengthen customer relationships. The Company’s advanced design and engineering capabilities have also allowed it to integrate many of these components across various product lines, which enhances its ability to compete for new business and reduces its costs to manufacture its products compared to manufacturers who simply assemble purchased components. Examples of the Company’s innovative components include:
 
·                                           The TAK-4 independent suspension system, which the Company uses on multiple vehicle platforms in its defense and fire & emergency segments and which it installs on other manufacturers’ Mine Resistant Ambush Protected (“MRAP”) vehicles;
·                                           The Command Zone multiplexing technology which the Company has applied to numerous products in each of its segments to control, monitor and diagnose electronic components;
·                                           The Pierce Ultimate Configuration (“PUC”) vehicle configuration, which eliminates the bulky pumphouse from firefighting vehicles, making such vehicles easier to use and service;
·                                           The pulse technology on the Company’s new Global Striker, which allows the customer to deliver dry chemical powder 90 feet;
·                                           The integration of compressed natural gas to power McNeilus’ refuse collection vehicles and concrete mixers, which reduces fuel costs and emissions; and
·                                           ClearSky telematics solution for JLG aerial work platforms, which remotely connects a rental fleet, providing information on location, operating status and equipment health.
 
Flexible and Efficient Manufacturing. Over the past 15 years, the Company has significantly increased manufacturing efficiencies. The Company believes it has competitive advantages over larger vehicle manufacturers in its specialty vehicle markets due to its manufacturing flexibility, vertical integration, purchasing power in specialty vehicle components and custom fabrication capabilities. In addition, the Company believes it has competitive advantages over smaller vehicle and vehicle body manufacturers due to its relatively higher volumes of similar products that permit the use of moving assembly lines and which allow it to leverage purchasing power and technology opportunities across product lines.
 
Strong Management Team. The Company is led by President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) Charles L. Szews who has been an executive of the Company since 1996. Mr. Szews is complemented by an experienced senior management team that has been assembled through internal promotions, new hires and acquisitions. The management team has successfully executed a strategic reshaping and expansion of its business since 1996, which has positioned the Company to be a global leader in the specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets.
 
2 

Table of Contents
 
Business Strategy
 
The Company is focused on increasing its net sales, profitability and cash flow and strengthening its balance sheet by capitalizing on its competitive strengths and pursuing an integrated business strategy. The Company completed a comprehensive strategic planning process in fiscal 2011 that culminated in the creation of the Company’s roadmap, named MOVE, to deliver superior long-term growth and earnings for its shareholders. The Company’s MOVE roadmap consists of four key strategies:
 
M arket Recovery and Growth. The Company believes that many of its non-defense markets will begin to recover after fiscal 2012. The Company plans to capture and improve its historic share of a market recovery. A number of the markets in which the Company participates are down anywhere from 40% to more than 90% from peak levels, some since 2007, and vehicle fleets continue to age. The Company is working to improve its sales, inventory and operations planning and sales capture processes to more effectively respond to customers’ needs when the recovery occurs in each of its markets. Also, throughout the extended period of weak economic conditions, the Company has continued to focus on staying close to its customers and providing high quality customer service through its extensive parts and service support programs, which are generally available to customers 365 days a year in all product lines throughout the Company’s distribution systems.
 
O ptimize Cost and Capital Structure. The Company plans to optimize its cost and capital structure to provide value for customers and shareholders by aggressively attacking its product and operating costs. Historically, the Company has utilized teams of industrial engineers and procurement specialists to re-engineer manufacturing processes and leverage purchasing volumes to meet these objectives. The Company also utilizes a comprehensive, lean enterprise focus to continue its drive to be a low cost producer in all of its product lines and to deliver low product life cycle costs for its customers. Lean is a methodology to eliminate non-value added work from a process stream. During the last few years, the Company has implemented this strategy by:
 
·                                           Consolidating its manufacturing footprint resulting in a 20% reduction in manufacturing facilities since 2008 with plans to further optimize its footprint;
·                                           Combining the Company’s strategic purchasing teams globally into a single organization led by an externally recruited chief procurement officer to capture its full purchasing power across its businesses and to promote low cost country sourcing;
·                                           Utilizing integrated project teams to reduce product costs for the FMTV program and other key products;
·                                           Creating chartered cost reduction teams at all businesses and introducing broad-based training programs;
·                                           Creating a new global manufacturing team to leverage manufacturing synergies across its segments and further promote lean initiatives;
·                                           Creating a quality management system to drive enhanced quality throughout all of the Company’s businesses resulting in satisfied customers and a lower cost of quality; and
·                                           Launching the Oshkosh Operating System (“OOS”) to create common practices across the Company to enhance its performance. The OOS is a system of doing business that is focused on serving and delighting customers by utilizing continuous improvement and lean practices. The Company believes that the OOS enables it to sustain superior performance for its customers, shareholders, employees and other stakeholders.
 
As a result of this focus, the Company expects to more efficiently utilize its manufacturing facilities, increase inventory turns and reduce product costs, manufacturing lead times and new product development cycle times over the next several years. The Company believes that by optimizing its cost structure it will be able to continue to reduce its outstanding debt.
 
V alue Innovation. The Company intends to maintain its emphasis on new product development as it seeks to expand sales and margins by leading its core markets in the introduction of new or improved products and new technologies. Internal development, licensing of technology and strategic acquisitions are utilized to execute multi-generational product plans in each of the Company’s businesses. The Company actively seeks to commercialize emerging technologies that are capable of expanding customer uses of its products.
 
3 

Table of Contents
 
Examples of the Company’s innovative components include:
 
·                                           The TAK-4 independent suspension system, which the Company uses on multiple vehicle platforms in its defense and fire & emergency segments and which it installs on other manufacturers’ MRAP vehicles;
·                                           The Dash Cab Forward, which is a new fire fighting vehicle featuring an innovative tilting cab-forward design that repositions the engine rearward and lower between the frame rails, with an open interior configuration that helps firefighters to better prepare for the unexpected situations they face when arriving on the scene of a fire or other emergency situation;
·                                           The integration of compressed natural gas to power McNeilus’ refuse collection vehicles and concrete mixers, which reduces fuel costs and emissions; and
·                                           The Light Combat All Terrain Vehicle (“L-ATV”), which incorporates field-proven technologies, advanced armor solutions and expeditionary levels of mobility to redefine safety and performance standards.
 
E merging Market Expansion. The Company plans to continue its expansion into those specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets globally where it has or can acquire strong market positions over time and where it believes it can leverage synergies in purchasing, manufacturing, technology and distribution to increase sales and profitability. Business development teams actively pursue new customers in targeted developing countries in Asia, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. In pursuit of this strategy, the Company opened a 193,000 square foot facility in Tianjin, China in May   2010 to produce JLG access equipment for the Asian market. In fiscal 2011, the Company commenced concrete mixer manufacturing in Brazil and opened new sales and service offices in Russia, India, Saudi Arabia and China to pursue various opportunities in each of those countries. After the Company accomplishes its plan to further reduce its debt, it would also consider selectively pursuing strategic acquisitions, primarily internationally, to enhance the Company’s product offerings and expand its international presence in specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets.
 
Products
 
The Company is focused on the following core segments of the specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets:
 
Defense segment. The Company has sold products to the DoD for over 80 years. The Company also exports tactical trucks to approved foreign customers. By successfully responding to the DoD’s changing vehicle requirements, the Company has become the leading manufacturer of severe-duty, heavy- and medium-payload tactical trucks for the DoD and is rapidly expanding its portfolio of light-payload tactical trucks. The Company manufactures vehicles that perform a variety of demanding tasks such as hauling tanks, missile systems, ammunition, fuel, troops and cargo for combat units. The Company’s proprietary military all-wheel drive product line of heavy-payload tactical trucks includes the HEMTT, the Heavy Equipment Transporter (“HET”), the Palletized Load System (“PLS”), the Common Bridge Transporter and the Logistic Vehicle System Replacement (“LVSR”). The Company’s proprietary military medium-payload tactical trucks include the Medium Tactical Vehicle Replacement (“MTVR”), the FMTV and the Medium Tactical Truck (“MTT”), a line of lower-cost, severe-duty, medium-payload tactical trucks suitable for less demanding requirements than the MTVR. The Company’s proprietary M-ATV and related variants is the Company’s first major entry into the light tactical vehicle market. The M-ATV was specially designed with superior survivability as well as extreme off-road mobility for use in small unit combat operations for the current conflict in Afghanistan. The defense segment also makes a multi-role light tactical vehicle, the SandCat. The SandCat is designed for high-speed, highly-protected, highly-maneuverable operations. It can be configured to fit various missions including, special operations, homeland defense, law enforcement and peace-keeping. In October 2011, the Company introduced the L-ATV to continue to expand its light tactical vehicle offering. The affordable L-ATV incorporates field-proven technologies, advanced armor solutions and expeditionary levels of mobility to redefine safety and performance standards for the U.S. Armed Forces and international militaries. The L-ATV also is designed for future growth, with the ability to accept additional armor packages and technology upgrades as the mission requires.
 
In October   2008, the DoD awarded the Company a three-year, firm, fixed-priced requirements contract for the continued production of the Family of Heavy Tactical Vehicles (“FHTV”). The contract includes the production of the HEMTT, HEMTT-ESP, PLS and PLS Trailer as well as associated logistics and configuration management support. The FHTV contract expired in September 2011, with expected vehicle deliveries to continue through March 2013. The Company is in negotiations with the U.S. Army regarding a bridge contract for the FHTV program under which it would continue producing FHTVs while the U.S. Army develops a path to conduct an open competition for the next contract relating to this program. The bridge contract could include the purchase of the design rights to the Company’s vehicles under this contract so that the U.S. Army could compete the program.
 
4 

Table of Contents
 
In June 2009, the DoD awarded the Company a sole source contract for M-ATVs and associated aftermarket parts packages. During fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company delivered M-ATVs and related aftermarket parts & service under the contract with a combined sales value of $1.25 billion and $4.49 billion, respectively. As of September 30, 2011, the defense segment had approximately $556 million of backlog related to the M-ATV program, including 441 vehicles. The Company expects that it will complete deliveries, under orders it has to date, of M-ATVs by November   2011 and associated aftermarket parts by July   2012. The Company is actively marketing M-ATVs to approved foreign customers.
 
In August 2009, the DoD awarded the Company a contract to be the sole producer of FMTVs under the U.S. Army’s FMTV Rebuy program. The FMTV Rebuy program is a five-year requirements contract for the production of vehicles and trailers through December 2015. After a lengthy protest period, the Company began delivery of vehicles under this contract in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The Company has received orders totaling $3.5 billion under this contract, of which more than $2.8 billion remained in backlog at September 30, 2011.
 
In addition to retaining its current defense truck contracts, the Company’s objective is to continue to diversify into other areas of the U.S. and international defense truck markets by expanding applications, uses, and vehicle body styles of its current tactical truck lines. As the Company enters tactical truck competitions in the defense market segment, the Company believes it has multiple competitive advantages, including:
 
·                                           Truck engineering and testing. DoD and international truck contract competitions require significant defense truck engineering expertise to ensure that truck designs excel under demanding test conditions. The Company has teams of engineers and draftsmen and engages contract engineers to support current business and truck contract competitions. These personnel have significant expertise designing new trucks, using sophisticated computer-aided tools, supporting grueling testing programs at test sites and submitting detailed, comprehensive, successful contract proposals.
·                                           Proprietary components. The Company’s patented TAK-4 independent suspension and proprietary transfer case enhance truck off-road performance. In addition, because these are two of the higher cost components in a truck, the Company has a competitive cost advantage based on the in-house manufacturing of these two truck components. The Company’s Command Zone tool also simplifies maintenance troubleshooting.
·                                           Past performance. The Company has been building trucks for the DoD for over 80 years. The Company believes that its past success in delivering reliable, high quality trucks on time, within budget and meeting specifications is a competitive advantage in future defense truck procurement programs. The Company understands the special contract procedures used by the DoD and other foreign militaries and has developed substantial expertise in contract management and accounting.
·                                           Flexible manufacturing. The Company’s ability to produce a variety of truck models on the same moving assembly line permits it to avoid new facility costs on most new contracts and maintain competitive manufacturing efficiencies. In addition, the Company is able to leverage its global manufacturing scale to supplement its existing defense truck manufacturing facilities in Oshkosh, Wisconsin. The Company’s decision to co-locate M-ATV production at its JLG manufacturing facility in McConnellsburg, Pennsylvania during fiscal 2010 provided the Company a competitive advantage to ramp up production quickly.
·                                           Logistics. The Company has gained significant experience in the development of operators’ manuals and training and in the delivery of parts and services worldwide in accordance with the DoD’s expectations, which differ materially from commercial practices. The Company has logistics capabilities to permit the DoD to order parts, receive invoices and remit payments electronically.
 
Access equipment segment. JLG manufactures aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, agricultural, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights. In addition, through a long-term license with Caterpillar, JLG produces Caterpillar-branded telehandlers for distribution through the worldwide Caterpillar Inc. dealer network through 2025.
 
Access equipment customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers and the U.S. military. JLG’s products are marketed in over 3,500 locations worldwide through independent rental companies and distributors that purchase these products and then rent or sell them and provide service support, as well as through other sales and service branches or organizations in which the Company holds equity positions.
 
5 

Table of Contents
 
JLG also arranges equipment financing and leasing solutions for its customers, primarily through private-label arrangements with independent third-party financial companies, and provides credit support in connection with these financing and leasing arrangements. Financing arrangements that JLG offers or arranges through this segment include installment sale contracts, capital leases, operating leases and rental purchase guarantees. Terms of these arrangements vary depending on the type of transaction, but typically range between 36 and 72 months and generally require the customer to be responsible for insurance, taxes and maintenance of the equipment, and to bear the risk of damage to or loss of the equipment.
 
The Company, through its Jerr-Dan brand, is a leading manufacturer and marketer of towing and recovery equipment in the U.S. The Company believes Jerr-Dan is recognized as an industry leader in quality and innovation. Jerr-Dan offers a complete line of both carriers and wreckers. In addition to manufacturing equipment, Jerr-Dan provides its customers with one-stop service for carriers and wreckers and generates revenue from the installation of equipment, as well as the sale of chassis and service parts.
 
Fire & emergency segment. Through Pierce, the Company is the leading domestic manufacturer of fire apparatus assembled on custom chassis, designed and manufactured to meet the special needs of firefighters. Pierce also manufactures fire apparatus assembled on commercially available chassis, which are produced for multiple end-customer applications. Pierce’s engineering expertise allows it to design its vehicles to meet stringent industry guidelines and government regulations for safety and effectiveness. Pierce primarily serves domestic municipal customers, but also sells fire apparatus to the DoD, airports, universities and large industrial companies, and in international markets. Pierce’s history of innovation and research and development in consultation with firefighters has resulted in a broad product line that features a wide range of innovative, high-quality custom and commercial firefighting equipment with advanced fire suppression capabilities. In an effort to be a single-source supplier for its customers, Pierce offers a full line of custom and commercial fire apparatus and emergency vehicles, including pumpers, aerial and ladder trucks, tankers, light-, medium- and heavy-duty rescue vehicles, wildland rough terrain response vehicles, mobile command and control centers, bomb squad vehicles, hazardous materials control vehicles and other emergency response vehicles.
 
The Company, through its Oshkosh brand, is among the leaders in sales of ARFF vehicles to domestic and international airports. These highly-specialized vehicles are required to be in service at most airports worldwide to support commercial airlines in the event of an emergency. Many of the world’s largest airports, including LaGuardia International Airport, O’Hare International Airport, Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport (Atlanta), Denver International Airport and Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport in the U.S. and airports located in Shanghai, Hangzhou, and Beijing, China, and Dubai, United Arab Emirates, are served by the Company’s ARFF vehicles. The Company believes that the performance and reliability of its ARFF vehicles contribute to the Company’s strong position in this market.
 
The Company, through its Oshkosh brand, is a global leader in airport snow removal vehicles. The Company’s specially designed airport snow removal vehicles can cast up to 5,000 tons of snow per hour and are used by some of the largest airports in the world, including Denver International Airport, LaGuardia International Airport, Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and O’Hare International Airport in the U.S. and Beijing, China, Montreal, Canada and St. Petersburg, Russia internationally. The Company believes that the reliability of its high performance snow removal vehicles and the speed with which they clear airport runways contribute to its strong position in this market.
 
The Company, through its Medtec brand, is one of the leading U.S. manufacturers of custom ambulances for private and public transporters and fire departments. Medtec markets a full line of ambulances including smaller Type II van style ambulances, larger Type I and Type III ambulances, as well as large “Additional Duty” ambulances. Type I ambulances feature a conventional style, light- or medium-duty chassis with a modular patient transport body mounted separately behind the vehicle cab. Type II ambulances are smaller van style ambulance units typically targeted to value conscious and transport ambulance services. Type III ambulances are built on light-duty van chassis with a walk-through opening into the patient transport body which is mounted behind the vehicle cab.
 
The Company, through its OSV and SMIT brands, is one of the leading manufactures of mobile medical trailers for North American and European medical centers and service providers. OSV is the only mobile medical trailer manufacturer certified by all major original equipment manufacturers of medical diagnostic imaging equipment - General Electric Company, Royal Philips Electronics and Siemens AG. OSV also manufactures mobile command and control centers and simulation units for sale to police forces, fire departments, the DoD and other government agencies in the U.S.
 
6 

Table of Contents
 
The Company, through its Frontline brand, is a leading manufacturer, system designer and integrator of television broadcast, satellite news gathering and microwave transmission electronic news gathering vehicles for broadcasters, TV stations, broadcast production and radio stations in the Americas and abroad. The Company’s vehicles have been used to broadcast the NFL Superbowl, the FIFA World Cup and the Olympics.
 
The Company offers three- to fifteen-year municipal lease financing programs to its fire & emergency segment customers in the U.S. through Oshkosh Equipment Finance, L.L.C., doing business as Oshkosh Capital (“Oshkosh Capital”). Programs include competitive lease financing rates, creative and flexible finance arrangements and the ease of one-stop shopping for customers’ equipment and financing. The lease financing transactions are executed through a private label arrangement with an independent third-party finance company.
 
Commercial segment. Through McNeilus, the Company is a leading manufacturer of refuse collection vehicles for the waste services industry throughout the Americas. Through Oshkosh, McNeilus, London and CON-E-CO, the Company is a leading manufacturer of front- and rear-discharge concrete mixers and portable and stationary concrete batch plants for the concrete ready-mix industry throughout the Americas. Through IMT, the Company is a leading North American manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for the construction, equipment dealer, building supply, utility, tire service and mining industries. The Company believes its commercial segment vehicles and equipment have a reputation for efficient, cost-effective, dependable and low maintenance operation.
 
Marketing, Sales, Distribution and Service
 
The Company believes it differentiates itself from many of its competitors by tailoring its distribution to the needs of its specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets and with its national and global sales and service capabilities. Distribution personnel demonstrate to customers how to use the Company’s vehicles and vehicle bodies properly. In addition, the Company’s flexible distribution is focused on meeting customers on their terms, whether on a job site, in an evening public meeting or at a municipality’s offices, compared to the showroom sales approach of the typical dealers of large vehicle manufacturers. The Company backs all products with same-day parts shipment, and its service technicians are available in person or by telephone to domestic customers 365 days a year. The Company believes its dedication to keeping its products in-service in demanding conditions worldwide has contributed to customer loyalty.
 
The Company provides its salespeople, representatives and distributors with product and sales training on the operation and specifications of its products. The Company’s engineers, along with its product managers, develop operating manuals and provide field support at vehicle delivery.
 
U.S. dealers and representatives enter into agreements with the Company that allow for termination by either party generally upon 90 days notice, subject to applicable laws. Dealers and representatives, except for those utilized by JLG and IMT as well as Medtec-branded products, are generally not permitted to market and sell competitive products.
 
Defense segment. The Company sells substantially all of its domestic defense products directly to principal branches of the DoD. The Company maintains a liaison office in Washington, D.C. to represent its interests with Congress, the offices of the Executive Branch of the U.S. government and other national government agencies and the Pentagon. The Company locates business development and engineering professionals near the principal U.S. Army and Marine Corps Commands that it serves. The Company also sells and services defense products to approved foreign governments directly through a limited number of international sales offices, through dealers, consultants and representatives and through the U.S. Foreign Military Sales (“FMS”) program.
 
The Company maintains a business development staff and engages consultants to regularly meet with all branches of the Armed Services, Reserves and National Guard, with representatives of key military bases and with other defense contractors to determine their vehicle requirements and identify specialty truck variants and apparatus required to fulfill their missions.
 
In addition to marketing its current truck offerings and competing for new contracts in the tactical wheeled vehicle segment, the Company actively works with the Armed Services to develop new applications for its vehicles and expand its services.
 
7 

Table of Contents
 
Logistics services are increasingly important to the DoD. The Company believes that its proven worldwide logistics capabilities and internet-based ordering, invoicing and electronic payment systems have significantly contributed to the expansion of its defense parts and service business since fiscal 2002, following the commencement of Operation Iraqi Freedom and Operation Enduring Freedom. The Company maintains a large parts distribution warehouse network in Milwaukee, Wisconsin to fulfill stringent parts delivery schedule requirements, as well as satellite facilities near DoD bases in the U.S., Europe, Asia and the Middle East. The Company has been particularly active in recent years performing maintenance and armoring services for the DoD at areas near or in the theater of military conflicts. On October 21, 2011, the President announced that virtually all U.S. troops will be removed from Iraq by the end of 2011. Further, plans exist regarding a future drawdown of U.S. military involvement in Afghanistan, although DoD officials have said that they expect to maintain approximately 40,000 U.S. troops stationed across the Middle East after the Iraq and Afghanistan troop drawdown. While the troop drawdown is likely to reduce the DoD’s requirements, the Company believes that its proven capabilities in logistical services will continue to provide it a competitive advantage.
 
Access equipment segment. JLG’s products are marketed in over 3,500 locations across six continents through independent rental companies and distributors that purchase JLG products and then rent or sell them and provide service support, as well as through other sales and service branches or organizations in which the Company holds equity positions. JLG’s sales force is comprised of approximately 140 employees worldwide. Sales employees are dedicated to specific major customers, channels or geographic regions. JLG’s international sales employees are spread among JLG’s approximately 20 international sales and service offices.
 
JLG produces telehandlers under an exclusive license from Caterpillar Inc. and sells the Caterpillar-branded telehandlers to the worldwide Caterpillar distribution network through a dedicated JLG sales and service team. JLG also produces a line of telehandlers for the agricultural market under a license from SAME Deutz-Fahr and sells SAME Deutz-Fahr-branded telehandlers directly to SAME Deutz-Fahr’s dealer network.
 
JLG and an unaffiliated third-party are joint venture partners in RiRent Europe, B.V. (“RiRent”). RiRent maintains a fleet of access equipment for short-term lease to rental companies throughout most of Europe. The re-rental fleet provides rental companies with equipment to support short notice rental requirements. RiRent does not provide rental services directly to end users.
 
The Company markets its Jerr-Dan branded carriers and wreckers through its network of approximately 55 independent distributors.
 
Fire & emergency segment. The Company believes the geographic breadth, size and quality of its Pierce fire apparatus sales and service organization are competitive advantages in a market characterized by a few large manufacturers and numerous small, regional competitors. Pierce’s fire apparatus are sold through over 30 independent sales and service organizations with more than 275 sales representatives in the U.S. and Canada, which combine broad geographical reach with frequency of contact with fire departments and municipal government officials. These sales and service organizations are supported by approximately 75 product and marketing support professionals and contract administrators at Pierce. The Company believes frequency of contact and local presence are important to cultivate major, and typically infrequent, purchases involving the city or town council, fire department, purchasing, finance and mayoral offices, among others, that may participate in a fire apparatus bid and selection. After the sale, Pierce’s nationwide local parts and service capability is available to help municipalities maintain peak readiness for this vital municipal service. Pierce also sells directly to the DoD and other U.S. government agencies. Many of the Pierce fire apparatus sold to the DoD are placed in service at U.S. military bases, camps and stations overseas. Additionally, Pierce sells fire apparatus to numerous international municipal and industrial fire departments through a network of international dealers. The Company markets its Frontline-branded broadcast vehicles through sales representatives and its Frontline-branded command vehicles through both sales representatives and dealer organizations that are directed at government and commercial customers.
 
The Company markets its Oshkosh-branded ARFF vehicles through a combination of five direct sales representatives domestically and over 60 representatives and distributors in international markets. Certain of these international representatives and distributors also handle Pierce products. The Company has over 30 full-time sales and service representatives and 19 distributor locations focused on the sale of snow removal vehicles, principally to airports, but also to municipalities, counties and other governmental entities in the U.S. and Canada. In addition, the Company maintains offices in Dubai, United Arab Emirates; Beijing, China; Moscow, Russia; and Singapore to support airport product vehicle sales in the Middle East, China, Russia and Southeast Asia.
 
8 

Table of Contents
 
The Company markets its Medtec-branded ambulances through more than 20 independent distributor organizations with over 70 representatives focused on sales to the U.S. ambulance market. The Company markets its OSV-branded mobile medical trailers through five in-house sales and service representatives in the U.S. SMIT markets its mobile medical trailers through one in-house sales and service representative in Europe and one in-house sales and service representative in the Middle East.
 
Commercial segment. The Company operates 20 distribution centers with over 140 in-house sales and service representatives in the U.S. to sell and service refuse collection vehicles, rear- and front-discharge concrete mixers and concrete batch plants. These centers are in addition to sales and service activities at the Company’s manufacturing facilities, and they provide sales, service and parts distribution to customers in their geographic regions. Two of the distribution centers also have paint facilities and can provide significant additional paint and mounting services during peak demand periods. The Company also uses approximately 30 independent sales and service organizations to market its CON-E-CO branded concrete batch plants. The Company believes this network represents one of the largest concrete mixer, concrete batch plant and refuse collection vehicle distribution networks in the U.S.
 
In Canada, the Company operates two distribution centers with eight outside and in-house sales and service representatives to sell and service its rear-discharge concrete mixers, refuse collection vehicles and concrete batch plants.
 
The Company believes its direct distribution to customers is a competitive advantage in concrete mixer and refuse collection vehicle markets, particularly in the U.S. waste services industry where principal competitors distribute through dealers, and to a lesser extent in the ready mix concrete industry, where several competitors in part use dealers. The Company believes direct distribution permits a more focused sales force in the U.S. concrete mixer and refuse collection vehicle markets, whereas dealers frequently offer a very broad and mixed product line, and accordingly, the time dealers tend to devote to concrete mixer and refuse collection vehicle sales activities is limited.
 
With respect to distribution, the Company has been applying Oshkosh’s and Pierce’s sales and marketing expertise in municipal markets to increase sales of McNeilus refuse collection vehicles to municipal customers. While the Company believes commercial customers represent a majority of the refuse collection vehicle market, many municipalities purchase their own refuse collection vehicles. The Company believes it is positioned to create an effective municipal distribution system in the refuse collection vehicle market by leveraging its existing commercial distribution capabilities and by opening service centers in major metropolitan markets.
 
The Company also has established an extensive network of representatives and dealers throughout the Americas for the sale of Oshkosh, McNeilus, CON-E-CO and London concrete mixers, concrete batch plants and refuse collection vehicles. The Company coordinates among its various businesses to respond to large international sales tenders with its most appropriate product offering for the tender.
 
IMT distributes its products through approximately 90 dealers with a total of 110 locations worldwide, including approximately 30 international dealers. International dealers are primarily located in Central and South America, Australia and Asia and are primarily focused on mining and construction markets.
 
McNeilus owns a 49% interest in Mezcladores Trailers de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Mezcladoras”), a manufacturer of concrete mixers and small refuse collection vehicle bodies for distribution in Mexico and Latin America. McNeilus also owns a 45% interest in McNeilus Equipamentos Do Brasil LTDA (“McNeilus Brazil”). McNeilus Brazil manufactures and distributes McNeilus-branded concrete mixers and batch plants in the Mercosur region (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay).
 
Manufacturing
 
As of November 16, 2011, the Company manufactures vehicles and vehicle bodies at 42 manufacturing facilities. To reduce production costs, the Company maintains a continuing emphasis on the development of proprietary components, self-sufficiency in fabrication, just-in-time inventory management, improvement in production flows, interchangeability and simplification of components among product lines, creation of jigs and fixtures to ensure repeatability of quality processes, utilization of robotics, and performance measurement to assure progress toward cost reduction targets. The Company encourages employee involvement to improve production processes and product quality.
 
9 

Table of Contents
 
The Company educates and trains all employees at its facilities in quality principles. The Company encourages employees at all levels of the Company to understand customer and supplier requirements, measure performance, develop systems and procedures to prevent nonconformance with requirements and produce continuous improvement in all work processes. ISO 9001 is a set of internationally-accepted quality requirements established by the International Organization for Standardization. ISO 9001 certification indicates that a company has established and follows a rigorous set of requirements aimed at achieving customer satisfaction by preventing nonconformity in design, development, production, installation and servicing of products. Most of the Company’s facilities are ISO 9001 certified.
 
The Company has a team of employees dedicated to deploying the OOS. The team is comprised of process engineers, who drive efficiency gains through line balancing and plant layout design; operations/manufacturing experts who lead rationalization projects using overall business knowledge; facility and asset experts who reduce capital spend by optimizing overall utilization of key assets; and materials management personnel who establish methods to ensure parts availability and efficient delivery to production while minimizing inventory. The Company created the OOS to promote common practices across the Company to enhance its performance through continuous improvement and lean practices. To achieve this goal, the Company locates manufacturing in the plants that can ensure the maximum utilization of the Company’s assets, allowing for vertical alignment in core competences, irrespective of the segment in which the sale originates. Examples of this include the production of M-ATVs and SandCat Tactical Protector Vehicles at the Company’s access equipment segment manufacturing facilities, the relocation of certain defense and fire & emergency segment production to the Company’s facilities in Kewaunee, Wisconsin and the manufacturing of defense components at the Company’s commercial manufacturing facilities in Iowa.
 
Engineering, Research and Development
 
The Company believes its extensive engineering, research and development capabilities have been key drivers of the Company’s marketplace success. The Company maintains five facilities for new product development and testing with a staff of approximately 285 engineers and technicians who are dedicated to improving existing products and development and testing of new vehicles, vehicle bodies and components. The Company prepares multi-year new product development plans for each of its markets and measures progress against those plans each month.
 
Virtually all of the Company’s sales of fire apparatus, broadcast vehicles and mobile medical trailers require some custom engineering to meet the customer’s specifications and changing industry standards. Engineering is also a critical factor in defense vehicle markets due to the severe operating conditions under which the Company’s vehicles are utilized, new customer requirements and stringent government documentation requirements. In the access equipment and commercial segments, product innovation is highly important to meet customers’ changing requirements. Accordingly, in addition to new product development engineers and technicians, the Company maintains an additional permanent staff of over 425 engineers and engineering technicians, and it regularly outsources some engineering activities in connection with new product development projects.
 
For fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred engineering, research and development expenditures of $142.0 million, $109.3 million and $72.7 million, respectively, portions of which were recoverable from customers, principally the U.S. government.
 
Competition
 
In all of the Company’s segments, competitors include smaller, specialized manufacturers as well as large, mass producers. The Company believes that, in its specialty vehicle and vehicle body markets, it has been able to effectively compete against large, mass producers due to its product quality, flexible manufacturing and tailored distribution systems. The Company believes that its competitive cost structure, strategic global purchasing capabilities, engineering expertise, product quality and global distribution and service systems have enabled it to compete effectively.
 
Certain of the Company’s competitors have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing, distribution and governmental affairs resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will continue to compete successfully with the products of competitors or that the Company will be able to retain its customer base or improve or maintain its profit margins on sales to its customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
10 

Table of Contents
 
Defense segment. The Company produces heavy-payload, medium-payload and light-payload tactical wheeled vehicles for the U.S. and other militaries and for law enforcement applications. Competition for sales of these vehicles includes, among others, BAE Systems plc, Man Group plc, Mercedes-Benz (a subsidiary of Daimler AG), Navistar Defense LLC (a subsidiary of Navistar International Corporation), The Volvo Group, Force Protection Inc. and General Dynamics Corp. The principal method of competition in the defense segment involves a competitive bid that takes into account factors as determined by the applicable military customer, such as price, product performance, small and disadvantaged business participation, product quality, adherence to bid specifications, production capability, project management capability, past performance and product support. Usually, the Company’s truck systems must also pass extensive testing. The Company believes that its competitive strengths include: strategic global purchasing capabilities leveraged across multiple business segments; extensive pricing/costing and defense contracting expertise; a significant installed base of vehicles currently in use throughout the world; large-scale, flexible and high-efficiency vertically-integrated manufacturing capabilities; patented and/or proprietary vehicle components such as TAK-4 independent suspension, Oshkosh power transfer cases and Command Zone vehicle diagnostics; ability to develop new and improved product capabilities responsive to the needs of its customers; product quality; and after-market parts sales and service capabilities.
 
The current U.S. Administration has indicated that it supports increased competition for existing defense programs. The Weapon Systems Acquisition Reform Act also requires competition for defense programs in certain circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that the U.S. Army and U.S. Marines will conduct competitions for programs for which the Company currently has contracts upon the expiration of the existing contracts. Competition for these and other DoD programs could result in future contracts being awarded based upon different competitive factors than those described above and would primarily include price, production capability and past performance. In addition, current economic conditions have put significant pressure on the U.S. federal budget.  The Budget Control Act of 2011 contains an automatic sequestration feature that would order cuts to the defense budget if Congress fails to enact the specified $1.2 trillion in U.S. federal deficit reductions to be recommended by the Joint Committee. Budgetary concerns could result in future contracts being awarded more on price than the past competitive factors described above.
 
Access equipment segment. JLG operates in the global construction, maintenance, industrial and agricultural equipment markets. JLG’s competitors range from some of the world’s largest multi-national construction equipment manufacturers to small single-product niche manufacturers. Within this global market, competition for sales of aerial work platform vehicles includes Genie Industries, Inc. (a subsidiary of Terex Corporation), Haulotte Group, Skyjack Inc. (a subsidiary of Linamar Corporation), Aichi Corporation (a subsidiary of Toyota Industries Corporation) and over 40 smaller manufacturers. Global competition for sales of telehandler vehicles includes the Manitou Group, J C Bamford Excavators Ltd., Merlo SpA and Genie Industries, Inc. and over 30 smaller manufacturers. In addition, JLG faces competition from numerous manufacturers of other niche products such as boom vehicles, cherry pickers, skid steer loaders, mast climbers, straight mast and vehicle-mounted fork-lifts, rough-terrain and all-terrain cranes, vehicle-mounted cranes, portable material lifts, various types of material handling equipment, scaffolding and the common ladder that offer functionality that is similar to or overlaps that of JLG’s products. Principal methods of competition include brand awareness, product innovation and performance, quality, service and support, product availability and the extent to which a company offers single-source customer solutions. The Company believes its competitive strengths include: premium brand names; broad and single-source product offerings; product quality; worldwide distribution; safety record; service and support network; global procurement scale; and extensive manufacturing capabilities.
 
The principal competitor for Jerr-Dan branded products is Miller Industries, Inc. Principal methods of competition for carriers and wreckers include product quality and innovation, product performance, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths in this market include its high quality, innovative and high-performance product line and its low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
 
Fire & emergency segment. The Company produces and sells custom and commercial firefighting vehicles in the U.S. and Canada under the Pierce brand and broadcast vehicles in the U.S. and abroad under the Frontline brand. Competitors include Rosenbauer International AG, Emergency One, Inc. (owned by Allied Specialty Vehicles), Kovatch Mobile Equipment Corp., and numerous smaller, regional manufacturers. Pierce’s principal competition for broadcast vehicles is from Accelerated Media Technologies and Television Engineering Corporation. Principal methods of competition include brand awareness, ability to meet or exceed customer specifications, price, the extent to which a company offers single-source customer solutions, product innovation, product quality, dealer distribution, and service and support. The Company believes that its competitive strengths include: recognized, premium brand name; nationwide network of independent Pierce dealers;
 
11 

Table of Contents
 
extensive, high-quality and innovative product offerings, which include single-source customer solutions for aerials, pumpers and rescue units; large-scale and high-efficiency custom manufacturing capabilities; and proprietary technologies such as the PUC vehicle configuration, TAK-4 independent suspension, Hercules and Husky foam systems and Command Zone electronics.
 
Oshkosh manufactures ARFF vehicles for sale in the U.S. and abroad. Oshkosh’s principal competitor for ARFF sales is Rosenbauer International AG. Oshkosh also manufactures snow removal vehicles, principally for U.S. airports. The Company’s principal competitors for snow removal vehicle sales are Fortbrand Services, Inc., Wausau-Everest LP (a subsidiary of Specialized Industries LP) and M-B Companies, Inc. Principal methods of competition for airport products are price, product performance, service, product quality and innovation. The Company believes its competitive strengths in these airport markets include its high-quality, innovative products and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
 
Pierce manufactures Medtec-branded ambulances, primarily for sale in the U.S. Pierce’s principal competition for ambulance sales is from Wheeled Coach Industries, American Emergency Vehicles, Horton Emergency Vehicles, Leader Emergency Vehicles and Road Rescue (all brands owned by Allied Specialty Vehicles) and Marque Inc./McCoy-Miller, LLC (owned by Thor Industries). Principal methods of competition are price, service and product quality. The Company believes its competitive strengths in the ambulance market include its high-quality, fully customizable and value-priced products.
 
The Company manufacturers mobile medical trailers and command vehicles under the OSV and SMIT brand names. Principal competition for mobile medical trailers is from Med Coach, LLC and Ellis and Watts International, Inc. Principal methods of competition are product quality and availability, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths in OSV and SMIT’s markets include its high-quality products, excellent relationships with manufacturers of equipment installed in its vehicles and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
 
Commercial segment. The Company produces front- and rear-discharge concrete mixers and batch plants for the Americas under the Oshkosh, McNeilus, CON-E-CO and London brands. Competition for concrete mixer and batch plant sales includes Continental Manufacturing Co. (a subsidiary of Navistar International Corporation), Terex Corporation and Kimble Manufacturing Company (a subsidiary of The Hines Corporation). Principal methods of competition are price, service, product features, product quality and product availability. The Company believes its competitive strengths include: strong brand recognition; large-scale and high-efficiency manufacturing; extensive product offerings; high product quality; a significant installed base of concrete mixers in use in the marketplace; and its nationwide, Company-owned network of sales and service centers.
 
McNeilus also produces refuse collection vehicles for North America and international markets. Competitors include The Heil Company (a subsidiary of Dover Corporation), LaBrie Equipment Ltd. and New Way (a subsidiary of Scranton Manufacturing Company, Inc.). The principal methods of competition are product quality, product performance, service and price. Increasingly, the Company is competing for municipal business and large commercial business in the Americas, which is based on lowest qualified bid. The Company believes its competitive strengths in the Americas refuse collection vehicle markets include: strong brand recognition; comprehensive product offerings; a reputation for high-quality products; large-scale and high-efficiency manufacturing; and extensive networks of Company-owned sales and service centers located throughout the U.S.
 
IMT is a manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for the construction, equipment dealer, building supply, utility, tire service and mining industries. IMT’s principal field service competition is from Auto Crane Company (owned by Gridiron Capital), Stellar Industries, Inc., Maintainer Corporation of Iowa, Inc. and other regional companies. Competition in truck-mounted cranes comes primarily from European companies including Palfinger AG, Cargotec Corporation and Fassi Group SpA. Principal methods of competition are product quality, price and service. The Company believes its competitive strengths include its high-quality products, global distribution network and low-cost manufacturing capabilities.
 
Customers and Backlog
 
Sales to the U.S. government comprised approximately 56% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2011. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales for this period. A substantial majority of the Company’s net sales are derived from customer orders prior to commencing production.
 
12 

Table of Contents
 
The Company’s backlog as of September 30, 2011 increased 19.9% to $6.48 billion compared to $5.40 billion at September 30, 2010. Defense segment backlog increased 8.5% to $5.13 billion at September 30, 2011 compared to $4.73 billion at September 30, 2010 due largely to additional delivery orders received under the FMTV contract, offset in part by the fulfillment of orders received for vehicles related to the FHTV program. Access equipment segment backlog increased 270.0% to $729.2 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $197.1 million at September 30, 2010. Backlog increased in all access equipment product categories as demand rebounded from historical lows and large rental companies accelerated orders in anticipation of capacity constraints in 2012. Access equipment backlog as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 included $62.5 million and $95.7 million, respectively, relating to telehandler orders from the DoD. Fire & emergency segment backlog increased 14.2% to $479.0 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $419.4 million at September 30, 2010 due largely to strong broadcast equipment orders. Commercial segment backlog increased 138.6% to $140.0 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $58.7 million at September 30, 2010. Unit backlog for concrete mixers was up 28.6% compared to very low backlog at September 30, 2010, primarily as a result of increased international orders. Unit backlog for refuse collection vehicles was up 144.8% compared to September 30, 2010 in large part due to the timing of orders to benefit from a bonus depreciation tax deduction under the U.S. tax code which expires on December 31, 2011.
 
Reported backlog excludes purchase options and announced orders for which definitive contracts have not been executed. Additionally, backlog excludes unfunded portions of the FHTV, MTVR, M-ATV, LVSR and FMTV contracts. Backlog information and comparisons thereof as of different dates may not be accurate indicators of future sales or the ratio of the Company’s future sales to the DoD versus its sales to other customers. Approximately 21% of the Company’s September 30, 2011 backlog is not expected to be filled in fiscal 2012.
 
Government Contracts
 
Approximately 56% of the Company’s net sales for fiscal 2011 were made to the U.S. government, a substantial majority of which were under multi-year contracts and programs in the defense vehicle market. Accordingly, a significant portion of the Company’s sales are subject to risks specific to doing business with the U.S. government, including uncertainty of economic conditions, changes in government policies and requirements that may reflect rapidly changing military and political developments, the availability of funds and the ability to meet specified performance thresholds. Multi-year contracts may be conditioned upon continued availability of congressional appropriations, which could be impacted by the uncertainty regarding the future level of U.S. military involvement in Afghanistan, the President’s plan to remove virtually all U.S. troops from Iraq by the end of 2011 and federal budget pressures. Variances between anticipated budget and congressional appropriations may result in a delay, reduction or termination of these contracts. In addition, current weak economic conditions have put significant pressure on the U.S. federal budget.  The Budget Control Act of 2011 contains an automatic sequestration feature that would order cuts to the defense budget if Congress fails to enact the specified $1.2 trillion in U.S. federal deficit reductions to be recommended by the Joint Committee. Budgetary concerns could result in future contracts being awarded more on price than the past competitive factors described above.
 
The Company’s sales into defense vehicle markets are substantially dependent upon periodic awards of new contracts and the purchase of base vehicle quantities and the exercise of options under existing contracts. The Company’s existing contracts with the DoD may be terminated at any time for the convenience of the government. Upon such termination, the Company would generally be entitled to reimbursement of its incurred costs and to payment of a reasonable profit for work actually performed.
 
Defense contract awards that the Company receives may be subject to protests by competing bidders, which protests, if successful, could result in the DoD revoking part or all of any defense contract it awards to the Company and an inability of the Company to recover amounts the Company has expended during the protest period in anticipation of initiating work under any such contract.
 
Under firm, fixed-price contracts with the U.S. government, the price paid to the Company is generally not subject to adjustment to reflect the Company’s actual costs, except costs incurred as a result of contract changes ordered by the government. The Company generally attempts to negotiate with the government the amount of increased compensation to which the Company is entitled for government-ordered changes that result in higher costs. If the Company is unable to negotiate a satisfactory agreement to provide such increased compensation, then the Company may file an appeal with the Armed Services Board of Contract Appeals or the U.S. Claims Court. The Company has no such appeals pending. The Company seeks to mitigate risks with respect to fixed-price contracts by executing firm, fixed-price contracts with a substantial majority of its suppliers for the duration of the Company’s contracts.
 
13 

Table of Contents
 
The Company, as a U.S. government contractor, is subject to financial audits and other reviews by the U.S. government of performance of, and the accounting and general practices relating to, U.S. government contracts. Like most large government contractors, the Company is audited and reviewed by the government on a continual basis. Costs and prices under such contracts may be subject to adjustment based upon the results of such audits and reviews. Additionally, such audits and reviews can lead to civil, criminal or administrative proceedings. Such proceedings could involve claims by the government for fines, penalties, compensatory and treble damages, restitution and/or forfeitures. Under government regulations, a company or one or more of its subsidiaries can also be suspended or debarred from government contracts, or lose its export privileges based on the results of such proceedings. The Company believes that the outcome of all such audits and reviews that are now pending will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Suppliers
 
The Company is dependent on its suppliers and subcontractors to meet commitments to its customers, and many components are procured or subcontracted on a sole-source basis with a number of domestic and foreign companies. Components for the Company’s products are generally available from a number of suppliers, although the transition to a new supplier may require several months to conclude. The Company purchases chassis components, such as vehicle frames, engines, transmissions, radiators, axles, tires, drive motors, bearings and hydraulic components and vehicle body options, such as cranes, cargo bodies and trailers, from third-party suppliers. These body options may be manufactured specific to the Company’s requirements; however, most of the body options could be manufactured by other suppliers or the Company itself. Through reliance on this supply network for the purchase of certain components, the Company is able to reduce many of the preproduction and fixed costs associated with the manufacture of these components and vehicle body options. The Company purchases a large amount of fabrications and outsources certain manufacturing services, each generally from small companies located near its facilities. While providing low-cost services and product surge capability, such companies often require additional management attention during difficult economic conditions or contract start-up. The Company also purchases complete vehicle chassis from truck chassis suppliers in its commercial segment and, to a lesser extent, in its fire & emergency segment. Increasingly, the Company is sourcing components globally, which may involve additional inventory requirements and introduces additional foreign currency exposures. The Company maintains an extensive qualification, on-site inspection, assistance and performance measurement system to attempt to control risks associated with reliance on suppliers. The Company occasionally experiences problems with supplier and subcontractor performance and component, chassis and body availability and must identify alternate sources of supply and/or address related warranty claims from customers. During fiscal 2011, the Company experienced a number of parts shortages and cost increases at its access equipment segment as demand for certain components exceeded then current supplier capacity. In addition to manufacturing inefficiencies and material cost increases associated with inadequate supplier capacity, the Company’s sales were also limited by parts availability.
 
While the Company purchases many costly components such as chassis, engines, transmissions and axles, it manufactures certain proprietary components. These components include front drive and steer axles, transfer cases, cabs, the TAK-4 independent suspension system, the Hercules compressed air foam system, the Command Zone vehicle control and diagnostic system technology, the Revolution composite concrete mixer drum, body structures and many smaller parts that add uniqueness and value to the Company’s products. The Company believes internal production of these components provides a significant competitive advantage and also serves to reduce the manufacturing costs of the Company’s products.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Patents and licenses are important in the operation of the Company’s business, as one of management’s objectives is developing proprietary components to provide the Company’s customers with advanced technological solutions at attractive prices. The Company holds in excess of 500 active domestic and foreign patents. The Company believes patents for the TAK-4 independent suspension system, which expire between 2016 and 2029, provide the Company with a competitive advantage in the defense and fire & emergency segments. In the defense segment, the TAK-4 independent suspension system was added to the U.S. Marine Corps’ MTVR and LVSR programs and is a key feature on the Company’s M-ATV and  L-ATV. The Company believes the TAK-4 independent suspension system provided a performance and cost advantage in the successful competition for the production contracts for these programs. The Company believes that patents for certain components of its ProPulse hybrid electric drive system, Command Zone electronics and TerraMax autonomous vehicle
 
14 

Table of Contents
 
systems offer potential competitive advantages to product lines across all its segments. To a lesser extent, other proprietary components provide the Company a competitive advantage in each of the Company’s segments.
 
The Company has purchased exclusive, renewable licenses for the rights to manufacture and market the Revolution composite concrete mixer drum in the Americas and Europe. These licenses require the Company to make royalty fee payments to its Australian partner for each Revolution drum sold. The Revolution composite drum is substantially lighter than a comparable steel drum permitting greater payload capacity and is easier to clean, which together lower the cost of delivered concrete.
 
As part of the Company’s long-term alliance with Caterpillar Inc., the Company acquired a non-exclusive, non-transferable worldwide license to use certain Caterpillar intellectual property through 2025 in connection with the design and manufacture of Caterpillar’s current telehandler products. Additionally, Caterpillar assigned to JLG certain patents and patent applications relating to the Caterpillar-branded telehandler products.
 
The Company holds trademarks for “Oshkosh,” “TAK-4,” “ProPulse,” “JLG,” “SkyTrak,” “Lull,” “Pierce,” “McNeilus,” “Revolution,” “MEDTEC,” “Jerr-Dan,” “CON-E-CO,” “London,” and “IMT” among others. These trademarks are considered to be important to the future success of the Company’s business.
 
Employees
 
As of September 30, 2011, the Company had approximately 13,100 employees. The United Auto Workers union (“UAW”) represented approximately 3,100 production employees at the Company’s Oshkosh, Wisconsin facilities; the Boilermakers, Iron Shipbuilders, Blacksmiths, and Forgers Union (“Boilermakers”) represented approximately 220 employees at the Company’s Kewaunee, Wisconsin facilities; and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Union (“Teamsters”) represented approximately 135 employees at the Company’s Garner, Iowa facilities. The Company’s recently ratified five-year agreement with the UAW extends through September 2016, and the Company’s agreement with the Boilermakers extends through May 2012. The Company’s three-year agreement with the Teamsters expired in October 2011. The Company is currently in negotiations regarding a new agreement with the Teamsters. In addition, the majority of the Company’s approximately 1,400 employees located outside the U.S. are represented by separate works councils or unions. The Company believes its relationship with employees is satisfactory.
 
Seasonal Nature of Business
 
In the Company’s access equipment and commercial segments, business tends to be seasonal with an increase in sales occurring in the spring and summer months that constitute the traditional construction season in the northern hemisphere. In addition, sales are generally lower in the first fiscal quarter in all segments due to the relatively high number of holidays which reduce available shipping days.
 
Industry Segments
 
Financial information concerning the Company’s industry segments is included in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales
 
The Company manufactures products in the U.S., Belgium, Canada, The Netherlands, France, Australia, Romania and China and through investments in joint ventures in Mexico and Brazil for sale throughout the world. Sales to customers outside of the U.S. were 17.2%, 9.8% and 14.6% of the Company’s consolidated sales for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Financial information concerning the Company’s foreign and domestic operations and export sales is included in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
15 

Table of Contents
 
Available Information
 
The Company maintains a website with the address www.oshkoshcorporation.com. The Company is not including the information contained on the Company’s website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company makes available free of charge (other than an investor’s own Internet access charges) through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such materials with, or furnishes such materials to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
 
ITEM 1A.                     RISK FACTORS 
 
The Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows are subject to various risks, many of which are not exclusively within the Company’s control, which may cause actual performance to differ materially from historical or projected future performance. Investors should consider carefully information in this Form 10-K in light of the risk factors described below.
 
Certain of our markets are highly cyclical and the current or any further decline in these markets could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance.
 
The high levels of sales in our defense business in recent years have been due in significant part to demand for defense trucks, replacement parts and services (including armoring) and truck remanufacturing arising from the conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. Events such as these are unplanned, as is the demand for our products that arises out of such events. In addition, current economic conditions have put significant pressure on the U.S. federal budget, including the defense budget. Specifically, the President’s defense budget for fiscal 2011 and the budget request for fiscal 2012 include significantly lower funding for purchases of new military vehicles that we manufacture under our FHTV and FMTV contracts than in prior years. The fiscal 2012 defense budget request for FMTVs also was significantly less than we expected. In addition, the Budget Control Act of 2011 contains an automatic sequestration feature that would order cuts to the defense budget if Congress fails to enact the specified $1.2 trillion in U.S. federal deficit reductions to be recommended by the Joint Committee. As part of the budget process, the Defense Subcommittee of the Senate Appropriations Committee has proposed that the Joint Light Tactical Vehicle program be terminated in favor of upgrades to the current Humvee fleet.   Moreover, on October 21, 2011, the President announced that virtually all U.S. troops will be removed from Iraq by the end of 2011 and plans exist regarding a future drawdown of U.S. military involvement in Afghanistan. The withdrawal of U.S. troops from Iraq will likely significantly reduce the level of defense funding allocated to support U.S. military involvement in Iraq, and uncertainty exists as to the level of defense funding that will be allocated to support U.S. military involvement in Afghanistan. The magnitude of the adverse impact that federal budget pressures, including the President’s recent request to reduce defense spending by $450 billion or more between 2012 and 2023 and the potential impact of the Budget Control Act of 2011 on the defense budget, expected reductions in future defense funding for U.S. military involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan and an uncertain DoD tactical wheeled vehicle strategy, will have on funding for Oshkosh defense programs is uncertain, but directionally, we expect such funding to decline, and such decline could be significant. Furthermore, our defense business may fluctuate significantly from time to time as a result of the start and completion of new contract awards that we may receive, such as the M-ATV contract that we received in fiscal year 2009 and substantially completed in fiscal year 2010 and the FMTV contract that we received in fiscal year 2010 and are in the process of completing.
 
The decline, compared to historical levels, in overall customer demand in our access equipment, commercial and fire & emergency markets that we have experienced since the start of the global economic downturn and any further decline could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance. The access equipment market in which JLG operates is highly cyclical and impacted by the strength of economies in general, by prevailing mortgage and other interest rates, by residential and non-residential construction spending, by the ability of rental companies to obtain third party financing to purchase revenue generating assets, by capital expenditures of rental companies in general and by other factors. The ready-mix concrete market that we serve is highly cyclical and impacted by the strength of the economy generally, by prevailing mortgage and other interest rates, by the number of housing starts and by other factors that may have an effect on the level of concrete placement activity, either regionally or nationally. Refuse collection vehicle markets are also cyclical and impacted by the strength of economies in general, by municipal tax receipts and by capital expenditures of large waste haulers. Fire & emergency markets are cyclical later in an economic downturn and are impacted by the economy generally and by municipal tax receipts and capital expenditures. Concrete mixer and access equipment sales also are seasonal with the majority of such
 
16 

Table of Contents
 
sales occurring in the spring and summer months, which constitute the traditional construction season in the Northern hemisphere.
 
The global economy continues to experience weakness, which has negatively impacted our sales volumes for our access equipment, commercial and fire & emergency products as compared to historical levels. In addition, the global economic weakness has caused lending institutions to tighten their credit lending standards, which has restricted our customers’ access to capital. Continued weakness in U.S. and European housing starts and non-residential construction spending in most geographical areas of the world are further contributing to the lower sales volumes. A lack of significant improvement in non-residential construction spending or continued low levels of construction activity generally may cause future weakness in demand for our products. Municipal tax revenues in the U.S. have weakened, which has negatively impacted demand for fire apparatus and refuse collection vehicles and delayed the recovery in these markets. Furthermore, it is possible that emerging market growth could slow, which could negatively impact our growth in those markets. We cannot provide any assurance that the global economic weakness and tight credit markets will not continue or become more severe. In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that any economic recovery will not progress more slowly than what we or the market expect. If the global economic weakness and tight credit markets continue or become more severe, or if any economic recovery progresses more slowly than what we or the market expect, then there could be a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.
 
Our dependency on contracts with U.S. and foreign government agencies subjects us to a variety of risks that could materially reduce our revenues or profits.
 
We are dependent on U.S. and foreign government contracts for a substantial portion of our business. That business is subject to the following risks, among others, that could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance:
 
·                                           Our business is susceptible to changes in the U.S. defense budget, which may reduce revenues that we expect from our defense business, especially in light of federal budget pressures in part caused by U.S. economic weakness, the withdrawal of U.S. troops from Iraq, the uncertainty that exists regarding the future level of U.S. military involvement in Afghanistan and the related level of defense funding that will be allocated to support this involvement, and the level of defense funding that will be allocated to the DoD’s tactical wheeled vehicle strategy generally.
·                                           The U.S. government may not appropriate funding that we expect for our U.S. government contracts, which may prevent us from realizing revenues under current contracts or receiving additional orders that we anticipate we will receive.
·                                           Certain of our government contracts for the U.S. Army and U.S. Marines could be suspended, opened for competition or terminated, and all such contracts expire in the future and may not be replaced, which could reduce revenues that we expect under the contracts and negatively affect margins in our defense segment.
·                                           The current U.S. Administration has indicated that it supports increased competition for existing defense programs. The Weapon Systems Acquisition Reform Act also requires competition for defense programs in certain circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that there will be competition for any M-ATV orders for units above the 10,000 unit ceiling in the initial contract award. Also, it is possible that the U.S. Army and U.S. Marines will conduct an open competition for programs for which we currently have contracts upon the expiration of the existing contracts. Our FHTV contract expired in September 2011, with expected vehicle deliveries to continue through March 2013. We are in negotiations with the U.S. Army regarding our receipt of a bridge contract for the FHTV program under which we would continue producing FHTVs while the U.S. Army develops a path to conduct an open competition for the next contract relating to this program. The bridge contract could include the purchase of the design rights to our vehicles under this contract so that the U.S. Army could compete the program. The U.S. Army may decide to forgo the issuance of this bridge contract, which may prevent us from realizing these revenues. Likewise, the U.S. Army and Marine Corps have, in the past, inquired about purchasing the design rights to the
M-ATV and MTVR that we produce, respectively. Competition for these and other DoD programs we currently have could result in the U.S. government awarding future contracts to another manufacturer or the U.S. government awarding the contracts to us at lower prices and operating margins than we experience under the current contracts.
·                                           Defense truck contract awards that we receive may be subject to protests by competing bidders, which protests, if successful, could result in the DoD revoking part or all of any defense truck contract it awards to us and our inability to recover amounts we have expended in anticipation of initiating production under any such contract.
 
17 

Table of Contents
 
·                                           Most of our government contracts, including the FMTV contract, are fixed-price contracts with price escalation factors included for those contracts that extend beyond one year. Our actual costs on any of these contracts may exceed our projected costs, which could result in profits lower than historically realized or than we anticipate or net losses under these contracts. In addition, if the timing and size of orders received from the U.S. government differ significantly from the assumptions that we used to price the contract, we may incur unanticipated start-up costs or expend more capital to start up production under the contract, and we may not benefit as we expected from contractual price increases, which could also result in lower than anticipated margins or net losses under these contracts. In particular, we bid the FMTV program at very aggressive margins. We have received orders to date under this program significantly in excess of the quantities that bidders were asked to use to prepare their pricing for this program in the original request for proposal. While the timing and extent of FMTV orders have created opportunities to leverage higher orders to reduce our material costs, they have adversely impacted manufacturing start-up and capital costs under the contract and product pricing relative to what we had originally anticipated as we do not benefit from certain price escalation factors. In addition, the higher order rate for FMTVs caused us to devote more attention to increasing our FMTV production capacity, which delayed our focus on reducing manufacturing costs as compared to our original plans. Collectively, these items have caused us to incur losses under the FMTV program to date, and we expect to continue to incur losses through the first quarter of fiscal 2012. Although we expect sales for the FMTV contract to be profitable starting in the second quarter of fiscal 2012, this expectation is based on certain assumptions, including estimates for future increases in the costs of raw materials, targeted cost savings and our ability to achieve certain production efficiencies. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of profitability. For example, a 1% escalation in material costs over our projection for FMTV orders currently in backlog would increase the cost of materials by approximately $24 million. Although we do not believe that such an increase would result in a loss on future sales under this contract, it would significantly reduce our expected future gross margins on orders currently in backlog. It is possible that other assumptions underlying the analysis could change in such a manner that we would determine in the future that this is a loss contract, which could result in a material charge to earnings.
·                                           We are required to spend significant sums on product development and testing, bid and proposal activities and pre-contract engineering, tooling and design activities in competitions to have the opportunity to be awarded these contracts.
·                                           Competitions for the award of defense truck contracts are intense, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will be successful in the defense truck procurement competitions in which we participate.
·                                           Our defense products undergo rigorous testing by the customer and are subject to highly technical requirements. Any failure to pass these tests or to comply with these requirements could result in unanticipated retrofit costs, delayed acceptance of vehicles, late or no payments under such contracts or cancellation of the contract to provide vehicles to the government.
·                                           Our government contracts are subject to audit, which could result in adjustments of our costs and prices under these contracts.
·                                           Our defense truck contracts are large in size and require significant personnel and production resources, and when such contracts end, we must make adjustments to personnel and production resources.
·                                           We have historically received payments in advance of product deliveries, or performance-based payments (“PBP”), on a number of our U.S. government contracts. In the event that we are not able to meet contractual delivery requirements on these contracts, the U.S. government may discontinue providing PBPs, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to repay debt and cause us to incur higher interest rates on our outstanding debt.
·                                           In the event of component availability constraints, the U.S. government has the ability to unilaterally divert the supply of components used on multiple government programs to those programs rated most urgent (DX-rated programs). Specifically, the U.S. government has notified us that the supply of tires used on a number of our FHTV variants is constrained and tires that we currently have on order with our supplier to meet our FHTV production requirements will be diverted to other DX-rated programs. We expect that this issue could affect us through much of 2012 and will delay the timing of a portion of our expected FHTV sales into fiscal 2013. The delay in our FHTV production as a result of the tire shortage could result in incremental production costs and delays in the timing of PBPs that we expect to receive under the program, which would adversely affect our cash flows.
·                                           We periodically experience difficulties with sourcing sufficient vehicle carcasses to maintain our defense truck remanufacturing schedule, which can create uncertainty and inefficiencies for this area of our business.
 
18 

Table of Contents
 
We may not be able to execute on our MOVE strategy and meet our long-term financial goals.
 
We have announced a roadmap, our MOVE strategy, to deliver long-term growth and earnings for our shareholders and to meet our long-term financial goals. The long-term financial goals that we expect to achieve as a result of our MOVE strategy are based on certain assumptions we have made, which assumptions may prove to be incorrect. We cannot provide any assurance we will be able to successfully execute our MOVE strategy, which is subject to a variety of risks, including the following:
 
·                                           A lower or slower than expected recovery in housing starts and non-residential construction spending;
·                                           Greater than expected declines in DoD tactical wheeled vehicle spending;
·                                           Greater than expected pressure on municipal budgets;
·                                           The possibility that commodity cost escalations could erode profits;
·                                           Low cost competitors aggressively entering one or more of our markets with significantly lower pricing;
·                                           Primary competitors vying for share gains through aggressive price competition;
·                                           The failure of the U.S. government to take actions to ensure the sustainability of defense industry production facilities;
·                                           Our inability to obtain and retain adequate resources to support production ramp-ups, including management personnel;
·                                           The inability of our supply base to keep pace with the economic recovery;
·                                           Our failure to realize procurement, facility optimization and other cost reduction targets;
·                                           Our inability to achieve targeted profitability on the FMTV contract;
·                                           Not winning key large defense contracts, such as the Modernized Expanded Capability Vehicle and the Canadian Tactical Armor Protected Vehicle and Medium Support Vehicle System;
·                                           Our inability to innovate effectively and rapidly to expand sales and margins; and
·                                           Slow adoption of our products in emerging markets and/or our inability to successfully execute our emerging market growth strategy.
 
An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets could negatively affect our operating results.
 
We have a substantial amount of goodwill and purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed. At September 30, 2011, approximately 88% of these intangibles are concentrated in the access equipment segment. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. The carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets represents the fair value of trademarks and trade names as of the acquisition date. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that we expect to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows, but instead we evaluate these assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if potential interim indicators exist that could result in impairment. In testing for impairment, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its current fair value as determined based on the discounted future cash flows of the reporting unit and market comparable sales and earnings multiples, the goodwill or intangible asset is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value via a non-cash charge to earnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment include a prolonged period of global economic weakness and tight credit markets, further decline in economic conditions or a slow, weak economic recovery, as well as sustained declines in the price of our common stock, adverse changes in the regulatory environment, adverse changes in interest rates, or other factors leading to reductions in the long-term sales or profitability that we expect. Determination of the fair value of a reporting unit includes developing estimates which are highly subjective and incorporate calculations that are sensitive to minor changes in underlying assumptions. Management’s assumptions change as more information becomes available. Changes in these assumptions could result in an impairment charge in the future, which could have a significant adverse impact on our reported earnings.
 
19 

Table of Contents
 
Our current debt levels, including the associated financing costs and restrictive covenants, could limit our flexibility in managing our business and increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions.
 
Our credit agreement contains financial and restrictive covenants which, among other things, require us to satisfy quarter-end financial ratios, including a leverage ratio, a senior secured leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. Our ability to meet the financial ratios in such covenants may be affected by a number of risks or events, including the risks described in this Form 10-K and events beyond our control. The indenture governing our senior notes also contains restrictive covenants. Any failure by us to comply with these restrictive covenants or the financial and restrictive covenants in our credit agreement could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and debt service capability.
 
Our access to debt financing at competitive risk-based interest rates is partly a function of our credit ratings. Our current long-term debt ratings are BB with “stable” outlook from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and Ba3 with “stable” outlook from Moody’s Investors Service. A downgrade to our credit ratings could increase our interest rates, could limit our access to public debt markets, could limit the institutions willing to provide us credit facilities, and could make any future credit facilities or credit facility amendments more costly and/or difficult to obtain.
 
We had approximately $1.1 billion of debt outstanding as of September 30, 2011, which consisted primarily of a $560 million term loan under our credit agreement maturing in October 2015 and $500 million of senior notes, $250 million of which mature in March 2017 and $250 million of which mature in March 2020. Our ability to make required payments of principal and interest on our debt will depend on our future performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, political and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We expect that we will experience modestly negative free cash flow in fiscal 2012 as we adjust working capital requirements in our defense and access equipment segments to new sales levels. As we discuss above, our dependency on contracts with U.S. and foreign government agencies, such as the FMTV contract, subjects us to a variety of risks that, if realized, could materially reduce our revenues, profits and cash flows. In addition, among other risks that we face that could affect our revenues, profits and cash flows, current continued weak economic conditions, declining U.S. defense budgets and tight credit markets could become more severe or prolonged. Accordingly, conditions could arise that could limit our ability to generate sufficient cash flows or access borrowings to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, further limit our financial flexibility or impair our ability to obtain alternative financing sufficient to repay our debt at maturity.
 
The covenants in our credit agreement and the indenture governing our senior notes, our credit rating, our current debt levels and the current credit market conditions could have important consequences for our operations, including:
 
·                                           Render us more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions in our highly cyclical markets or economies generally;
·                                           Require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to higher interest costs or higher required payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, stock repurchases, dividends and other general corporate activities;
·                                           Limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund growth working capital, capital expenditures, new product development expenses and other general corporate requirements;
·                                           Limit our ability to enter into additional foreign currency and interest rate derivative contracts;
·                                           Make us vulnerable to increases in interest rates as a portion of our debt under our credit agreement is at variable rates;
·                                           Limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets we serve;
·                                           Place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged competitors; and
·                                           Limit our ability to pursue strategic acquisitions that may become available in our markets or otherwise capitalize on business opportunities if we had additional borrowing capacity.
 
Raw material price fluctuations may adversely affect our results.
 
We purchase, directly and indirectly through component purchases, significant amounts of steel, petroleum based products and other raw materials annually. Steel, fuel and other commodity prices have historically been highly volatile. Commodity costs rose significantly early in our fiscal year 2011, and there are indications that these costs may increase further in the future due to one or more of the following: a sustained economic recovery, political unrest in certain countries or a weakening U.S. dollar. Increases in commodity costs negatively impact the profitability of orders in backlog as prices on
 
20 

Table of Contents
 
those orders are usually fixed, which we experienced in the access equipment segment in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. Furthermore, we largely do business in the defense segment under annual firm, fixed-price contracts with the DoD. We attempt to limit the risk related to raw material price fluctuations in the defense segment by obtaining firm pricing from suppliers at the time a contract is awarded. However, if these suppliers do not honor their contracts, then we could face margin pressure in our defense business. If we are not able to recover commodity cost increases through price increases to our customers on new orders, then such increases will have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Additionally, if we are unable to negotiate timely component cost decreases commensurate with any decrease in commodity costs, our higher component prices could put us at a material disadvantage as compared to our competition.
 
We expect to incur costs and charges as a result of measures such as facilities and operations consolidations and workforce reductions that we expect will reduce costs, and those measures also may be disruptive to our business and may not result in anticipated cost savings.
 
We have been consolidating facilities and operations in an effort to make our business more efficient and expect to continue to review our overall manufacturing footprint. For example, we closed a facility and integrated our mobile medical business into our Clearwater, Florida operations during the first quarter of fiscal 2011, and we moved manufacturing production of our Medtec ambulances to our Bradenton, Florida operations during the second quarter of fiscal 2011. Also during the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we announced workforce reductions and other cost reduction measures in our fire & emergency and commercial segments and the consolidation of an access equipment segment facility in Belgium into a Romanian facility, which was largely executed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we closed our Oakes, North Dakota manufacturing plant and consolidated the work performed at that facility into other Oshkosh facilities. We have incurred, and expect in the future to incur, additional costs and restructuring charges in connection with such consolidations, workforce reductions and other cost reduction measures that have adversely affected and, to the extent incurred in the future would adversely affect, our future earnings and cash flows. Furthermore, such actions may be disruptive to our business, as we experienced with the facility consolidations into our Bradenton, Florida operations. This may result in production inefficiencies, product quality issues, late product deliveries or lost orders as we begin production at consolidated facilities, which would adversely impact our sales levels, operating results and operating margins. In addition, we may not realize the cost savings that we expect to realize as a result of such actions.
 
We may experience losses in excess of our recorded reserves for doubtful accounts, finance receivables, notes receivable and guarantees of indebtedness of others.
 
As of September 30, 2011, we had consolidated gross receivables of $1.14 billion. In addition, we were a party to agreements in the access equipment segment whereby we have maximum exposure of $52.8 million under guarantees of customer indebtedness to third parties aggregating approximately $141.1 million. We evaluate the collectability of open accounts, finance receivables, notes receivable and our guarantees of indebtedness of others based on a combination of factors and establish reserves based on our estimates of potential losses. In circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we expect to collect, and/or we recognize a liability for a guarantee we expect to pay, taking into account any amounts that we would anticipate realizing if we are forced to repossess the equipment that supports the customer’s financial obligations to us. We also establish additional reserves based upon our perception of the quality of the current receivables, the current financial position of our customers and past collections experience. Continued economic weakness and tight credit markets may result in additional requirements for specific reserves. During periods of economic weakness, the collateral underlying our guarantees of indebtedness of customers or receivables can decline sharply, thereby increasing our exposure to losses. We also face a concentration of credit risk as JLG’s ten largest debtors at September 30, 2011 represented approximately 23% of our consolidated gross receivables. Some of these customers are highly leveraged. In the future, we may incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate further or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting our customers’ financial obligations is not realized. Our cash flows and overall liquidity may be materially adversely affected if any of the financial institutions that finance our customer receivables become unable or unwilling, due to current economic conditions, a weakening of our or their financial position or otherwise, to continue providing such credit.
 
21 

Table of Contents
 
Systemic failures that the customer may identify could exceed recorded reserves or negatively affect our ability to win future business with the DoD or other foreign military customers.
 
As a result of the accelerated timetable from product design to full-scale production, the accelerated production schedule and limited field testing under the M-ATV contract and our ramp up to full-scale production of FMTVs, these vehicles could encounter systemic failures during fielding and use of the vehicles for which we may have responsibility. Additionally, we did not design the FMTV portfolio of trucks and trailers, and the design for this portfolio includes requirements that have caused us to implement manufacturing processes that we have not used extensively under previous contracts. If we do not implement these manufacturing processes correctly, then there could be systemic failures for which we may have responsibility. We have established reserves for the estimated cost of such systemic-type repairs based upon historical warranty rates of other defense programs in which we participate. If systemic issues arise, rectification costs could be in excess of the established reserves. If the DoD identifies systemic issues, this situation could impact our ability to win future business with the DoD or other foreign military customers, which would adversely affect our future earnings and cash flows.
 
A disruption or termination of the supply of parts, materials, components and final assemblies from third-party suppliers could delay sales of our vehicles and vehicle bodies.
 
We have experienced, and may in the future experience, significant disruption or termination of the supply of some of our parts, materials, components and final assemblies that we obtain from sole source suppliers or subcontractors. We may also incur a significant increase in the cost of these parts, materials, components or final assemblies. These risks are increased in a weak economic environment with tight credit conditions and when demand increases coming out of an economic downturn. Specifically, we have recently experienced a number of parts shortages at our access equipment segment as demand for certain components currently exceeds suppliers’ capacity. Such disruptions, terminations or cost increases could result in manufacturing inefficiencies due to having to wait for parts to arrive on the production line, could delay sales and could result in a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.
 
Our objective is to expand international operations, the conduct of which subjects us to risks that may have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Expanding international sales is a part of our growth strategy. Our outlook depends in part upon increases in international orders and sales that may not materialize. International operations and sales are subject to various risks, including political, religious and economic instability, local labor market conditions, the imposition of foreign tariffs and other trade barriers, the impact of foreign government regulations and the effects of income and withholding taxes, governmental expropriation and differences in business practices. We may incur increased costs and experience delays or disruptions in product deliveries and payments in connection with international manufacturing and sales that could cause loss of revenues and earnings. In addition, expansion into foreign markets requires the establishment of distribution networks and may require modification of products to meet local requirements or preferences. Establishment of distribution networks or modification to the design of our products to meet local requirements and preferences may take longer or be more costly than we anticipate and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve international sales growth. In addition, our entry into certain markets that we wish to enter may require us to establish a joint venture. Identifying an appropriate joint venture partner and creating a joint venture could be more time consuming, more costly and more difficult than we anticipate.
 
As a result of our international operations and sales, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our international activities create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments in violation of the FCPA by one of our employees, consultants, sales agents or distributors, because these parties are not always subject to our control. Any violations of the FCPA could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against us or our employees, and prohibitions on the conduct of our business, including our business with the U.S. government. We are also increasingly subject to export control regulations, including, without limitation, the United States Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations. Unfavorable changes in the political, regulatory and business climate could have a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows.
 
22 

Table of Contents
 
We are subject to fluctuations in exchange rates associated with our non-U.S. operations that could adversely affect our results of operations and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.
 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, approximately 17% of our net sales were attributable to products sold outside of the United States, including approximately 14% that involved export sales from the United States. The majority of export sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Sales outside the United States are typically made in the local currencies of those countries. Fluctuations in foreign currency can have an adverse impact on our sales and profits as amounts that are measured in foreign currency are translated back to U.S. dollars. We have sales of inventory denominated in U.S. dollars to certain of our subsidiaries that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates between many of these currencies and the U.S. dollar have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may fluctuate significantly in the future. Such fluctuations, in particular those with respect to the Euro, the Chinese Renminbi, the Canadian dollar and the Australian dollar, may have a material effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods. Any appreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the value of the local currency will adversely affect our revenues from our foreign operations when translated into U.S. dollars. Similarly, any appreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the value of the local currency of those countries where our products are sold will increase our costs in our foreign operations, to the extent such costs are payable in foreign currency, when translated into U.S. dollars.
 
Changes in regulations could adversely affect our business.
 
Both our products and the operation of our manufacturing facilities are subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. These include environmental requirements applicable to manufacturing and vehicle emissions, government contracting regulations and domestic and international trade regulations. A significant change to these regulatory requirements could substantially increase manufacturing costs or impact the size or timing of demand for our products, all of which could make our business results more variable.
 
In particular, climate change is receiving increasing attention worldwide. Many scientists, legislators and others attribute climate change to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Congress has previously considered and may in the future implement restrictions on greenhouse gas emissions through a cap-and-trade system under which emitters would be required to buy allowances to offset emissions of greenhouse gas. In addition, several states, including states where we have manufacturing plants, are considering various greenhouse gas registration and reduction programs. Our manufacturing plants use energy, including electricity and natural gas, and certain of our plants emit amounts of greenhouse gas that may be affected by these legislative and regulatory efforts. Greenhouse gas regulation could increase the price of the electricity we purchase, increase costs for our use of natural gas, potentially restrict access to or the use of natural gas, require us to purchase allowances to offset our own emissions or result in an overall increase in our costs of raw materials, any one of which could increase our costs, reduce our competitiveness in a global economy or otherwise negatively affect our business, operations or financial results. While additional regulation of emissions in the future appears likely, it is too early to predict how this regulation will ultimately affect our business, operations or financial results.
 
Disruptions within our dealer network could adversely affect our business.
 
Although we sell the majority of our products directly to the end user, we market, sell and service products through a network of independent dealers in the fire & emergency segment and in a limited number of markets for the access equipment and commercial segments. As a result, our business with respect to these products is influenced by our ability to establish and manage new and existing relationships with dealers. While we have relatively low turnover of dealers, from time to time, we or a dealer may choose to terminate the relationship as a result of difficulties that our independent dealers experience in operating their businesses due to economic conditions or other factors, or as a result of an alleged failure by us or an independent dealer to comply with the terms of our dealer agreement. We do not believe our business is dependent on any single dealer, the loss of which would have a sustained material adverse effect upon our business. However, disruption of dealer coverage within a specific state or other geographic market could cause difficulties in marketing, selling or servicing our products and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
 
23 

Table of Contents
 
In addition, our ability to terminate our relationship with a dealer is limited due to state dealer laws, which generally provide that a manufacturer may not terminate or refuse to renew a dealer agreement unless it has first provided the dealer with required notices. Under many state laws, dealers may protest termination notices or petition for relief from termination actions. Responding to these protests and petitions may cause us to incur costs and, in some instances, could lead to litigation resulting in lost opportunities with other dealers or lost sales opportunities, which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
 
Our business could be negatively affected as a result of a threatened proxy fight and other actions of activist shareholders.
 
We recently received a notice from certain funds affiliated with Carl Icahn that discloses their intent to nominate six individuals for election to our Board of Directors.  If a proxy contest results from this notice or if other activist activities ensue, our business could be adversely affected because:
 
·                                           Responding to proxy contests and other actions by activist shareholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations and divert the attention of management and our employees;
·                                           Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may result in the loss of potential business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners; and
·                                           If individuals are elected to our Board of Directors with a specific agenda, it may adversely affect our ability to effectively and timely implement our strategic plan.
 
These actions could also cause our stock price to experience periods of volatility.
 
ITEM 1B.                     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
 
The Company has no unresolved staff comments regarding its periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding September 30, 2011.
 
ITEM 2.                PROPERTIES 
 
The Company believes its equipment and buildings are well maintained and adequate for its present and anticipated needs. As of November 16, 2011, the Company operated in 42 manufacturing facilities. The location, size and focus of the Company’s manufacturing facilities are provided in the table below:

 	 	Approximate	 	 	
 	 	Square Footage	 	Principal	
Location (# of facilities)	 	Owned	 	Leased	 	Products Manufactured	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Oshkosh, Wisconsin (9)	 	1,100,000	 	119,000	 	Defense Trucks; Front-Discharge Mixers; Snow Removal Vehicles	
Appleton, Wisconsin (2)	 	 	 	196,000	 	Defense Vehicle Components	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Access Equipment	 	 	 	 	 	 	
McConnellsburg, Pennsylvania (4)	 	560,000	 	35,000	 	Boom Lifts; Telehandlers; Carriers; Wreckers	
Shippensburg, Pennsylvania (1)	 	330,000	 	 	 	Boom Lifts; Scissor Lifts; Trailer Boom Lifts; Telehandlers; Carriers; Wreckers	
Bedford, Pennsylvania (2)	 	216,000	 	 	 	Boom Lifts; After-Sales Service and Support	
Greencastle, Pennsylvania (1)	 	110,000	 	 	 	Fabrications	
Riverside, California (1)	 	 	 	55,000	 	Trailers; After-Sales Service and Support	
Maasmechelen, Belgium (1)	 	 	 	80,000	 	Scissor Lifts; Telehandlers; After-Sales Service and Support	
Orrville, Ohio (1)	 	333,000	 	 	 	Telehandler and Boom Lift Subassemblies; Telehandlers; Vertical Mast Lifts	
 
24 

Table of Contents

 	 	Approximate	 	 	
 	 	Square Footage	 	Principal	
Location (# of facilities)	 	Owned	 	Leased	 	Products Manufactured	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Access Equipment (continued)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tonneins, France (1)	 	 	 	65,000	 	Vertical Mast Lifts	
Port Macquarie, Australia (1)	 	25,000	 	 	 	Light Towers; After-Sales Service and Support	
Medias, Romania (1)	 	 	 	249,000	 	Boom Lifts; Heavy Steel Fabrications	
Tianjin, China (1)	 	193,000	 	 	 	Boom Lifts; Scissor Lifts	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fire & Emergency	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Appleton, Wisconsin (3)	 	557,000	 	16,000	 	Fire Apparatus; ARFF Vehicles; Trailers; Simulators	
Bradenton, Florida (1)	 	300,000	 	 	 	Fire Apparatus; Ambulances	
Kewaunee, Wisconsin (1)	 	216,000	 	 	 	Aerial Devices; Heavy Steel Fabrications	
Oud-Beijerland, Holland (1)	 	 	 	98,000	 	Mobile Medical Trailers	
Clearwater, Florida (1)	 	 	 	96,000	 	Broadcast Equipment; Mobile Medical Trailers	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dodge Center, Minnesota (1)	 	711,000	 	 	 	Rear-Discharge Mixers; Refuse Collection Vehicles	
Dexter, Minnesota (1)	 	 	 	53,000	 	Revolution Composite Concrete Mixer Drums	
Riceville, Iowa (1)	 	108,000	 	 	 	Components for Rear-Discharge Mixers; Concrete Batch Plants and Refuse Collection Vehicles	
McIntire, Iowa (1)	 	28,000	 	 	 	Components for Load Handling Systems	
Blair, Nebraska (2)	 	91,000	 	20,000	 	Concrete Batch Plants	
Audubon, Iowa (1)	 	15,000	 	 	 	Components for Concrete Batch Plants	
London, Canada (1)	 	 	 	156,000	 	Rear-Discharge Mixers	
Garner, Iowa (1)	 	262,000	 	 	 	Field Service Vehicles; Articulating Cranes	
 
The Company’s manufacturing facilities generally operate five days per week on one or two shifts, except for seasonal shutdowns for one to three week periods. The Company implemented additional periodic shutdowns in multiple businesses in response to lower demand resulting from continued weak economic conditions. The Company expects periodic shutdowns to continue in fiscal 2012. The Company believes its manufacturing capacity could be significantly increased with limited capital spending by working an additional shift at each facility.
 
The Company also performs contract maintenance services out of multiple warehousing and service facilities owned and/or operated by the U.S. government and third parties, including locations in the U.S., Japan, Afghanistan and multiple other countries in Europe and the Middle East.
 
In addition to sales and service activities at the Company’s manufacturing facilities, the Company maintains 21 sales and service centers in the U.S. These facilities are used primarily for sales and service of concrete mixers and refuse collection vehicles. The access equipment segment also leases a number of small distribution, engineering, administration or service facilities throughout the world.
 
ITEM 3.                              LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
 
The Company is subject to environmental matters and legal proceedings and claims, including patent, antitrust, shareholder, product liability, warranty and state dealership regulation compliance proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the final results of all such matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Environmental matters. As part of its routine business operations, the Company disposes of and recycles or reclaims certain industrial waste materials, chemicals, and solvents at third-party disposal and recycling facilities, which are licensed by appropriate governmental agencies. In some instances, these facilities have been and may be designated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or a state environmental agency for remediation. Under the
 
25 

Table of Contents
 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, each potentially responsible party (“PRP”) that contributed hazardous substances may be jointly and severally liable for the costs associated with cleaning up these sites. Typically, PRPs negotiate a resolution with the EPA and/or the state environmental agencies. PRPs also negotiate with each other regarding allocation of the cleanup cost.
 
The Company had reserves of $2.1 million for environmental matters at September 30, 2011 for losses that were probable and estimable. The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Personal injury actions and other. At September 30, 2011, the Company had product and general liability reserves of $41.7 million. Although the final results of all such matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims, after taking into account the liabilities accrued with respect to all such matters and claims, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.
 
On January 8, 2010, Control Solutions LLC (“Control Solutions”) brought suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois for breach of express contract, breach of implied-in-fact contract, unjust enrichment and promissory estoppel related to the Company’s contract to supply the DoD with M-ATVs. Control Solutions has asserted damages in the amount of $190.3 million. On October 3, 2011, following written and oral discovery, the Company moved for summary judgment. On that same date, Control Solutions filed a cross-motion for summary judgment. The Company’s and Control Solutions’ response briefs have been filed with the Court. While this case is in the early stages of litigation and its outcome cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of this claim will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 
 
The following table sets forth certain information as of November 16, 2011 concerning the Company’s executive officers. All of the Company’s officers serve terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Name	 	Age	 	Title	
Charles L. Szews	 	54	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
Bryan J. Blankfield	 	50	 	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	
Gregory L. Fredericksen	 	50	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer	
James W. Johnson	 	46	 	Executive Vice President and President, Fire & Emergency Segment	
Wilson R. Jones	 	50	 	Executive Vice President and President, Access Equipment Segment	
Joseph H. Kimmitt	 	61	 	Executive Vice President, Government Operations and Industry Relations	
Josef Matosevic	 	40	 	Executive Vice President, Global Manufacturing Operations	
Colleen R. Moynihan*	 	51	 	Senior Vice President, Total Quality Management	
Frank R. Nerenhausen	 	47	 	Executive Vice President and President, Commercial Segment	
Thomas J. Polnaszek	 	54	 	Senior Vice President, Finance and Controller	
Mark M. Radue	 	47	 	Senior Vice President, Business Development	
Michael K. Rohrkaste	 	53	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Administration and Human Resources Officer	
David M. Sagehorn	 	48	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
Gary W. Schmiedel	 	50	 	Executive Vice President, Technology	
John M. Urias	 	58	 	Executive Vice President and President, Defense Segment	

*                                          Ms. Moynihan is a recent hire and is not yet deemed to be an executive officer as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission.
 
26 

Table of Contents
 
Charles L. Szews. Mr. Szews joined the Company in 1996 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1997 until 2007, at which time he was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer. Effective January 1, 2011, Mr. Szews assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Szews was elected a Director of the Company in 2007. He is a director of Gardner Denver, Inc.
 
Bryan J. Blankfield. Mr. Blankfield joined the Company in 2002 as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and was appointed to his present position of Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2003.
 
Gregory L. Fredericksen. Mr. Fredericksen joined the Company in 2008 as Senior Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer and was appointed to his present position of Executive Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer in 2010. He previously served as Executive Director, Global Purchasing and Supply Chain - Current/Future Business, Business Process at General Motors Corporation from 2005 to 2006 and Executive Director, Global Purchasing and Supply Chain - Current/Future Business, Business Process, Structures & Closures at General Motors Corporation from 2006 to 2008.
 
James W. Johnson. Mr. Johnson joined the Company in 2007 as the Director of Dealer Development for Pierce. He was appointed to Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Pierce in 2009 and was appointed to his current position in 2010. He previously served as Dealer Development Manager at Forest River, Inc. (a manufacturer primarily of recreational vehicles) from 2006 to 2007.
 
Wilson R. Jones. Mr. Jones joined the Company in 2005 as Vice President and General Manager of the Airport Products business. He was appointed President, Pierce in 2007, was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Fire & Emergency Segment in 2008, and was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Access Equipment Segment in 2010.
 
Joseph H. Kimmitt. Mr. Kimmitt joined the Company in 2001 as Vice President, Government Operations and was appointed to his current position in 2006. He previously served as a Professional Staff Member of the U.S. House and Senate Appropriations Committees from 1984 to 2001. He was appointed Deputy Staff Director of the Senate Appropriations Committee in 1997.
 
Josef Matosevic. Mr. Matosevic joined the Company in 2008 as Vice President of Global Lean Deployment. He was appointed Vice President of Operations for the Defense Segment in January 2009, was appointed Senior Vice President, Global Operating Systems and Lean Deployment in May 2009, and was appointed to his current position in 2010. He previously served as Vice President of Global Operations from 2005 to 2007 and Chief Operating Officer from 2007 to 2008 at Wynnchurch Capital/Android Industries (a sub-assembler and sequencer of complex modules for automotive OEM’s).
 
Colleen R. Moynihan . Ms. Moynihan joined the Company in July 2011 as the Senior Vice President, Total Quality Management. She previously served as the Director of Global Quality at Caterpillar Inc. from 2007 to 2011 and Director of Powertrain Quality — Global Quality at Ford Motor Company from 2003 to 2007.
 
Frank R. Nerenhausen. Mr. Nerenhausen joined the Company in 1986 and has served in various assignments, including Vice President Concrete Placement from 2005 to 2008 and Vice President of Concrete & Refuse Sales & Marketing from 2008 to 2010 for McNeilus. He was appointed to his current position in 2010.
 
Thomas J. Polnaszek . Mr. Polnaszek joined the Company in 1998 as Controller. He was promoted to Vice President and Controller in 1998 and appointed to his present position in 2007.
 
Mark M. Radue . Mr. Radue joined the Company in 2005 as Senior Director of Financial Planning and Analysis. He was promoted to Vice President of Business Development in 2005 and was appointed to his present position in 2011.
 
Michael K. Rohrkaste. Mr. Rohrkaste joined the Company in 2003 as Vice President, Human Resources. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Chief Administration Officer in 2009 and was appointed to his current position in January 2010.
 
27 

Table of Contents
 
David M. Sagehorn. Mr. Sagehorn joined the Company in 2000 as Senior Manager - Mergers & Acquisitions and has served in various assignments, including Director - Business Development, Vice President - Defense Finance, Vice President - McNeilus Finance and Vice President - Business Development. In 2005, he was appointed Vice President and Treasurer, and he was appointed to his current position in 2007.
 
Gary W. Schmiedel. Mr. Schmiedel joined the Company in 1983 and has served in various engineering assignments, including Senior Vice President - Defense Engineering and Technology. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Technology in February 2011.
 
John M. Urias . Mr. Urias joined the Company in October 2011 as the Executive Vice President and President, Defense Segment. He previously served as Vice President of Programs in 2011; Vice President, Programs and UAE Surface Launched AMRAAM Capture Lead, National and Theater Strategic Programs from 2010 to 2011 and Vice President, Force Application Programs for Integrated Defense Systems from 2009 to 2010, in each case at Raytheon Company. From 2006 to 2007, he served as Vice President and Sector Manager, Defense Systems Sector for Quantum Research International, Inc. Mr. Urias retired from the U.S. Army with the rank of Major General in 2005.
 
28 

Table of Contents
 
PART II 
 
ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 
 
The information relating to dividends included in Note 25 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein under Item 8 and the information relating to dividends per share contained herein under Item 6 are hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.
 
In July 1995, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 6,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this authorization during fiscal 2011. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had repurchased 2,769,210 shares under this program at a cost of $6.6 million, leaving the Company with authority to repurchase 3,230,790 shares of Common Stock under this program. There is no expiration date associated with the Board authorization.
 
Dividends and Common Stock Price
 
The Company did not pay dividends on its Common Stock in fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010. The payment of future dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, future earnings and cash flows, capital requirements, the Company’s general financial condition, general business conditions or other factors. In addition, the Company’s credit agreement limits the amount of dividends it may pay to $50 million during any fiscal year; plus the excess of (a) 25% of the cumulative net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for all fiscal quarters ending after September 27, 2010, over (b) the cumulative amount of all such dividends and other distributions made in any fiscal year ending after such date that exceed $50 million, plus (c) for each of the first four fiscal quarters ending after September 27, 2010, $25 million per fiscal quarter, in each case provided that the leverage ratio (as defined) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter was less than 2.0 to 1.0; plus (d) for the period of four fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2011 and for each period of four fiscal quarters ending thereafter, $100 million during such period, in each case provided that the leverage ratio (as defined) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter was less than 2.0 to 1.0. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further discussion about the Company’s financial covenants under its credit agreement.
 
The Company’s Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol OSK. As of November 11, 2011, there were 1,343 holders of record of the Common Stock. The following table sets forth prices reflecting actual sales of the Common Stock as reported on the NYSE for the periods indicated.

 	 	Fiscal 2011	 	Fiscal 2010	 	
Quarter Ended	 	High	 	Low	 	High	 	Low	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
September 30	 	$	33.78	 	$	15.65	 	$	36.14	 	$	24.63	 	
June 30	 	36.73	 	25.25	 	44.57	 	31.07	 	
March 31	 	40.11	 	32.37	 	41.78	 	34.24	 	
December 31	 	35.98	 	27.35	 	41.99	 	28.13	 	

Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain information relating to the Company’s equity compensation plans.
 
The following information in this Item 5 is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such a filing. The SEC requires the Company to include a line graph presentation comparing cumulative five year Common Stock returns with a broad-based stock index and either a nationally recognized industry index or an index of peer companies selected by the Company. The Company has chosen to use the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 market index as the broad-based index and the companies currently in the Standard Industry Classification Code 371 Index (motor vehicles and equipment) (the “SIC Code 371 Index”) as a more specific comparison.
 
29 

Table of Contents
 
The comparisons assume that $100 was invested on September 30, 2006 in each of: the Company’s Common Stock, the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 market index and the SIC Code 371 Index. The total return assumes reinvestment of dividends and is adjusted for stock splits. The fiscal 2011 return listed in the charts below is based on closing prices per share on September 30, 2011. On that date, the closing price for the Company’s Common Stock was $15.74.

 

* $100 invested on September 30, 2006 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ended September 30,	 	2006	 	2007	 	2008	 	2009	 	2010	 	2011	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Oshkosh Corporation	 	$	100.00	 	123.70	 	26.61	 	64.26	 	57.14	 	32.70	 	
S&P Midcap 400 market index	 	$	100.00	 	118.76	 	98.95	 	95.87	 	112.92	 	111.47	 	
SIC Code 371 Index	 	$	100.00	 	137.64	 	91.14	 	91.51	 	131.20	 	113.97	 	
 
30 

Table of Contents
 
ITEM 6.            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Fiscal Year	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(In millions, except per share amounts)	 	2011 (1) (2)	 	2010 (1)	 	2009 (3) (4)	 	2008	 	2007 (5)	 	
Income Statement Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	5,253.1	 	$	6,877.7	 	$	6,089.9	 	
Gross income	 	1,079.7	 	1,970.0	 	703.3	 	1,170.0	 	1,081.7	 	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	4.8	 	25.6	 	1,190.2	 	1.0	 	—	 	
Depreciation	 	78.5	 	83.8	 	75.1	 	72.8	 	54.3	 	
Amortization of purchased intangibles, deferred financing costs and stock-based compensation (6)	 	81.4	 	103.8	 	86.6	 	90.8	 	83.3	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	500.9	 	1,394.1	 	(979.5	)	617.4	 	610.5	 	
Income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	273.4	 	792.9	 	(1,167.0	)	288.9	 	286.4	 	
From discontinued operations (7)	 	—	 	(2.9	)	68.2	 	(209.6	)	(18.3	)	
Net income (loss)	 	273.4	 	790.0	 	(1,098.8	)	79.3	 	268.1	 	
Income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders per share assuming dilution:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	2.99	 	$	8.72	 	$	(15.26	)	$	3.86	 	$	3.83	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	(0.03	)	0.89	 	(2.80	)	(0.25	)	
Net income (loss)	 	2.99	 	8.69	 	(14.37	)	1.06	 	3.58	 	
Dividends per share	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	0.20	 	$	0.40	 	$	0.40	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	4,826.9	 	$	4,708.6	 	$	4,768.0	 	$	6,081.5	 	$	6,399.8	 	
Net working capital	 	762.8	 	403.9	 	484.6	 	689.2	 	646.9	 	
Long-term debt (including current maturities)	 	1,060.1	 	1,152.1	 	2,024.3	 	2,757.7	 	3,022.0	 	
Oshkosh Corporation shareholders’ equity	 	1,596.5	 	1,326.6	 	514.1	 	1,388.6	 	1,393.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Financial Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment	 	$	82.3	 	$	83.2	 	$	46.2	 	$	75.8	 	$	83.0	 	
Backlog	 	6,478.4	 	5,401.4	 	5,615.4	 	2,353.8	 	3,177.8	 	
Book value per share	 	$	17.48	 	$	14.63	 	$	5.75	 	$	18.66	 	$	18.78	 	

(1)    In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company began production on a sole source contract awarded by the DoD for
M-ATVs. During fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company delivered 645 and 7,539 M-ATV units, respectively, and related aftermarket parts & service under this contract with a combined sales value of $1.25 billion and $4.49 billion, respectively.
(2)    The increase in working capital from September 30, 2010 to September 30, 2011 was primarily the result of a decrease in borrowings under the Company’s revolving line of credit and higher accounts receivable in the access equipment segment as a result of increased sales.
(3)    In the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded in continuing operations non-cash charges totaling $1.19 billion pre-tax ($15.26 per share, net of taxes) to record impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets.
(4)    On August 12, 2009, the Company completed a public equity offering of 14,950,000 shares of Common Stock, which included the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option for 1,950,000 shares of Common Stock, at a price of $25.00 per share. The Company paid $15.1 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately $0.6 million of offering expenses. The net proceeds of the equity offering of approximately $358.1 million, along with cash flow from operations, allowed the Company to repay $731.6 million of debt in fiscal 2009.
(5)    On December 6, 2006, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of JLG for $3.1 billion in cash. Amounts include acquisition costs and are net of cash acquired. Fiscal 2007 results included sales of $2.5 billion and operating income of $268.4 million related to JLG following its acquisition.
(6)    Includes amortization of deferred financing costs of $5.1 million in fiscal 2011, $28.6 million in fiscal 2010, $13.4 million in fiscal 2009, $7.2 million in fiscal 2008 and $5.5 million in fiscal 2007.
 
31 

Table of Contents
 
(7)    In fiscal 2010, the Company completed the sale of its 75% interest in BAI Brescia Antincendi International S.r.l. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“BAI’), the Company’s European fire apparatus and equipment business. In fiscal 2009, the Company sold its European refuse collection vehicle business, Geesink Group B.V., Norba A.B. and Geesink Norba Limited (together, “Geesink”).
 
32 

Table of Contents
 
ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 
 
General
 
The Company is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of a wide range of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies, including defense trucks, access equipment, fire & emergency vehicles and concrete mixers and refuse collection vehicles. The Company manufactures defense trucks under the “Oshkosh” brand name and is a leading manufacturer of severe-duty, tactical wheeled vehicles for the DoD. The Company is a leading global manufacturer of aerial work platforms under the “JLG” brand name. The Company is among the worldwide leaders in the manufacturing of telehandlers under the “JLG,” “SkyTrak” and “Lull” brand names. Under the “Jerr-Dan” brand name, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer and marketer of towing and recovery equipment. Under the “Pierce” brand name, the Company is among the leading global manufacturers of fire apparatus assembled on both custom and commercial chassis. Under the “Frontline” brand name, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer and marketer of broadcast vehicles. The Company manufactures ARFF and airport snow removal vehicles under the “Oshkosh” brand name and ambulances under the “MEDTEC” brand name. The Company manufactures mobile medical trailers under the “Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles” and “SMIT” brand names. Under the “McNeilus,” “Oshkosh,” “London” and “CON-E-CO” brand names, the Company manufactures rear- and front-discharge concrete mixers and portable and stationary concrete batch plants. Under the “McNeilus” brand name, the Company manufactures a wide range of automated, rear, front, side and top loading refuse collection vehicles. Under the “IMT” brand name, the Company is a leading domestic manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes.
 
Major products manufactured and marketed by each of the Company’s business segments are as follows:
 
Defense — tactical trucks and supply parts and services sold to the U.S. military and to other militaries around the world.
 
Access equipment — aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights, as well as wreckers and carriers. Access equipment customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers, the U.S. military and towing companies in the U.S. and abroad.
 
Fire & emergency — custom and commercial firefighting vehicles and equipment, ARFF vehicles, snow removal vehicles, ambulances and other emergency vehicles primarily sold to fire departments, airports and other governmental units, mobile medical trailers sold to hospitals and third-party medical service providers, and broadcast vehicles sold to broadcasters and TV stations in the Americas and abroad.
 
Commercial — concrete mixers, refuse collection vehicles, portable and stationary concrete batch plants and vehicle components sold to ready-mix companies and commercial and municipal waste haulers in the Americas and other international markets and field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes sold to mining, construction and other companies in the U.S. and abroad.
 
All estimates referred to in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” refer to the Company’s estimates as of November 16, 2011.
 
Dispositions
 
In fiscal 2009, the Company sold its European refuse collection vehicle business, Geesink, to a third party for nominal cash consideration. In spite of aggressive actions during the previous three fiscal years to restructure this business and return it to profitability, the business continued to incur operating losses for the first nine months of fiscal 2009. The Company believed that its performance could be enhanced by redeploying its resources from Geesink to support the Company’s other businesses. The Company has reflected the financial results of Geesink as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented. The Company recorded a $33.8 million non-cash, pre-tax gain on the sale.
 
33 

Table of Contents
 
In October 2009, the Company completed the sale of its 75% interest in BAI, the Company’s European fire apparatus and equipment business, to BAI’s management team for nominal cash consideration. BAI, which was included in the Company’s fire & emergency segment, had sales of $42.2 million in fiscal 2009. The Company recorded a small loss on the sale of BAI in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. The Company has reflected the financial results of BAI as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented.
 
In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company reorganized Geesink’s European parent holding company and claimed a worthless stock and bad debt deduction, which resulted in a $71.5 million tax benefit, of which $61.0 million related to Geesink and BAI and was therefore included in discontinued operations.
 
Executive Overview
 
As expected, fiscal 2011 sales and operating income decreased following a year of record sales and profitability in fiscal 2010 when the Company delivered 7,539 urgently needed, life-saving M-ATVs to the DoD. While M-ATV sales, including related parts & services sales, decreased $3.24 billion from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011, an increase in access equipment sales to external customers and the start-up of FMTV production during fiscal 2011 offset some of the M-ATV sales decrease. As a result, consolidated net sales decreased $2.26 billion, or 22.9%, to $7.58 billion compared to fiscal 2010. Although the increase in sales to external customers in the access equipment segment and the ramp-up of FMTV production in the defense segment offset some of the decrease in M-ATV sales, the incremental access equipment sales were at lower margins than M-ATV sales. In addition, the Company incurred $43.0 million of start-up costs on the ramp-up of the FMTV contract which drove costs to exceed revenues by $44.4 million on this program during fiscal 2011. As a result of the lower M-ATV sales, lower margins on the incremental access equipment sales and cost challenges on the FMTV program, operating income in fiscal 2011 decreased $893.2 million, or 64.1%, from fiscal 2010, to $500.9 million.
 
In August 2009, the DoD awarded the Company the contract to be the sole producer of FMTVs under the U.S. Army’s FMTV Rebuy program. This was an important contract for the Company to win due to high unfulfilled requirements of the DoD’s authorized acquisition objective (or maximum acquisition quantity) under the FMTV program, while the Company’s FHTV program was nearing fulfillment of its authorized acquisition objective. After a lengthy protest, the DoD ordered trucks in the first contract year at a level approximately three times higher than the likely amount communicated by the DoD in the request for proposal due to favorable pricing on the program and prior to a scheduled contractual price increase. As a result, when the Company initiated production, the Company incurred higher than planned costs to hire and train more than 500 additional employees than anticipated and was required to purchase additional equipment and tooling, as well as deliver vehicles at lower pricing than expected. The Company also experienced issues associated with building to the DoD’s technical data package, which did not accurately reflect the current configuration of the trucks and trailers, and complying with new requirements in the contract, among other issues. The Company began delivering vehicles under this contract in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. While the Company worked through these issues, it incurred unplanned start-up costs of $43.0 million in fiscal 2011 and reported a total loss on the contract for the year of $44.4 million. The Company expects to continue to incur costs in excess of revenues on the FMTV contract through the first quarter of fiscal 2012, although at amounts lower than in fiscal 2011, but expects its FMTV sales beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 to be profitable. The Company has eleven integrated project teams working to improve its performance on this contract. This is a top priority for management and is increasingly important as FMTV sales rise as a percentage of total defense sales in fiscal years 2012 and 2013.
 
The Company expects that FMTV program revenues for production beyond September 30, 2011 on orders received to-date will exceed expected costs and, therefore, has not recorded a charge for a loss contract. In evaluating the profitability under the FMTV contract, it is necessary to estimate future material and production costs. Management cost assumptions include estimates for future increases in the costs of materials, reductions in ramp-up costs, targeted cost savings and production efficiencies. There are inherent uncertainties related to these estimates. Small changes in estimates can have a significant impact on profitability under the contract. For example, a 1% escalation in material costs over the Company’s projection for FMTV orders currently in backlog would increase the cost of materials by approximately $24 million. Although this amount is less than the expected future profitability, it would significantly reduce the expected future gross margins on orders currently in backlog. It is possible that other assumptions underlying the analysis could change in such a manner that the Company would determine in the future that this is a loss contract, which could result in a material charge to earnings.
 
34 

Table of Contents
 
In fiscal 2011, the Company completed a comprehensive strategic planning process to, among other things, assess the outlook for each of its markets, consider strategic alternatives and develop strategic initiatives to address the current difficult market forces then facing the Company. Those difficult market forces involved non-defense markets which were down 40% to more than 90% from peak, an uncertain economic recovery and a likely sharp downturn in U.S. defense spending beginning as early as 2013. The study culminated in the creation of the Company’s planned roadmap to deliver superior long-term earnings growth and increased shareholder value over the next business cycle and beyond. The Company’s roadmap, named MOVE, requires aggressive cost reduction and prudent organic growth initiatives until a market recovery provides an opportunity for significant earnings leverage, estimated at levels approaching $500 million of operating income to return to prior peak earnings, in its non-defense markets. The MOVE strategy consists of four key strategic initiatives:
 
·       M arket recovery and growth — The Company believes that many of its non-defense markets will begin to recover after fiscal 2012. The Company plans to capture or improve its historic share of a market recovery.
·       O ptimize cost and capital structure — The Company plans to optimize its cost and capital structure to provide value for customers and shareholders by aggressively attacking its product, process and operating costs. The expected savings and process improvement achieved are expected to enable the Company to further reduce its debt.
·       V alue innovation — The Company plans to further strengthen its multi-generational product plans, which incorporate its newest technologies and drive the Company’s ability to benefit its customers and the Company’s performance.
·       E merging market expansion — The Company plans to drive international growth in targeted geographies where it believes that there are significant opportunities for growth.
 
The Company is in the early stages of implementing the required initiatives to support this new roadmap and expects that the roadmap will benefit the Company and its shareholders in the years to come.
 
The Company believes fiscal 2012 will continue to be a transitional period for the Company as a result of the difficult market forces described above. Specifically, the Company expects a continued rebound in sales to external customers in the access equipment segment, which the Company believes will be more than offset by a significant sales mix shift in the defense segment toward an increased percentage of low-margin FMTV sales as well as lower sales of higher margin M-ATVs and FHTVs. As a result, the Company expects that operating income and net income will be significantly lower in fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011.
 
In mid-July 2011, the Company was informed by the DoD and its tire supplier that recent orders for military vehicles, including orders received by the Company for M-ATV Underbody Improvement Kits, may cause a constraint in the supply of a certain size and specification of tire. The Company uses these same tires on many of its heavy tactical vehicles. Since that time, insufficient supplier capacity to accommodate this spike in demand has caused the DoD to use its sovereign authority to direct tires currently scheduled for delivery to the Company for FHTV production to be re-routed for use on contracts with the “DX” designation. The “DX” designation process is essentially a process that enables the DoD to prioritize use of materials for national defense purposes. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company began engaging in regular discussions with the DoD and the tire supplier. The Company now expects that the tire shortage will negatively impact the timing of its production and delivery schedule through much of fiscal 2012 and will negatively impact the timing of its FHTV sales. The Company continues to assess the matter and is working to minimize any impact this situation may have on its operations and its results. Based on the most recent information received from the tire supplier and the DoD, the Company has removed approximately $225 million of sales from its fiscal 2012 expectations communicated in its Form 10-Q filed for its third quarter of fiscal 2011. Revenue on these units is expected to move to fiscal 2013. The Company expects it would be reimbursed by the DoD for any additional costs that it incurs due to the re-direction of these specialty tires.
 
The Company expects that sales in its defense segment in fiscal 2012 will decline by approximately 15% compared to fiscal 2011. The Company also expects to experience a significant shift in sales mix with FMTV sales comprising approximately 40% of segment sales in fiscal 2012 compared to approximately 13% in fiscal 2011. In addition, the Company expects lower aftermarket sales in fiscal 2012 as a significant amount of M-ATV related parts sales occurred in fiscal 2011. The Company expects that operating income margins in the defense segment in fiscal 2012 will be below 5% due in large part to the significant change in sales mix between and within the Company’s different defense programs. The Company does not expect the FMTV program to be profitable until the second quarter of fiscal 2012, but it does expect that full year FMTV margins will be slightly above breakeven due to the reduction of start-up costs, the in-sourcing of work and the implementation of material cost reductions.
 
35 

Table of Contents
 
The Company believes that the access equipment segment will experience sales growth of approximately 20% in fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011 largely as a result of higher replacement demand in North America and in parts of Europe and continued growth in emerging markets. The Company believes that operating income margins in the access equipment segment will be in the mid to upper single digit range as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2012 depending on the speed with which the Company executes its cost reduction initiatives. The higher material costs experienced in this segment in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 are expected to continue to impact the segment in fiscal 2012, but the Company expects recently announced price increases to offset much of the increased material costs beginning in the second fiscal quarter.
 
The Company believes that fire & emergency segment sales in fiscal 2012 will be flat compared to fiscal 2011 driven by continued weak municipal spending. The Company expects that fire & emergency segment operating income margins will improve compared to fiscal 2011 to the low single digit range as it expects benefits from previously announced restructuring actions and reduced restructuring related costs.
 
The Company believes that sales in the commercial segment will be slightly higher in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. The Company expects domestic concrete mixer sales will remain weak as a result of continued weakness in housing starts and other construction activity. The Company estimates that refuse collection vehicle sales in fiscal 2012 will be slightly higher compared with fiscal 2011, but that sales in fiscal 2012 will be concentrated early in the fiscal year as customers purchase vehicles prior to the end of calendar 2011, when a U.S. bonus depreciation tax deduction is scheduled to expire. The Company expects that operating income margins in the commercial segment in fiscal 2012 will be approximately flat with fiscal 2011.
 
The Company expects that corporate expenses will be flat to slightly higher in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, in part to support new business initiatives to sustain long-term growth. The Company expects modestly lower interest expense in fiscal 2012 due to lower debt levels and the expiration of an interest rate swap agreement in December 2011. The Company believes that its fiscal 2012 effective income tax rate will approximate 33% to 35%.
 
The Company believes that it will experience modestly negative free cash flow (defined as cash flow from operations less capital expenditures) in fiscal 2012. The Company expects that the cash usage will be largely driven by lower earnings, lower performance-based payments from the U.S. government as a result of an expected continued decline in defense segment sales, higher working capital requirements as sales to external customers continue to rebound in the access equipment segment, and anticipated capital expenditures in fiscal 2012 of $85 million to $95 million.
 
The Company expects that fiscal 2012 will be its trough earnings year in this business cycle as it expects its MOVE strategic initiatives will have greater impact on earnings in fiscal 2013 and as the global economy continues its slow recovery.
 
The Company expects relatively strong performance in the defense segment in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, driven by the expected sale of more than 400 M-ATVs. The Company expects that seasonally weak sales and high material costs not yet offset by the recently announced price increase will impact access equipment results in the first quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company expects lower sales and an operating loss in the fire & emergency segment in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, as it continues to improve efficiencies at its Florida operations. The Company also expects relatively strong performance in the first quarter of fiscal 2012 in the commercial segment led by demand for refuse collection vehicles driven by the scheduled expiration of a U.S. bonus depreciation tax deduction at the end of calendar 2011. The Company believes fiscal 2012 first quarter earnings will approximate one fourth of its earnings for the full fiscal year, whereas the Company typically experiences a seasonally weaker first quarter.
 
36 

Table of Contents
 
Results of Operations
 
Consolidated Net Sales — Three Years Ended September 30, 2011
 
The following table presents net sales (see definition of net sales contained in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) by business segment (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Net sales	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	4,365.2	 	$	7,161.7	 	$	2,594.8	 	
Access equipment	 	2,052.1	 	3,011.9	 	1,225.5	 	
Fire & emergency	 	800.3	 	916.0	 	1,042.3	 	
Commercial	 	564.9	 	622.1	 	590.0	 	
Intersegment eliminations	 	(197.8	)	(1,869.3	)	(199.5	)	
Consolidated	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	5,253.1	 	
 
The following table presents net sales by geographic region based on product shipment destination (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Net sales	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	6,281.5	 	$	8,882.6	 	$	4,487.1	 	
Other North America	 	179.7	 	111.0	 	89.7	 	
Europe, Africa and the Middle East	 	706.2	 	508.6	 	468.6	 	
Rest of the world	 	417.3	 	340.2	 	207.7	 	
Consolidated	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	5,253.1	 	
 
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
 
Consolidated net sales decreased $2.26 billion, or 22.9%, to $7.58 billion in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 largely due to the expected decrease in sales under the M-ATV contract, offset in part by increased demand for access equipment and sales under the start-up of the FMTV program.
 
Defense segment net sales decreased $2.80 billion, or 39.0%, to $4.37 billion in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. The decrease in sales was primarily due to the completion of the initial M-ATV production. The start-up of FMTV production added $548.8 million in sales during fiscal 2011, offsetting some of the M-ATV sales decrease. Combined vehicle and parts & services sales related to the M-ATV program totaled $1.25 billion in fiscal 2011, a decrease of $3.24 billion compared to the prior year.
 
Access equipment segment net sales decreased $959.8 million, or 31.9%, to $2.05 billion in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Sales in fiscal 2011 included $0.11 billion in intersegment M-ATV related sales compared to $1.73 billion in fiscal 2010. Sales to external customers totaled $1.94 billion in fiscal 2011, a 53.5% increase compared to fiscal 2010. The increase in sales to external customers compared with the prior year period was primarily a result of higher replacement of aged equipment in North America (up 88%) and parts of Europe (up 44%).
 
Fire & emergency segment net sales decreased $115.7 million, or 12.6%, to $800.3 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. The decrease in sales reflected a $120.3 million decrease in fire apparatus volume due to soft demand attributable to weak municipal spending in the U.S.
 
Commercial segment net sales decreased $57.2 million, or 9.2%, to $564.9 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. The decrease in sales was primarily the result of a $56.1 million decline in refuse collection vehicles volume due to lower volume with large waste haulers.
 
37 

Table of Contents
 
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
 
Consolidated net sales increased 87.4% to $9.84 billion in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in sales was primarily the result of the M-ATV contract in the defense segment.
 
Defense segment net sales increased 176.0% to $7.16 billion in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to the sale of 7,539 M-ATV units and related aftermarket parts & service under a contract which began initial production in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. Combined vehicle and parts & service sales related to the M-ATV program totaled $4.49 billion in fiscal 2010, an increase of $4.39 billion over fiscal 2009 levels.
 
Access equipment segment net sales increased 145.8% to $3.0 billion in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Sales in fiscal 2010 included $1.7 billion in intersegment M-ATV related sales to the defense segment. Sales to external customers increased 12.0% to $1.3 billion in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Sales to external customers reflected relatively strong demand for new equipment in North America (up 21%) and Latin America (up 130%), offset in part by substantially lower demand in Europe, Africa and the Middle East (down 29%). In addition to the higher volumes experienced during fiscal 2010, the increase in sales as compared to fiscal 2009 was the result of improved pricing, primarily related to long-term U.S. government contracts with annual price escalation clauses ($20.1 million), favorable foreign currency exchange rates ($17.4 million) and improved product mix ($15.1 million).
 
Fire & emergency segment net sales decreased 12.1% to $916.0 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. The decrease in sales reflected lower shipments of fire apparatus ($116.3 million reduction) due to softer demand attributable to declining municipal budgets in the U.S. and continued weak demand for mobile medical equipment ($25.9 million reduction). In addition, the mobile medical equipment market has been adversely impacted by a reduction in Medicare reimbursement rates and the uncertain health care environment in the U.S.
 
Commercial segment net sales increased 5.4% to $622.1 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. A $29.9 million increase in intersegment production of heavy tactical vehicle components for the defense segment and a 38.6% increase in concrete placement vehicle shipments off of historical lows were offset by a 3.5% decrease in domestic refuse collection vehicle shipments.
 
Consolidated Cost of Sales — Three Years Ended September 30, 2011
 
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
 
Consolidated cost of sales were $6.50 billion, or 85.8% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to $7.87 billion, or 80.0% of sales, in fiscal 2010. The 580 basis point increase in cost of sales as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2011 compared to the prior year was generally due to adverse product mix (290 basis points), under absorption of fixed costs and inefficiencies associated with lower sales and restructuring actions (100 basis points) and higher new product development spending (90 basis points).
 
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
 
Consolidated cost of sales increased to $7.87 billion, or 80.0% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to $4.55 billion, or 86.6% of sales, in fiscal 2009. The 660 basis point decrease in cost of sales as a percentage of sales was due to the impact of M-ATV related sales (260 basis points), relatively fixed overhead costs spread over a higher sales base (190 basis points), improved pricing (90 basis points) and lower material costs (60 basis points).
 
38 

Table of Contents
 
Consolidated Operating Income (Loss) — Three Years Ended September 30, 2011
 
The following table presents operating income (loss) by business segment (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Operating income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	543.0	 	$	1,320.7	 	$	403.3	 	
Access equipment	 	65.3	 	97.3	 	(1,159.1	)	
Fire & emergency	 	(8.2	)	57.6	 	51.2	 	
Commercial	 	3.9	 	19.4	 	(183.7	)	
Corporate	 	(107.1	)	(99.0	)	(89.6	)	
Intersegment eliminations	 	4.0	 	(1.9	)	(1.6	)	
Consolidated	 	$	500.9	 	$	1,394.1	 	$	(979.5	)	
 
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
 
Consolidated operating income decreased $893.2 million, or 64.1%, to $500.9 million, or 6.6% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to $1.39 billion, or 14.2% of sales, in fiscal 2010. Operating income in fiscal 2011 and 2010 included pre-tax, non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets of $8.2 million and $34.1 million, respectively. The decrease in operating income was primarily the result of lower sales volumes and a shift from higher margin M-ATV sales to loss generating FMTV sales in the defense segment.
 
In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350-20, Goodwill , the Company reviews goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if potential interim indicators exist that could result in impairment. Following the impairment testing, the Company recorded impairment charges for goodwill and other long-lived intangible assets of $4.8 million in the fire & emergency segment during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.
 
Defense segment operating income decreased 58.9% to $543.0 million, or 12.4% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to $1.32 billion, or 18.4% of sales, in fiscal 2010. The decrease in operating income compared to the prior year reflected the lower sales volume as well as adverse product mix as a result of the shift from higher margin M-ATV sales to loss generating FMTV sales and ramp-up costs on the FMTV contract.
 
Access equipment segment operating income decreased 32.9% to $65.3 million, or 3.2% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to $97.3 million, or 3.2% of sales, in fiscal 2010. The decline in operating results was due to the decrease in intersegment M-ATV related sales and higher material costs ($37.0 million), offset in part by higher sales to external customers and the reversal of provisions for credit losses of $11.2 million, primarily related to a customer settlement, compared to a provision for credit losses of $13.3 million in the prior year. In the prior year, the access equipment segment recognized $1.73 billion of intersegment M-ATV related sales at mid single-digit margins compared to intersegment M-ATV related sales of $0.11 billion at similar margins in fiscal 2011.
 
The fire & emergency segment reported an operating loss of $8.2 million, or 1.0% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to operating income of $57.6 million, or 6.3% of sales, in fiscal 2010. Operating results in fiscal 2011 and 2010 included pre-tax, non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets of $4.8 million and $27.0 million, respectively. The decrease in operating income largely reflected lower sales volumes along with restructuring charges and other costs related to the Company’s plans to rationalize and optimize its global manufacturing footprint ($12.8 million).
 
Commercial segment operating income decreased 79.8% to $3.9 million, or 0.7% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to $19.4 million, or 3.1% of sales, in fiscal 2010. The decrease in operating income was largely a result of lower sales volumes, a LIFO inventory charge of $2.5 million in fiscal 2011 compared to a $1.7 million LIFO credit in fiscal 2010 and the restoration of some employee pay and benefits.
 
Corporate operating expenses increased $8.1 million to $107.1 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, largely due to the Company’s investments to support its growth initiatives for fiscal 2012 and beyond.
 
39 

Table of Contents
 
Intersegment profit of $4.0 million in fiscal 2011 resulted from profit on intersegment sales between segments (largely M-ATV related sales between access equipment and defense). When the purchasing segment sells the inventory to an outside party, profits earned by the selling segment are recorded in consolidated earnings through intersegment profit eliminations.
 
Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses increased 4.8% to $513.2 million, or 6.8% of sales, in fiscal 2011 compared to $489.8 million, or 5.0% of sales, in fiscal 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to higher salaries and fringe benefits in part due to elimination of certain employee furloughs and restoration of employee benefits ($21.1 million), outside services ($20.3 million) and travel ($6.8 million), offset in part by a lower provision for credit losses ($25.3 million). Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales increased largely due to lower sales in fiscal 2011.
 
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
 
The Company reported consolidated operating income of $1.39 billion, or 14.2% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to an operating loss of $979.5 million, or 18.6% of sales, in fiscal 2009. Operating results in fiscal 2010 and 2009 included non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets of $34.1 million and $1.19 billion, respectively. The lower impairment charges in fiscal 2010 combined with significantly improved defense segment and access equipment segment performance led to the increase in operating income.
 
Defense segment operating income increased 227.5% to $1.32 billion, or 18.4% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to $403.3 million, or 15.5% of sales, in fiscal 2009. The increase in operating income as a percent of sales compared to the prior year reflected the impact of the significant increase in production and sales volume related to the M-ATV contract (280 basis points) and relatively fixed engineering and administrative expenses relative to higher sales (140 basis points), offset in part by a reduced LIFO benefit (40 basis points).
 
The access equipment segment reported operating income of $97.3 million, or 3.2% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to an operating loss of $1.16 billion in fiscal 2009, which included $944.0 million in non-cash impairment charges for goodwill and other long-lived assets. The improvement in operating results was primarily the result of the impact of the impairment charges recorded in prior year results and recognition of $1.73 billion of intersegment M-ATV sales at mid-single digit margins in fiscal 2010 as the Company leveraged under-utilized facilities and its workforce from its access equipment segment to produce crew capsules for the M-ATV and to perform vehicle assembly. Operating results related to sales to external customers in the access equipment segment in fiscal 2010 also benefited from lower material costs ($48.2 million), lower provisions for credit losses ($34.3 million), improved pricing ($22.9 million) and favorable foreign currency exchange rates ($13.1 million).
 
The fire & emergency segment reported operating income of $57.6 million, or 6.3% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to $51.2 million, or 4.9% of sales, in fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2010 and 2009 included $27.0 million and $64.2 million in non-cash impairment charges for goodwill and other long-lived assets, respectively. The improvement in operating results was due to a decrease in impairment charges in fiscal 2010, offset in part by the impact of lower sales volumes across the segment ($32.2 million).
 
The commercial segment generated operating income of $19.4 million, or 3.1% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to an operating loss of $183.7 million in fiscal 2009, which included $184.3 million in non-cash impairment charges for goodwill and other long-lived assets. The increase in operating results in fiscal 2010 was largely due to the recognition of impairment charges in the prior year and profit on increased intersegment manufacturing activities for the defense segment, offset in part by lower LIFO inventory benefits ($3.6 million).
 
Corporate operating expenses increased $9.4 million to $99.0 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 largely due to higher incentive compensation, including higher share-based compensation expense.
 
Intersegment profit eliminations of $1.9 million in fiscal 2010 resulted from profit on intersegment sales between segments (largely M-ATV related sales between access equipment and defense). To the extent that the purchasing segment has not sold the inventory to an outside party, the profits earned by the selling segment are eliminated from consolidated earnings through intersegment profit eliminations.
 
40 

Table of Contents
 
Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses increased $59.5 million to $489.8 million, or 5.0% of sales, in fiscal 2010 compared to $430.3 million, or 8.2% of sales, in fiscal 2009. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as compared to the prior year was primarily related to higher compensation ($56.8 million), including higher incentive and share-based compensation expense, higher consulting services ($10.9 million) and promotional expenses ($8.0 million) and other increases associated with the higher sales, offset in part by lower provisions for doubtful accounts and credits losses ($34.7 million). Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales decreased largely due to substantially higher defense segment sales on a relatively fixed cost base.
 
Non-Operating Income — Three Years Ended September 30, 2011
 
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
 
Interest expense net of interest income decreased $97.6 million to $86.0 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, largely as a result of the effect of lower borrowings, the impact of the scheduled reduction of an interest rate swap and a write-off of deferred financing costs in the prior year period associated with debt pre-payment. Average debt outstanding decreased from $1.61 billion during fiscal 2010 to $1.10 billion during fiscal 2011. Included within fiscal 2011 and 2010 interest expense were $0.1 million and $20.4 million, respectively, related to the write-off of deferred financing fees associated with the early repayment and refinancing of debt.
 
Other miscellaneous income of $1.6 million in fiscal 2011 related primarily to net foreign currency transaction gains.
 
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
 
Interest expense net of interest income decreased $23.9 million to $183.6 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 largely as a result of the effect of lower borrowings, offset in part by the write-off of debt issuance costs as a result of the repayment of debt. Average debt outstanding decreased from $2.55 billion during fiscal 2009 to $1.61 billion during fiscal 2010. In addition to debt reduction as a result of strong cash flow generation during the past two years, the Company completed a common stock offering early in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, which provided $358.1 million of net proceeds that the Company applied to reduce outstanding debt. Included within fiscal 2010 and 2009 interest expense were $20.4 million and $5.0 million, respectively, related to the write-off of deferred financing fees associated with the early repayment and refinancing of debt.
 
Other miscellaneous income of $1.0 million in fiscal 2010 related primarily to net foreign currency transaction gains.
 
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes — Three Years Ended September 30, 2011
 
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
 
The Company recorded a provision for income taxes of 34.5% of pre-tax income in fiscal 2011 compared to 34.2% for fiscal 2010. The fiscal 2011 effective tax rate included discrete tax benefits resulting from a decision to repatriate earnings previously fully reinvested (100 basis points), the December 2010 reinstatement of the U.S. research and development tax credit (60 basis points) and reductions of tax reserves associated with expiration of statutes of limitations (110 basis points), offset in part by unbenefited foreign losses (140 basis points) due to cumulative net operating losses. The fiscal 2010 effective tax rate benefited from a favorable income tax audit settlement (130 basis point reduction).
 
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
 
The Company recorded a $414.3 million tax provision in fiscal 2010, or 34.2% of pre-tax income from continuing operations, compared to a tax benefit of $12.6 million, or 1.1% of pre-tax losses from continuing operations, in fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2010 income tax provision benefited from a favorable income tax audit settlement (130 basis point reduction in effective tax rate), which was partially offset by the reduction in accrued benefits previously recorded under a European tax incentive due to losses in the period (60 basis point increase in rate). The fiscal 2010 effective income tax rate was unfavorably impacted by a pre-tax intangible asset impairment charge of $25.6 million, of which only $6.3 million was deductible. The 2009 income tax benefit of $412.4 million at the U.S. federal rate on the pre-tax loss of $1,178.2 million was reduced by the tax effect of non-deductible intangible asset impairment charges of $394.0 million and $17.3 million related to
 
41 

Table of Contents
 
the reduction in accrued benefits previously recorded under a European tax incentive due to cumulative losses incurred during the period, offset in part by a worthless stock deduction benefit of $10.5 million.
 
Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated Affiliates — Three Years Ended September 30, 2011
 
Fiscal 2011 Compared to Fiscal 2010
 
Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates of $0.5 million in fiscal 2011 and $(4.3) million in fiscal 2010 primarily represented the Company’s equity interest in a lease financing partnership, a commercial entity in Mexico and a joint venture in Europe.
 
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
 
Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliates of $4.3 million in fiscal 2010 and $1.4 million in fiscal 2009 primarily represented the Company’s equity interest in a lease financing partnership, a commercial entity in Mexico and a joint venture in Europe. Earnings for these entities decreased due to lower financing activity and increased credit losses due to the impact of continued global economic weakness.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Financial Condition at September 30, 2011
 
The Company’s capitalization was as follows (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	428.5	 	$	339.0	 	
Total debt	 	1,060.1	 	1,302.3	 	
Oshkosh Corporation shareholders’ equity	 	1,596.5	 	1,326.6	 	
Total capitalization (debt plus equity)	 	2,656.6	 	2,628.9	 	
Debt to total capitalization	 	39.9	%	49.5	%	

The Company repaid $241.4 million of debt during fiscal 2011. The Company’s primary use of cash generated from operations continued to be debt reduction.
 
Approximately 12% of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2011 were located outside the United States. The Company does not anticipate any requirements to utilize foreign cash and cash equivalents to meet liquidity needs in the United States during fiscal 2012. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the Company had $522.1 million of unused available capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in “Liquidity”) as of September 30, 2011. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility could, as discussed below, be limited by the financial covenants contained within the Credit Agreement (as defined in “Liquidity”).
 
Cash Flows
 
Operating Cash Flows
 
The Company generated $387.7 million of cash from operating activities during fiscal 2011 compared to $619.7 million during fiscal 2010. The decrease in cash from operating activities in fiscal 2011 was primarily due to the decrease in net income, offset in part by lower working capital requirements than in fiscal 2010.
 
42 

Table of Contents
 
Cash generation (use) from changes in significant working capital accounts were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Receivables, net	 	$	(210.0	)	$	(339.6	)	
Inventories, net	 	58.8	 	(82.7	)	
Accounts payable	 	54.2	 	169.4	 	
Customer advances	 	95.4	 	(356.4	)	
Payroll-related obligations	 	(16.6	)	55.7	 	
 	 	$	(18.2	)	$	(553.6	)	
 
The changes in receivables and accounts payable in fiscal 2011 were primarily driven by increases in production and sales to external customers in the access equipment segment, offset in part by reductions in M-ATV production in the defense segment. The change in inventories in fiscal 2011 was primarily driven by reductions in M-ATV production in the defense segment, offset in part by higher inventories in the access equipment segment as a result of increases in production and sales to external customers. The change in customer advances was primarily driven by the timing of FMTV and M-ATV orders in the defense segment. The change in payroll-related obligations was primarily the result of the payment of fiscal 2010 year-end incentive compensation in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 compared to a lower payout in fiscal 2010.
 
The Company’s cash flow from operations has fluctuated, and will likely continue to fluctuate, significantly from quarter to quarter due to the start-up or conclusion of large defense contracts and the timing of receipt of individually large performance-based payments from the DoD, as well as changes in working capital requirements arising principally from seasonal fluctuations in sales.
 
Consolidated days sales outstanding (defined as “Trade Receivables” divided by “Net Sales” for the most recent quarter multiplied by 90 days) increased from 37 days at September 30, 2010 to 45 days at September 30, 2011. The increase in days sales outstanding was primarily due to the increase in access equipment segment sales to external customers, which tend to have longer payment terms than defense sales. Days sales outstanding on non-defense sales was 57 days at September 30, 2011, up from 49 days at September 30, 2010. Consolidated inventory turns (defined as “Cost of Sales” divided by the average “Inventory” as of the previous five quarter end periods) decreased from 6.7 times at September 30, 2010 to 5.5 times at September 30, 2011. The decrease in inventory turns was primarily related to the scheduled completion of M-ATV production in fiscal 2011, which had a positive impact on inventory turns in the prior year due to the velocity of the program.
 
Investing Cash Flows
 
Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2011 was $68.3 million compared to $83.9 million in fiscal 2010. Capital spending, excluding equipment held for rental, in fiscal 2011 remained relatively consistent with fiscal 2010. In fiscal 2012, the Company expects capital spending to approximate $85 million to $95 million.
 
Financing Cash Flows
 
Financing activities consists primarily of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and equity, and cash used by financing activities consists primarily of repayments of indebtedness. Financing activities resulted in a net use of cash of $231.5 million during fiscal 2011 compared to $722.5 million during fiscal 2010. The Company’s repayment of debt slowed in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 as a result of the decrease in cash provided by operating activities. The Company expects modest debt repayment in fiscal 2012.
 
43 

Table of Contents
 
Liquidity
 
The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from income, availability under the $550.0 million Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and available cash and cash equivalents. In addition to cash and cash equivalents of $428.5 million, the Company had $522.1 million of unused availability under the Revolving Credit Facility as of September 30, 2011. These sources of liquidity are needed to fund the Company’s working capital requirements, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The Company believes that it will experience modestly negative free cash flow (defined as cash flow from operations less capital expenditures) in fiscal 2012. The Company expects that the cash usage will be largely driven by lower earnings, lower performance-based payments from the DoD as a result of an expected continued decline in defense segment sales, higher working capital requirements as sales to external customers continue to rebound in the access equipment segment, and anticipated capital expenditures in fiscal 2012 of $85 million to $95 million. The Company expects to have sufficient liquidity to finance its operations over the next twelve months.
 
Senior Secured Credit Agreement
 
On September 27, 2010, the Company replaced its existing credit agreement with a new senior secured credit agreement with various lenders (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for (i) a revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”) that matures in October 2015 with an initial maximum aggregate amount of availability of $550 million and (ii) a $650 million term loan (“Term Loan”) facility due in quarterly principal installments of $16.25 million commencing December 31, 2010 with a balloon payment of $341.25 million due at maturity in October 2015. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company prepaid the principal installment under the Term Loan which was originally due December 31, 2011 and $8.75 million of the principal installment which was originally due March 31, 2012. In October 2011, the Company prepaid $40.0 million of current maturities of long-term debt, which represented the remaining principal amount due under the Term Loan during fiscal 2012.
 
The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of its domestic subsidiaries, and the Company will guarantee the obligations of certain of its subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement to the extent such subsidiaries borrow directly under the Credit Agreement. Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement is secured by (i) a first-priority perfected lien and security interests in substantially all of the personal property of the Company, each material subsidiary of the Company and each subsidiary guarantor, (ii) mortgages upon certain real property of the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries and (iii) a pledge of the equity of each material subsidiary and each subsidiary guarantor.
 
The Company must pay (i) an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.40% to 0.50% per annum of the average daily unused portion of the aggregate revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement and (ii) a fee ranging from 1.125% to 3.50% per annum of the maximum amount available to be drawn for each letter of credit issued and outstanding under the Credit Agreement.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a variable rate equal to (i) LIBOR plus a specified margin, which may be adjusted upward or downward depending on whether certain criteria are satisfied, or (ii) for dollar-denominated loans only, the base rate (which is the highest of (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (c) the sum of 1% plus one-month LIBOR) plus a specified margin, which may be adjusted upward or downward depending on whether certain criteria are satisfied. At September 30, 2011, the interest spread on the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan was 250 basis points. The weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan at September 30, 2011, prior to consideration of the interest rate swap, was 2.77%.
 
To manage a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in LIBOR-based interest rates on its variable-rate debt, the Company entered into an amortizing interest rate swap agreement in 2007 that effectively fixes the interest payments on a portion of the Company’s variable-rate debt. The swap, which has a termination date of December 6, 2011, effectively fixes the LIBOR-based interest rate on the debt in the amount of the notional amount of the swap at 5.105% plus the applicable spread based on the terms of the Credit Agreement (7.605% at September 30, 2011). The notional amount of the swap at September 30, 2011 was $250 million.
 
44 

Table of Contents
 
Covenant Compliance
 
The Credit Agreement contains various restrictions and covenants, including requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios at prescribed levels and restrictions on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, consummate acquisitions and make investments in joint ventures and foreign subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants:

·	Leverage Ratio: A maximum leverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of the Company’s consolidated indebtedness to consolidated net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash charges and certain other items (“EBITDA”)) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 4.50 to 1.0.	
·	Interest Coverage Ratio: A minimum interest coverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of the Company’s consolidated EBITDA to the Company’s consolidated cash interest expense) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 2.50 to 1.0.	
·	Senior Secured Leverage Ratio: A maximum senior secured leverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of the Company’s consolidated secured indebtedness to the Company’s consolidated EBITDA) of the following:	

Fiscal Quarters Ending	 	 	 	
September 30, 2011	 	3.25 to 1.0	 	
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012	 	3.00 to 1.0	 	
Thereafter	 	2.75 to 1.0	 	
 
The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2011 and expects to be able to meet the financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement over the next twelve months.
 
Additionally, with certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement limits the ability of the Company to pay dividends and other distributions. However, so long as no event of default exists under the Credit Agreement or would result from such payment, the Company may pay dividends and other distributions in an aggregate amount not exceeding the sum of:

(i)	$50 million during any fiscal year; plus	
(ii)	the excess of (a) 25% of the cumulative net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for all fiscal quarters ending after September 27, 2010, over (b) the cumulative amount of all such dividends and other distributions made in any fiscal year ending after such date that exceed $50 million; plus	
(iii)	for each of the first four fiscal quarters ending after September 27, 2010, $25 million per fiscal quarter, in each case provided that the leverage ratio (as defined) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter was less than 2.0 to 1.0; plus	
(iv)	for the period of four fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2011 and for each period of four fiscal quarters ending thereafter, $100 million during such period, in each case provided that the leverage ratio (as defined) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter was less than 2.0 to 1.0.	
 
Senior Notes
 
In March 2010, the Company issued $250.0 million of 8¼% unsecured senior notes due March 1, 2017 and $250.0 million of 8½% unsecured senior notes due March 1, 2020 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and a trustee. The Indenture contains customary affirmative and negative covenants. The Company has the option to redeem the Senior Notes due 2017 and Senior Notes due 2020 for a premium after March 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015, respectively. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes. See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for separate financial information of the subsidiary guarantors.
 
Refer to Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s outstanding debt as of September 30, 2011.
 
45 

Table of Contents
 
Contractual Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Following is a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations and payments due by period following September 30, 2011 (in millions):

 	 	Payments Due by Period	 	
 	 	 	 	Less Than	 	 	 	 	 	More Than	 	
 	 	Total	 	1 Year	 	1-3 Years	 	3-5 Years	 	5 Years	 	
Contractual Obligations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt (including interest)(1)	 	$	1,402.4	 	$	97.4	 	$	239.8	 	$	484.0	 	$	581.2	 	
Leases:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital	 	0.2	 	0.2	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Operating	 	117.6	 	33.1	 	48.1	 	21.3	 	15.1	 	
Purchase obligations(2)	 	2,774.9	 	2,773.7	 	1.2	 	—	 	—	 	
Other long-term liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Uncertain tax positions(3)	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Derivatives (at fair value)	 	2.3	 	2.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Other	 	5.7	 	5.0	 	0.5	 	0.1	 	0.1	 	
Total contractual obligations	 	$	4,303.1	 	$	2,911.7	 	$	289.6	 	$	505.4	 	$	596.4	 	

(1)           Interest is calculated based upon the interest rate in effect at September 30, 2011.
(2)           The Company utilizes blanket purchase orders to communicate expected annual requirements to many of its suppliers or contractors. Requirements under blanket purchase orders generally do not become “firm” until four weeks prior to the Company’s scheduled unit production. The purchase obligations amount included above represents the value of commitments considered firm, plus the value of all outstanding subcontracts.
(3)           Due to the uncertainty of the timing of settlement with taxing authorities, the Company is unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement of unrecognized tax benefits for the remaining uncertain tax liabilities. Therefore, $53.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2011 have been excluded from the Contractual Obligations table above. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2011.
 
The Company incurs contingent limited recourse liabilities with respect to customer financing activities in the access equipment segment. For additional information relative to guarantees, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s commercial commitments (in millions):

 	 	Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period	 	
 	 	 	 	Less Than	 	 	 	 	 	More Than	 	
 	 	Total	 	1 Year	 	1-3 Years	 	3-5 Years	 	5 Years	 	
Commercial Commitments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Customer financing guarantees to third parties	 	$	102.2	 	$	26.8	 	$	26.1	 	$	14.5	 	$	34.8	 	
Standby letters of credit	 	27.9	 	19.3	 	8.5	 	0.1	 	—	 	
Corporate guarantees	 	3.3	 	3.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Total commercial commitments	 	$	133.4	 	$	49.4	 	$	34.6	 	$	14.6	 	$	34.8	 	
 
46 

Table of Contents
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company considers the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes revenue on equipment and parts sales when contract terms are met, collectability is reasonably assured and a product is shipped or risk of ownership has been transferred to and accepted by the customer. Revenue from service agreements is recognized as earned, when services have been rendered. Appropriate provisions are made for discounts, returns and sales allowances. Sales are recorded net of amounts invoiced for taxes imposed on the customer such as excise or value-added taxes.
 
Sales to the U.S. government of non-commercial products manufactured to the government’s specifications are recognized using the units-of-delivery measure under the percentage-of-completion accounting method as units are accepted by the government. The Company includes amounts representing contract change orders, claims or other items in sales only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. The Company charges anticipated losses on contracts or programs in progress to earnings when identified. Approximately 37% of the Company’s revenues for fiscal 2011 were recognized under the percentage-of-completion accounting method.
 
The Company accounts for certain equipment lease contracts as sales-type leases. The present value of all payments, net of executory costs (such as legal fees), is recorded as revenue, the related cost of the equipment is charged to cost of sales, certain profit is deferred in accordance with lease accounting rules and interest income is recognized over the terms of the leases using the effective interest method.
 
The Company enters into rental purchase guarantee agreements with some of its customers. These agreements are normally for a term of no greater than twelve months and provide for rental payments with a guaranteed purchase at the end of the agreement. At the inception of the agreement, the Company records the full amount due under the agreement as revenue and the related cost of the equipment is charged to cost of sales.
 
Sales Incentives. The terms for sales transactions with some of the Company’s distributors and customers may include specific volume-based incentives, which are calculated and paid or credited on account as a percentage of actual sales. The Company accounts for these incentives as sales discounts at the time of revenue recognition, which are recorded as a direct reduction of sales. The Company reviews its accrual for sales incentives on a quarterly basis and any adjustments are reflected in current earnings.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived and Amortized Intangible Assets. The Company performs impairment evaluations of its long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, whenever business conditions or events indicate that those assets may be impaired. When the estimated future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the assets are written down to fair market value and a charge is recorded to current operations.
 
Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The Company performs its annual review at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.
 
The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill by estimating the future discounted cash flows of the businesses to which the goodwill relates, supplemented by the market approach. Estimated cash flows and related goodwill are grouped at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or, under certain circumstances, a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business. When estimated future discounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the net assets and related goodwill, an impairment test is performed to measure and recognize the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Impairment losses, limited to the carrying value of goodwill, represent the excess of the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. In determining the estimated future cash flows, the Company considers current and projected future levels of income as well as business trends, prospects and market and economic conditions.
 
47 

Table of Contents
 
The Company evaluates the recoverability of indefinite-lived trade names, based upon a “relief from royalty” method. This methodology determines the fair value of each trade name through use of a discounted cash flow model that incorporates an estimated “royalty rate” the Company would be able to charge a third party for the use of the particular trade name. In determining the estimated future cash flows, the Company considers projected future sales, a fair market royalty rate for each applicable trade name and an appropriate discount rate to measure the present value of the anticipated cash flows.
 
The Company cannot predict the occurrence of certain events that might adversely affect the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Such events may include, but are not limited to, the impact of the economic environment, a material negative change in relationships with significant customers, or strategic decisions made in response to economic and competitive conditions. See “Critical Accounting Estimates.”
 
Guarantees of the Indebtedness of Others. The Company enters into agreements with finance companies whereby the Company will guarantee the indebtedness of third-party end-users to whom the finance company lends to purchase the Company’s equipment. In some instances, the Company retains an obligation to the finance companies in the event the customer defaults on the financing. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 460, Guarantees , the Company recognizes the greater of the fair value of the guarantee or the contingent liability required by FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies . Reserves are initially established related to these guarantees at the fair value of the guarantee based upon the Company’s understanding of the current financial position of the underlying customers and based on estimates and judgments made from information available at that time. If the Company becomes aware of deterioration in the financial condition of the customer/borrower or of any impairment of the customer/borrower’s ability to make payments, additional allowances are considered. Although the Company may be liable for the entire amount of a customer/borrower’s financial obligation under guarantees, its losses would generally be mitigated by the value of any underlying collateral including financed equipment, the finance company’s inability to provide clear title of foreclosed equipment to the Company, loss pools established in accordance with the agreements and other conditions. During periods of economic downturn, the value of the underlying collateral supporting these guarantees can decline sharply to further increase losses in the event of a customer/borrower’s default.
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management of the Company has discussed the development and selection of the following critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the Company’s disclosures relating to such estimates in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
Definitization of Undefinitized Contracts. The Company recognizes revenue on undefinitized contracts to the extent that it can reasonably and reliably estimate the expected final contract price and when collectability is reasonably assured. To the extent that contract definitization results in changes to previously estimated costs or revenues, the Company records those adjustments as a change in estimate. The Company updated its estimated costs under several undefinitized change orders related to M-ATVs and recorded $1.8 million related to such updates during fiscal 2011. As all costs associated with these contracts had been previously expensed, the change increased net income by $1.2 million or $0.01 per share.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts requires management to estimate a customer’s ability to satisfy its obligations. The estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts is particularly critical in the Company’s access equipment segment where the majority of the Company’s trade receivables are recorded. The Company evaluates the collectability of receivables based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded against amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Additional reserves are established based upon the Company’s perception of the quality of the current receivables, including the length of time the receivables are past due, past experience of collectability and underlying economic conditions. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional reserves would be required.
 
48 

Table of Contents
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The estimate of fair value of the reporting units is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows supplemented by the market approach. In estimating the fair value, management must make assumptions and projections regarding such items as future cash flows, future revenues, future earnings and other factors. The assumptions used in the estimate of fair value are generally consistent with the past performance of each reporting unit and are also consistent with the projections and assumptions that are used in current operating plans. Such assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions. The rate used to discount estimated cash flows is a rate corresponding to the Company’s cost of capital, adjusted for risk where appropriate, and is dependent upon interest rates at a point in time. The Company weighted the income approach more heavily (75%) as the income approach uses long-term estimates that consider the expected operating profit of each reporting unit during periods where residential and non-residential construction and other macroeconomic indicators are nearer historical averages. The Company believes the income approach more accurately considers the expected recovery in the U.S. and European construction markets than the market approach. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. It is possible that assumptions underlying the impairment analysis will change in such a manner to cause further impairment of goodwill, which could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.
 
At July 1, 2011, approximately 88% of the Company’s recorded goodwill and purchased intangibles were concentrated within the JLG reporting unit in the access equipment segment. The estimated fair value of JLG calculated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 impairment analysis exceeded JLG’s net book value by approximately 40%, or $900 million. The impairment model assumes that the U.S. economy and construction spending (and hence access equipment demand) will improve beginning in fiscal 2013. Assumptions utilized in the impairment analysis are highly judgmental, especially given the severity and global scale of the current economic uncertainty. Changes in estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could have produced significantly different results. For each additional 50 basis point increase in the discount rate, the fair value of JLG would decrease by approximately $150 million. Events and conditions that could result in the impairment of intangibles at JLG include a further decline in economic conditions, a slower or weaker economic recovery than currently estimated by the Company or other factors leading to reductions in expected long-term sales or profitability at JLG. The Company has no other reporting units that have material amounts of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that are at risk of impairment.
 
Loss Contracts. During fiscal 2011, the Company incurred ramp-up costs of $43.0 million on production of FMTVs which resulted in costs in excess of revenues under the FMTV contract during each quarter of the fiscal year. The Company expects to continue to incur costs in excess of revenues on the FMTV contract through the first quarter of fiscal 2012, although at amounts lower than in fiscal 2011. The Company expects that FMTV program revenues for production beyond September 30, 2011 on orders received to-date will exceed expected costs and, therefore, has not recorded a charge for a loss contract. In evaluating the profitability under the FMTV contract, it is necessary to estimate future material and production costs. Management cost assumptions include estimates for future increases in the costs of materials, reductions in ramp-up costs, targeted cost savings and production efficiencies. There are inherent uncertainties related to these estimates. Small changes in estimates can have a significant impact on profitability under the contract. For example, an additional 1% escalation in material costs above the Company’s estimates would increase the cost of materials by approximately $24 million. Although this amount is less than the expected future profitability, it would significantly reduce the expected future gross margins on orders currently in backlog. It is possible that other assumptions underlying the analysis could change in such a manner that the Company would determine in the future that this is a loss contract, which could result in a material charge to earnings.
 
Guarantees of the Indebtedness of Others. The reserve for guarantees of the indebtedness of others requires management to estimate a customer’s ability to satisfy its obligations. The estimate is particularly critical in the Company’s access equipment segment where the majority of the Company’s guarantees are granted. The Company evaluates the reserve based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies . In most cases, the financing company is required to provide clear title to the equipment under the financing program. The Company considers the residual value of the equipment to reduce the amount of exposure. Residual values are estimated based upon recent auctions, used equipment sales and periodic studies performed by a third-party. Additional reserves, based upon historical loss percentages, are established at the time of sale of the equipment based upon the requirement of ASC Topic 460, Guarantees . If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional reserves would be required.
 
49 

Table of Contents
 
Product Liability. Due to the nature of the Company’s products, the Company is subject to product liability claims in the normal course of business. A substantial portion of these claims and lawsuits involve the Company’s access equipment, concrete placement and refuse collection vehicle businesses, while such lawsuits in the Company’s defense and fire & emergency businesses have historically been limited. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Company maintains insurance to reduce or eliminate risk to the Company. Most insurance coverage includes self-insured retentions that vary by business segment and by year. As of September 30, 2011, the Company was generally self-insured for future claims up to $3.0 million per claim.
 
The Company establishes product liability reserves for its self-insured retention portion of any known outstanding matters based on the likelihood of loss and the Company’s ability to reasonably estimate such loss. There is inherent uncertainty as to the eventual resolution of unsettled matters due to the unpredictable nature of litigation. The Company makes estimates based on available information and the Company’s best judgment after consultation with appropriate experts. The Company periodically revises estimates based upon changes to facts or circumstances. The Company also utilizes actuarial methodologies to calculate reserves required for estimated incurred but not reported claims as well as to estimate the effect of the adverse development of claims over time.
 
Warranty. Sales of the Company’s products generally carry typical explicit manufacturers’ warranties based on terms that are generally accepted in the Company’s marketplaces. The Company records provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs at the time of sale based on historical warranty loss experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience. Certain warranty and other related claims involve matters of dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiation, arbitration or litigation. At times, warranty issues arise that are beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. The Company provides for any such warranty issues as they become known and estimable. It is reasonably possible that from time to time additional warranty and other related claims could arise from disputes or other matters beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience.
 
The Company’s products generally carry explicit warranties that extend from six months to five years, based on terms that are generally accepted in the marketplace. Selected components included in the Company’s end products (such as engines, transmissions, tires, etc.) may include manufacturers’ warranties. These manufacturers’ warranties are generally passed on to the end customer of the Company’s products and the customer would generally deal directly with the component manufacturer.
 
The Company’s policy is to record a liability for the expected cost of warranty-related claims at the time of the sale. The amount of warranty liability accrued reflects management’s best estimate of the expected future cost of honoring the Company’s obligations under the warranty plans. The Company believes that the warranty accounting estimate is a “critical accounting estimate” because changes in the warranty provision can materially affect net income; the estimate requires management to forecast estimated product usage levels by customers; in the case of new models, components or technology may be different, resulting in higher levels of warranty claims experience than with existing, mature products; and certain warranty and other related claims involve matters of dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiation, arbitration or litigation. The estimate for warranty obligations is a critical accounting estimate for each of the Company’s operating segments.
 
Historically, the cost of fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligations has principally involved replacement parts, labor and sometimes travel for any field retrofit campaigns. Over the past three fiscal years, the Company’s warranty cost as a percentage of sales has ranged from 0.41% of sales to 0.90% of sales. Warranty costs tend to be higher shortly after new product introductions, especially those introductions involving new technologies, when field warranty campaigns may be necessary to correct or retrofit certain items. Accordingly, the Company must make assumptions about the number and cost of anticipated field warranty campaigns. The Company’s estimates are based on historical experience, the extent of pre-production testing, the number of units involved and the extent of new features/components included in new product models.
 
Each quarter, the Company reviews actual warranty claims experience to determine if there are any systemic defects that would require a field campaign. Also, based upon historical experience, warranty provision rates on new product introductions are established at higher than standard rates to reflect increased expected warranty costs associated with any new product introduction.
 
50 

Table of Contents
 
At times, warranty issues can arise which are beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. If the estimate of warranty costs in fiscal 2011 increased or decreased by 50 basis points, the Company’s accrued warranty costs, costs of sales and operating income would each change by $37.9 million or 50.6%, 0.6% and 7.6%, respectively.
 
Benefit Plans. The pension benefit obligation and related pension income are calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 715, Compensation — Retirement Benefits , and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. The Company’s benefit plan assumptions are determined by using a benchmark approach as well as currently available actuarial data. These rates are evaluated on an annual basis considering such factors as market interest rates and historical asset performance. Actuarial valuations at September 30, 2011 used a weighted-average discount rate of 4.70% and an expected return on plan assets of 7.00%. A 0.5% decrease in the discount rate would increase annual pension expense by $4.0 million. A 0.5% decrease in the expected return on plan assets would increase the Company’s annual pension expense by $1.0 million.
 
The Company’s other postretirement benefits obligation and related expenses are calculated in accordance ASC Topic 715, Compensation — Retirement Benefits , and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including health care trend rates. An increase of one percentage point in health care costs would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by $10.4 million and would increase the annual service and interest cost by $1.9 million. A corresponding decrease of one percentage point would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by $8.6 million and decrease the annual service and interest cost by $1.6 million.
 
Income Taxes. The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities for differences between the book basis and tax basis of the related net assets. The Company records a valuation allowance, when appropriate, to adjust deferred tax asset balances to the amount management expects to realize. Management considers, as applicable, the amount of taxable income available in carryback years, future taxable income and potential tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.
 
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740,  Income Taxes . ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, disclosure and transition. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with ASC Topic 740 is a two-step process. The first step is recognition, where the Company evaluates whether an individual tax position has a likelihood of greater than 50% of being sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are currently estimated to have a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained, zero tax benefit is recorded. For tax positions that have met the recognition threshold in the first step, the Company performs the second step of measuring the benefit to be recorded. The actual benefits ultimately realized may differ from the Company’s estimates. In future periods, changes in facts and circumstances and new information may require the Company to change the recognition and measurement estimates with regard to individual tax positions. Changes in recognition and measurement estimates are recorded in results of operations and financial position in the period in which such changes occur. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits pertaining to uncertain tax positions totaling $53.3 million.
 
New Accounting Standards
 
Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the impact of new accounting standards on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Customers and Backlog
 
Sales to the U.S. government comprised approximately 56% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2011. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales for this period. A substantial majority of the Company’s net sales are derived from customer orders prior to commencing production.
 
51 

Table of Contents
 
The Company’s backlog as of September 30, 2011 increased 19.9% to $6.48 billion compared to $5.40 billion at September 30, 2010. Defense segment backlog increased 8.5% to $5.13 billion at September 30, 2011 compared to $4.73 billion at September 30, 2010 due largely to additional delivery orders received under the FMTV contract, offset in part by the fulfillment of orders received for vehicles related to the FHTV program. Access equipment segment backlog increased 270.0% to $729.2 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $197.1 million at September 30, 2010. Backlog increased in all access equipment product categories as demand rebounded from historical lows and large rental companies accelerated orders in anticipation of capacity constraints in 2012. Access equipment backlog as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 included $62.5 million and $95.7 million, respectively, relating to telehandler orders from the DoD. Fire & emergency segment backlog increased 14.2% to $479.0 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $419.4 million at September 30, 2010 due largely to strong broadcast equipment orders. Commercial segment backlog increased 138.6% to $140.0 million at September 30, 2011 compared to $58.7 million at September 30, 2010. Unit backlog for concrete mixers was up 28.6% compared to very low backlog at September 30, 2010, primarily as a result of increased international orders. Unit backlog for refuse collection vehicles was up 144.8% compared to September 30, 2010 in large part due to the timing of orders to benefit from a bonus depreciation tax deduction under the U.S. tax code which expires on December 31, 2011.
 
Reported backlog excludes purchase options and announced orders for which definitive contracts have not been executed. Additionally, backlog excludes unfunded portions of the FHTV, MTVR, M-ATV, LVSR and FMTV contracts. Backlog information and comparisons thereof as of different dates may not be accurate indicators of future sales or the ratio of the Company’s future sales to the DoD versus its sales to other customers. Approximately 21% of the Company’s September 30, 2011 backlog is not expected to be filled in fiscal 2012.
 
Financial Market Risk
 
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, certain commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. To reduce the risk from changes in foreign currency exchange and interest rates, the Company selectively uses financial instruments. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to clearly defined policies and procedures, which strictly prohibit the use of financial instruments for speculative purposes.
 
Interest Rate Risk. The Company’s earnings exposure related to adverse movements in interest rates is primarily derived from outstanding floating rate debt instruments that are indexed to short-term market interest rates. The Company, as needed, uses interest rate swaps to modify its exposure to interest rate movements. In January 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to reduce the risk of interest rate changes associated with the Company’s variable rate debt issued to finance the acquisition of JLG. The swap effectively fixes the variable portion of the interest rate on debt in the amount of the notional amount of the swap at 5.105% plus the applicable spread based on the terms of the Credit Agreement. The notional amount of the swap at September 30, 2011 was $250 million. The swap terminates on December 6, 2011.
 
The portion of the Company’s interest expense not effectively fixed in the interest rate swap remains sensitive to changes in the interest rates in the U.S. and off-shore markets. In this regard, changes in U.S. and off-shore interest rates affect interest payable on the Company’s borrowings under its Credit Agreement. Based on debt outstanding at September 30, 2011, a 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average cost of the Company’s variable rate debt, including outstanding swaps, would increase or decrease annual pre-tax interest expense by approximately $5.1 million.
 
52 

Table of Contents
 
The table below provides information about the Company’s derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including interest rate swaps and debt obligations (dollars in millions):

 	 	Expected Maturity Date	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Fair	 	
 	 	2012	 	2013	 	2014	 	2015	 	2016	 	Thereafter	 	Total	 	Value	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Variable rate ($US)	 	$	40.0	 	$	65.0	 	$	65.0	 	$	48.8	 	$	341.2	 	$	—	 	$	560.0	 	$	560.0	 	
Average interest rate	 	3.0013	%	3.0701	%	3.2441	%	3.5312	%	3.8605	%	—	 	3.6072	%	 	 	
Fixed rate ($US)	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	500.0	 	$	500.0	 	$	501.3	 	
Average interest rate	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	8.3750	%	8.3750	%	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest Rate Derivatives	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate swaps:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Variable to fixed ($US)	 	$	2.1	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	2.1	 	$	2.1	 	
Average pay rate	 	5.1050	%	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	5.1050	%	 	 	
Average receive rate	 	0.3290	%	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	0.3290	%	 	 	
 
For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents the notional amounts and weighted-average interest rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates. Notional amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract. Weighted-average variable rates are based on implied forward rates in the yield curve at the reporting date.
 
Commodity Price Risk. The Company is a purchaser of certain commodities, including steel, aluminum and composites. In addition, the Company is a purchaser of components and parts containing various commodities, including steel, aluminum, rubber and others which are integrated into the Company’s end products. The Company generally buys these commodities and components based upon market prices that are established with the vendor as part of the purchase process. The Company does not use commodity financial instruments to hedge commodity prices.
 
The Company generally obtains firm quotations from its suppliers for a significant portion of its orders under firm, fixed-price contracts in its defense segment. In the Company’s access equipment, fire & emergency and commercial segments, the Company generally attempts to obtain firm pricing from most of its suppliers, consistent with backlog requirements and/or forecasted annual sales. To the extent that commodity prices increase and the Company does not have firm pricing from its suppliers, or its suppliers are not able to honor such prices, then the Company may experience margin declines to the extent it is not able to increase selling prices of its products.
 
Foreign Currency Risk. The Company’s operations consist of manufacturing in the U.S., Belgium, Canada, The Netherlands, France, Australia, Romania and China and sales and limited vehicle body mounting activities on six continents. In addition, the Company manufactures products through investments in joint ventures in Mexico and Brazil. International sales comprised approximately 17% of overall net sales in fiscal 2011, including approximately 14% that involved export sales from the U.S. The majority of export sales in fiscal 2011 were denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result of the manufacture and sale of the Company’s products in foreign markets, the Company’s earnings are affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar, as compared to foreign currencies in which certain of the Company’s transactions in foreign markets are denominated. The Company’s operating results are principally exposed to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the European currencies, primarily the Euro and the U.K. pound sterling, changes between the U.S. dollar and the Australian dollar, changes between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian real and changes between the U.S. dollar and the Chinese Renminbi. Through the Company’s foreign currency hedging activities, the Company seeks to minimize the risk that cash flows resulting from the sales of the Company’s products will be affected by changes in exchange rates.
 
The Company enters into certain forward foreign currency exchange contracts to mitigate the Company’s foreign currency exchange risk. These contracts qualify as derivative instruments under FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging ; however, the Company has not designated all of these instruments as hedge transactions under ASC Topic 815. Accordingly, the mark-to-market impact of these derivatives is recorded each period to current earnings along with the offsetting foreign currency transaction gain/loss recognized on the related balance sheet exposure. At September 30, 2011,
 
53 

Table of Contents
 
the Company was managing $154.5 million (notional) of foreign currency contracts, none of which were designated as accounting hedges and all of which settle within 60 days.
 
The following table quantifies outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts intended to hedge non-U.S. dollar denominated cash, receivables and payables and the corresponding impact on the value of these instruments assuming a 10% appreciation/depreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to all other currencies on September 30, 2011 (dollars in millions):

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Foreign Exchange	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Gain/(Loss) From:	 	
 	 	Notional
Amount	 	Average
Contractual
Exchange Rate	 	Fair Value	 	10%
Appreciation of
U.S. Dollar	 	10%
Depreciation of
U.S. Dollar	 	
Sell Euro / Buy USD	 	$	69.1	 	1.3490	 	$	0.6	 	$	6.9	 	$	(6.9	)	
Sell AUD / Buy USD	 	65.0	 	0.9694	 	0.2	 	6.5	 	(6.5	)	
Sell GBP / Buy USD	 	2.2	 	1.5558	 	—	 	0.2	 	(0.2	)	
Sell GBP / Buy Euro	 	18.2	 	0.8678	 	(0.2	)	—	 	—	 	

As previously noted, the Company’s policy prohibits the trading of financial instruments for speculative purposes or the use of leveraged instruments. It is important to note that gains and losses indicated in the sensitivity analysis would be offset by gains and losses on the underlying receivables and payables.
 
ITEM 7A.                          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
 
The information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Market Risk” contained in Item 7 of this Form 10-K is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.
 
54 

Table of Contents
 
ITEM 8.                                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oshkosh Corporation
Oshkosh, Wisconsin
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oshkosh Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2011. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Table of Contents at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oshkosh Corporation and subsidiaries at September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated November 15, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 15, 2011
 
55 

Table of Contents
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oshkosh Corporation
Oshkosh, Wisconsin
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Oshkosh Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended September 30, 2011 of the Company and our report dated November 15, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule.
 
/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 15, 2011
 
56 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share amounts)

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	5,253.1	 	
Cost of sales	 	6,505.0	 	7,872.4	 	4,549.8	 	
Gross income	 	1,079.7	 	1,970.0	 	703.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	513.2	 	489.8	 	430.3	 	
Amortization of purchased intangibles	 	60.8	 	60.5	 	62.3	 	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	4.8	 	25.6	 	1,190.2	 	
Total operating expenses	 	578.8	 	575.9	 	1,682.8	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	500.9	 	1,394.1	 	(979.5	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other income (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	(90.7	)	(187.1	)	(211.4	)	
Interest income	 	4.7	 	3.5	 	3.9	 	
Miscellaneous, net	 	1.6	 	1.0	 	8.8	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	416.5	 	1,211.5	 	(1,178.2	)	
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	 	143.6	 	414.3	 	(12.6	)	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	272.9	 	797.2	 	(1,165.6	)	
Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	0.5	 	(4.3	)	(1.4	)	
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax	 	273.4	 	792.9	 	(1,167.0	)	
Discontinued operations (Note 3):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	 	—	 	(2.9	)	5.7	 	
Income tax benefit	 	—	 	—	 	(61.6	)	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	 	—	 	(2.9	)	67.3	 	
Net income (loss)	 	273.4	 	790.0	 	(1,099.7	)	
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	—	 	—	 	0.9	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation	 	$	273.4	 	$	790.0	 	$	(1,098.8	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders-basic:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	3.01	 	$	8.81	 	$	(15.26	)	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	(0.03	)	0.89	 	
 	 	$	3.01	 	$	8.78	 	$	(14.37	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders-diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	2.99	 	$	8.72	 	$	(15.26	)	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	(0.03	)	0.89	 	
 	 	$	2.99	 	$	8.69	 	$	(14.37	)	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
 
57 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	428.5	 	$	339.0	 	
Receivables, net	 	1,089.1	 	889.5	 	
Inventories, net	 	786.8	 	848.6	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	72.9	 	86.7	 	
Other current assets	 	77.3	 	52.1	 	
Total current assets	 	2,454.6	 	2,215.9	 	
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates	 	31.8	 	30.4	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	388.7	 	403.6	 	
Goodwill	 	1,041.5	 	1,049.6	 	
Purchased intangible assets, net	 	838.7	 	896.3	 	
Other long-term assets	 	71.6	 	112.8	 	
Total assets	 	$	4,826.9	 	$	4,708.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Revolving credit facility and current maturities of long-term debt	 	$	40.1	 	$	215.9	 	
Accounts payable	 	768.9	 	717.7	 	
Customer advances	 	468.6	 	373.2	 	
Payroll-related obligations	 	110.7	 	127.5	 	
Income taxes payable	 	5.3	 	1.3	 	
Accrued warranty	 	75.0	 	90.5	 	
Deferred revenue	 	38.4	 	76.9	 	
Other current liabilities	 	184.8	 	209.0	 	
Total current liabilities	 	1,691.8	 	1,812.0	 	
Long-term debt, less current maturities	 	1,020.0	 	1,086.4	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	171.3	 	189.6	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	347.2	 	293.8	 	
Commitments and contingencies	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred Stock ($.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding)	 	—	 	—	 	
Common Stock ($.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 91,330,019 and 90,662,377 shares issued, respectively)	 	0.9	 	0.9	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	685.6	 	659.7	 	
Retained earnings	 	1,032.7	 	759.2	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	(122.6	)	(93.2	)	
Common Stock in treasury, at cost (6,956 shares at September 30, 2011)	 	(0.1	)	—	 	
Total Oshkosh Corporation shareholders’ equity	 	1,596.5	 	1,326.6	 	
Noncontrolling interest	 	0.1	 	0.2	 	
Total equity	 	1,596.6	 	1,326.8	 	
Total liabilities and equity	 	$	4,826.9	 	$	4,708.6	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
 
58 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY 
(In millions, except per share amounts)

 	 	Oshkosh Corporation’s Shareholders	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Retained	 	Accumulated	 	Common	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Additional	 	Earnings	 	Other	 	Stock in	 	Non-	 	Comprehensive	 	
 	 	Common	 	Paid-In	 	(Accumulated	 	Comprehensive	 	Treasury	 	Controlling	 	Income	 	
 	 	Stock	 	Capital	 	Deficit)	 	Income (Loss)	 	at Cost	 	Interest	 	(Loss)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2008	 	$	0.7	 	$	250.7	 	$	1,082.9	 	$	55.7	 	$	(1.4	)	$	3.3	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	 	—	 	—	 	(1,098.8	)	—	 	—	 	(0.9	)	$	(1,099.7	)	
Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax of $21.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(34.0	)	—	 	—	 	(34.0	)	
Losses reclassified into earnings from other comprehensive income, net of tax of $18.6	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	29.7	 	—	 	—	 	29.7	 	
Employee pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $19.2	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(31.8	)	—	 	—	 	(31.8	)	
Currency translation adjustments reclassified into earnings from other comprehensive income, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(92.0	)	—	 	—	 	(92.0	)	
Currency translation adjustments, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(2.3	)	—	 	(0.2	)	(2.5	)	
Total comprehensive loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(1,230.3	)	
Issuance of shares for public equity offering - See Note 16	 	0.2	 	357.9	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Cash dividends ($0.20 per share)	 	—	 	—	 	(14.9	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	—	 	(0.1	)	—	 	—	 	0.7	 	—	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation and award of nonvested shares	 	—	 	10.9	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Other	 	—	 	0.1	 	—	 	—	 	(0.1	)	—	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2009	 	0.9	 	619.5	 	(30.8	)	(74.7	)	(0.8	)	2.2	 	 	 	
Sale of discontinued operations (see Note 3)	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(2.2	)	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	—	 	—	 	790.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	$	790.0	 	
Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax of $1.2	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(5.6	)	—	 	—	 	(5.6	)	
Losses reclassified into earnings from other comprehensive income, net of tax of $14.9	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	26.6	 	—	 	—	 	26.6	 	
Employee pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $3.2	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(12.6	)	—	 	—	 	(12.6	)	
Currency translation adjustments reclassified into earnings from other comprehensive income, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(0.8	)	—	 	—	 	(0.8	)	
Currency translation adjustments, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(26.1	)	—	 	—	 	(26.1	)	
Total comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	771.5	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	—	 	18.2	 	—	 	—	 	0.8	 	—	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation and award of nonvested shares	 	—	 	14.7	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Tax benefit related to stock-based compensation	 	—	 	7.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Other	 	—	 	0.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	0.2	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2010	 	0.9	 	659.7	 	759.2	 	(93.2	)	—	 	0.2	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	—	 	—	 	273.4	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	$	273.4	 	
Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax of $0.7	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(1.4	)	—	 	—	 	(1.4	)	
Losses reclassified into earnings from other comprehensive income, net of tax of $6.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	10.6	 	—	 	—	 	10.6	 	
Employee pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $19.8	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(33.8	)	—	 	—	 	(33.8	)	
Currency translation adjustments, net	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(4.8	)	—	 	—	 	(4.8	)	
Total comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	$	244.0	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	—	 	7.8	 	—	 	—	 	0.2	 	—	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation and award of nonvested shares	 	—	 	15.5	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Tax benefit related to stock-based compensation	 	—	 	2.5	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	 	 	
Other	 	—	 	0.1	 	0.1	 	—	 	(0.3	)	(0.1	)	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2011	 	$	0.9	 	$	685.6	 	$	1,032.7	 	$	(122.6	)	$	(0.1	)	$	0.1	 	 	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
 
59 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions)

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	273.4	 	$	790.0	 	$	(1,099.7	)	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	4.8	 	25.6	 	1,199.8	 	
Loss (gain) on sale of discontinued operations	 	—	 	2.9	 	(33.8	)	
Depreciation and amortization	 	144.4	 	172.9	 	152.0	 	
Stock-based compensation expense	 	15.5	 	14.7	 	10.9	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	10.0	 	(70.7	)	(51.2	)	
Equity in losses (earnings) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	(0.8	)	5.1	 	2.2	 	
Gain on sale of assets	 	(3.8	)	(1.1	)	(2.5	)	
Foreign currency transaction losses	 	6.9	 	10.9	 	1.1	 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Receivables, net	 	(210.0	)	(339.6	)	377.2	 	
Inventories, net	 	58.8	 	(82.7	)	112.6	 	
Other current assets	 	(6.1	)	101.0	 	(89.0	)	
Accounts payable	 	54.2	 	169.4	 	(55.8	)	
Customer advances	 	95.4	 	(356.4	)	435.6	 	
Income taxes	 	(8.4	)	20.8	 	(26.4	)	
Other current liabilities	 	(82.5	)	180.0	 	(50.3	)	
Other long-term assets and liabilities	 	35.9	 	(23.1	)	16.2	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	387.7	 	619.7	 	898.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additions to property, plant and equipment	 	(82.3	)	(83.2	)	(46.2	)	
Additions to equipment held for rental	 	(3.9	)	(6.3	)	(15.4	)	
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	 	1.5	 	0.8	 	3.9	 	
Proceeds from sale of equipment held for rental	 	20.2	 	10.3	 	6.1	 	
Other investing activities	 	(3.8	)	(5.5	)	(4.5	)	
Net cash used by investing activities	 	(68.3	)	(83.9	)	(56.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of long-term debt	 	(91.4	)	(2,020.9	)	(682.2	)	
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	 	—	 	1,150.0	 	—	 	
Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock, net	 	—	 	—	 	358.1	 	
Proceeds (repayments) under revolving credit facility	 	(150.0	)	150.0	 	(49.4	)	
Debt issuance/amendment costs	 	(0.1	)	(26.3	)	(20.1	)	
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	 	8.0	 	19.0	 	0.6	 	
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	 	2.3	 	5.8	 	—	 	
Dividends paid	 	—	 	—	 	(14.9	)	
Other financing activities	 	(0.3	)	(0.1	)	(0.2	)	
Net cash used by financing activities	 	(231.5	)	(722.5	)	(408.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	1.6	 	(4.7	)	7.5	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	89.5	 	(191.4	)	442.2	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	339.0	 	530.4	 	88.2	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	428.5	 	$	339.0	 	$	530.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for interest	 	$	86.1	 	$	180.7	 	$	183.8	 	
Cash paid for income taxes	 	128.2	 	457.1	 	5.5	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements
 
60 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
1.                                       Nature of Operations
 
Oshkosh Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), are leading manufacturers of a wide variety of specialty vehicles and vehicle bodies predominately for the Americas and, to a lesser extent, global markets. “Oshkosh” refers to Oshkosh Corporation, not including its subsidiaries. The Company sells its products into four principal vehicle markets — defense, access equipment, fire & emergency and commercial. The defense business is conducted through the operations of Oshkosh. The access equipment business is conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiary, JLG Industries, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (“JLG”) and JerrDan Corporation (“JerrDan”). JLG holds, along with an unaffiliated third-party, a 50% interest in a joint venture in The Netherlands, RiRent Europe, B.V. (“RiRent”). The Company’s fire & emergency business is principally conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiaries Pierce Manufacturing Inc. (“Pierce”), the airport products division of Oshkosh, Kewaunee Fabrications, LLC (“Kewaunee”), and Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles (UK), Limited and AK Specialty Vehicles B.V. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (together “SMIT”). The Company’s commercial business is principally conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, McNeilus Companies, Inc. (“McNeilus”), Concrete Equipment Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“CON-E-CO”), London Machinery Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary (“London”), Iowa Mold Tooling Co., Inc. (“IMT”) and the commercial division of Oshkosh. McNeilus is one of two general partners in Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services Partnership (“OMFSP”), which provides lease financing to the Company’s commercial customers. McNeilus owns a 49% interest in Mezcladores Trailers de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Mezcladores”), which manufactures and markets concrete mixers, concrete batch plants and refuse collection vehicles in Mexico. McNeilus also owns a 45% interest in McNeilus Equipamentos Do Brasil LTDA (“McNeilus Brazil”), which manufactures and distributes McNeilus branded concrete mixers and batch plants in the Mercosur region (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay).
 
In July 2009, the Company completed the sale of its ownership in Geesink Group B.V., Geesink Norba Limited and Norba A. B. (collectively, “Geesink”). Geesink, a European refuse collection vehicle manufacturer, was previously included in the Company’s commercial segment. In October 2009, the Company sold its 75% ownership interest in BAI Brescia Antincendi International S.r.l. (“BAI”) to the BAI management team. BAI, a European fire apparatus manufacturer, was previously included in the Company’s fire & emergency segment. The historical operating results of these businesses have been reclassified and are presented in “Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the sales of Geesink and BAI.
 
2.                                       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Principles of Consolidation and Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oshkosh and all of its majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries and are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company accounts for its 50% voting interests in OMFSP and RiRent, its 49% interest in Mezcladores and its 45% interest in McNeilus Brazil under the equity method.
 
Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue on equipment and parts sales when contract terms are met, collectability is reasonably assured and a product is shipped or risk of ownership has been transferred to and accepted by the customer. Revenue from service agreements is recognized as earned when services have been rendered. Appropriate provisions are made for discounts, returns and sales allowances. Sales are recorded net of amounts invoiced for taxes imposed on the customer such as excise or value-added taxes.
 
Sales to the U.S. government of non-commercial whole goods manufactured to the government’s specifications are recognized using the units-of-delivery measure under the percentage-of-completion accounting method as units are accepted by the government. The Company includes amounts representing contract change orders, claims or other items in sales only
 
61 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. The Company charges anticipated losses on contracts or programs in progress to earnings when identified. Bid and proposal costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs — Revenue received from shipping and handling fees is reflected in net sales. Shipping and handling fee revenue was not significant for all periods presented. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales.
 
Warranty — Provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs are recorded in cost of sales at the time of sale and are periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. The amount of warranty liability accrued reflects management’s best estimate of the expected future cost of honoring Company obligations under the warranty plans. Historically, the cost of fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligations has principally involved replacement parts, labor and sometimes travel for any field retrofit campaigns. The Company’s estimates are based on historical experience, the extent of pre-production testing, the number of units involved and the extent of features/components included in product models. Also, each quarter, the Company reviews actual warranty claims experience to determine if there are systemic defects that would require a field campaign.
 
Research and Development and Similar Costs — Except for customer sponsored research and development costs incurred pursuant to contracts, research and development costs are expensed as incurred and included as part of cost of sales. Research and development costs charged to expense amounted to $142.0 million, $109.3 million and $72.7 million during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Customer sponsored research and development costs incurred pursuant to contracts are accounted for as contract costs.
 
Advertising — Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expense and are expensed as incurred. These expenses totaled $15.5 million, $15.4 million and $11.7 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Environmental Remediation Costs — The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. The liabilities are developed based on currently available information and reflect the participation of other potentially responsible parties, depending on the parties’ financial condition and probable contribution. The accruals are recorded at undiscounted amounts and are reflected as liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. The accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change.
 
Stock-Based Compensation — The Company recognizes stock-based compensation using the fair value provisions prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation . Accordingly, compensation costs for stock options, restricted stock and performance shares are calculated based on the fair value of the stock-based instrument at the time of grant and are recognized as expense over the vesting period of the stock-based instrument. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s stock-based incentive plans.
 
Income Taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided to recognize temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the income tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
 
The Company evaluates uncertain income tax positions in a two-step process. The first step is recognition, where the Company evaluates whether an individual tax position has a likelihood of greater than 50% of being sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are currently estimated to have a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained, zero tax benefit is recorded. For tax positions that have met the recognition threshold in the first step, the Company performs the second step of measuring the benefit to be recorded. The actual benefits ultimately realized may differ from the Company’s estimates. In future periods, changes in facts and circumstances and new information may require the Company to change the recognition
 
62 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
and measurement estimates with regard to individual tax positions. Changes in recognition and measurement estimates are recorded in results of operations and financial position in the period in which such changes occur.
 
Income taxes are provided on financial statement earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries expected to be repatriated. The Company determines annually the amount of undistributed non-U.S. earnings to invest indefinitely in its non-U.S. operations.  As a result of anticipated cash requirements in the foreign subsidiaries, the Company currently believes that all earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries will be reinvested indefinitely to finance foreign activities. Accordingly, no deferred income taxes have been provided for the repatriation of those earnings.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments — Based on Company estimates, the carrying amounts of cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximated fair value as of September 30, 2011 and 2010.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at September 30, 2011 consisted principally of bank deposits and money market instruments.
 
Receivables — Receivables consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and accrued profits related to revenues on long-term contracts with the U.S. government that have been recognized for accounting purposes but not yet billed to customers. The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business and maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of customers to make required payments. The accrual for estimated losses is based on the Company’s historical experience, existing economic conditions and any specific customer collection issues the Company has identified.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, OMFSP lease receivables and guarantees of certain customers’ obligations under deferred payment contracts and lease purchase agreements.
 
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, and other financial instruments, with various major financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any institution.
 
Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts and leases receivable is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas. However, a significant amount of trade and lease receivables are with the U.S. government, with rental companies globally, with companies in the ready-mix concrete industry, with municipalities and with several large waste haulers in the United States. The Company continues to monitor credit risk associated with its trade receivables, especially during this period of continued global economic weakness.
 
Inventories — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost has been determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for 85.4% of the Company’s inventories at September 30, 2011 and 86.2% at September 30, 2010. For the remaining inventories, cost has been determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.
 
Performance-Based Payments — The Company’s contracts with the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) to deliver heavy-payload tactical vehicles (Family of Heavy Tactical Vehicles and Logistic Vehicle System Replacement), medium-payload tactical vehicles (Family of Medium Tactical Vehicles and Medium Tactical Vehicle Replacement) and MRAP-All Terrain Vehicles (“M-ATVs”), as well as certain other defense-related contracts, include requirements for “performance-based payments.” The performance-based payment provisions in the contracts require the DoD to pay the Company based on the completion of certain pre-determined events in connection with the production under these contracts. Performance-based payments received are first applied to reduce outstanding receivables for units accepted in accordance with contractual terms, with any remaining amount recorded as an offset to inventory to the extent of related inventory on hand. Amounts received in excess of receivables and inventories are included in liabilities as customer advances.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets using accelerated and straight-line methods. The estimated useful lives range from 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements, from 4 to 25 years for machinery and equipment and from 3 to 10 years for capitalized software and related costs. The Company capitalizes interest on borrowings during the active construction
 
63 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is immaterial for all periods presented. All capitalized interest has been added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets.
 
Goodwill — Goodwill reflects the cost of an acquisition in excess of the aggregate fair value assigned to identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized; however, it is assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events or “indicators of potential impairment” occur. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill by estimating the future discounted cash flows of the businesses to which the goodwill relates. Estimated cash flows and related goodwill are grouped at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or, under certain circumstances, a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business. When estimated future discounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the net assets and related goodwill, an impairment test is performed to measure and recognize the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Impairment losses, limited to the carrying value of goodwill, represent the excess of the carrying amount of a reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. In fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.3 million, $16.8 million and $1,169.2 million, respectively, of which $8.1 million related to discontinued operations in fiscal 2009. See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of these charges.
 
In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill primarily utilizing the income approach and, to a lesser extent, the market approach. The Company weighted the income approach more heavily (75%) as the income approach uses long-term estimates that consider the expected operating profit of each reporting unit during periods where residential and non-residential construction and other macroeconomic indicators are nearer historical averages. The Company believes the income approach more accurately considers the expected recovery in the U.S. and European construction markets than the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company determines fair value based on estimated future cash flows discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of a reporting unit and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Estimated future cash flows are based on the Company’s internal projection models, industry projections and other assumptions deemed reasonable by management. Rates used to discount estimated cash flows correspond to the Company’s cost of capital, adjusted for risk where appropriate, and are dependent upon interest rates at a point in time. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Under the market approach, the Company derives the fair value of its reporting units based on revenue multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies. It is possible that assumptions underlying the impairment analysis will change in such a manner that impairment in value may occur in the future.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — Property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Non-amortizable trade names are assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events or “indicators of potential impairment” occur. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment. In fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.5 million, $8.8 million and $30.6 million, respectively, related to long-lived assets, of which $1.5 million related to discontinued operations in fiscal 2009.
 
Floor Plan Notes Payable — Floor plan notes payable represent liabilities related to the purchase of commercial vehicle chassis upon which the Company mounts its manufactured vehicle bodies. Floor plan notes payable are non-interest bearing for terms ranging up to 120 days and must be repaid upon the sale of the vehicle to a customer. The Company’s practice is to repay all floor plan notes for which the non-interest bearing period has expired without sale of the vehicle to a customer.
 
Customer Advances — Customer advances include amounts received in advance of the completion of fire & emergency and commercial vehicles. Most of these advances bear interest at variable rates approximating the prime rate. Advances also include any performance-based payments received from the DoD in excess of the value of related inventory. Advances from the DoD are non-interest bearing. See the discussion above regarding performance-based payments.
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) — Comprehensive income (loss) is a more inclusive financial reporting method that includes disclosure of financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. The Company has chosen to report comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which encompasses net income (loss), cumulative translation adjustments, employee pension and postretirement benefits, and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives in the Consolidated Statements of Equity.
 
64 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows (in millions):

 	 	 	 	Employee	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Pension and	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	
 	 	Cumulative	 	Postretirement	 	Gains (Losses)	 	Other	 	
 	 	Translation	 	Benefits, Net	 	on Derivatives,	 	Comprehensive	 	
 	 	Adjustments	 	of Tax	 	Net of Tax	 	Income (Loss)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2008	 	$	135.5	 	$	(52.5	)	$	(27.3	)	$	55.7	 	
Fiscal year change	 	(94.3	)	(31.8	)	(4.3	)	(130.4	)	
Balance at September 30, 2009	 	41.2	 	(84.3	)	(31.6	)	(74.7	)	
Fiscal year change	 	(26.9	)	(12.6	)	21.0	 	(18.5	)	
Balance at September 30, 2010	 	14.3	 	(96.9	)	(10.6	)	(93.2	)	
Fiscal year change	 	(4.8	)	(33.8	)	9.2	 	(29.4	)	
Balance at September 30, 2011	 	$	9.5	 	$	(130.7	)	$	(1.4	)	$	(122.6	)	
 
Foreign Currency Translation — All balance sheet accounts have been translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income statement amounts have been translated using the average exchange rate during the period in which the transactions occurred. Resulting translation adjustments are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” Foreign currency transactions gains or losses are included in “Miscellaneous, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recorded net foreign currency transaction gains related to continuing operations of $0.3 million, $1.4 million and $5.6 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments — The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange contracts, in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in income or in equity as a component of comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in income along with the portions of the changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risks. Changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of deferred income taxes. Changes in fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in income. Cash flows from derivatives that are accounted for as cash flow or fair value hedges are included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same category as the item being hedged.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements — In June 2009, the FASB issued a new standard to address the elimination of the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity. The new variable interest standard also replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity and the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity. Additionally, the new variable interest standard requires disclosure of more timely and useful information about an enterprise’s involvement with a variable interest entity. The Company adopted the new variable interest standard as of October 1, 2010. The adoption of the new variable interest standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In July 2010, the FASB amended ASC Topic 310, Receivables , to require more robust and disaggregated disclosures about the credit quality of an entity’s financing receivables and its allowances for credit losses. The new disclosures require additional information for nonaccrual and past due accounts, the allowance for credit losses, impaired loans, credit quality and account modifications. The Company adopted the new disclosure requirements as of October 1, 2010. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
65 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
In June 2011, the FASB amended ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , to require all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity to be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Under this amendment, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. An entity is required to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement(s) where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. An entity will no longer be permitted to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. The Company will be required to adopt the new presentation requirements as of October 1, 2012. The adoption of the new presentation will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
3.                                       Discontinued Operations
 
In July 2009, the Company sold Geesink to a third party for nominal cash consideration. Following reclassification of $92.0 million of cumulative translation adjustments out of equity, the Company recorded a pretax gain on the sale of $33.8 million, which was recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. As a result of the sale, the historical results of Geesink, which were previously included in the Company’s commercial segment, have been reclassified and are now included in discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
In October 2009, the Company sold its 75% ownership interest in BAI to BAI’s management team for nominal cash consideration. Following reclassification of $0.8 million of cumulative translation adjustments out of equity, the Company recorded a small after tax loss on the sale, which was recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. BAI, a European fire apparatus manufacturer, was previously included in the Company’s fire & emergency segment.
 
The following amounts related to the operations of Geesink and BAI were derived from historical financial information and have been segregated from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	—	 	$	180.2	 	
Cost of sales	 	—	 	169.4	 	
Gross income	 	—	 	10.8	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	—	 	27.5	 	
Amortization of purchased intangibles	 	—	 	0.4	 	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	—	 	9.6	 	
Total operating expenses	 	—	 	37.5	 	
Operating loss	 	—	 	(26.7	)	
Other expense	 	—	 	(1.4	)	
Loss before income taxes	 	—	 	(28.1	)	
Benefit from income taxes	 	—	 	(61.6	)	
Income from operations, net of tax	 	—	 	33.5	 	
Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations	 	(2.9	)	33.8	 	
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(2.9	)	$	67.3	 	
 
The fiscal 2009 benefit from income taxes includes $61.0 million related to a worthless stock/bad debt deduction claimed by the Company related to discontinued operations. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
66 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
4.                                       Receivables
 
Receivables consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
U.S. government:	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts billed	 	$	318.8	 	$	380.1	 	
Cost and profits not billed	 	172.3	 	75.2	 	
 	 	491.1	 	455.3	 	
Other trade receivables	 	568.8	 	401.8	 	
Finance receivables	 	23.6	 	65.6	 	
Notes receivables	 	33.7	 	52.1	 	
Other receivables	 	27.4	 	19.5	 	
 	 	1,144.6	 	994.3	 	
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	 	(29.5	)	(42.0	)	
 	 	$	1,115.1	 	$	952.3	 	
 
Costs and profits not billed generally result from undefinitized change orders on existing long-term contracts and “not-to-exceed” undefinitized contracts whereby the Company cannot invoice the customer the full price under the contract or contract change order until such contract or change order is definitized and agreed to with the customer following a review of costs under such a contract award even though the contract deliverables may have been met. Cost and profits not billed increased in fiscal 2011 as a result of costs incurred under undefinitized contracts. Definitization of a change order on an existing long-term contract or a sole source contract begins when the U.S. government customer undertakes a detailed review of the Company’s submitted costs related to the contract, with the final change order or contract price subject to review. The Company recognizes revenue on undefinitized contracts to the extent that it can reasonably and reliably estimate the expected final contract price and when collectability is reasonably assured. To the extent that contract definitization results in changes to previously estimated incurred costs or revenues, the Company records those adjustments as a change in estimate. The Company updated its estimated costs under several undefinitized change orders related to M-ATVs and recorded $1.8 million related to such updates during fiscal 2011. As all costs associated with these contracts had been previously expensed, the change increased net income by $1.2 million or $0.01 per share, for fiscal 2011.
 
Classification of receivables in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current receivables	 	$	1,089.1	 	$	889.5	 	
Long-term receivables	 	26.0	 	62.8	 	
 	 	$	1,115.1	 	$	952.3	 	
 
Finance Receivables: Finance receivables represent sales-type leases resulting from the sale of the Company’s products and the purchase of finance receivables from lenders pursuant to customer defaults under program agreements with finance companies. Finance receivables originated by the Company generally include a residual value component. Residual values are determined based on the expectation that the underlying equipment will have a minimum fair market value at the end of the lease term. This residual value accrues to the Company at the end of the lease. The Company uses its experience and knowledge as an original equipment manufacturer and participant in end markets for the related products along with third-party studies to estimate residual values. The Company monitors these values for impairment on a periodic basis and reflects any resulting reductions in value in current earnings. Finance receivables are written down once management determines that the specific borrower does not have the ability to repay the loan in full.
 
67 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Finance receivables consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance receivables	 	$	27.9	 	$	74.7	 	
Estimated residual value	 	—	 	2.1	 	
Less unearned income	 	(4.3	)	(11.2	)	
Net finance receivables	 	23.6	 	65.6	 	
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	 	(11.5	)	(20.9	)	
 	 	$	12.1	 	$	44.7	 	
 
Contractual maturities of the Company’s finance receivables at September 30, 2011 were as follows: 2012 - $9.9 million; 2013 - $7.2 million; 2014 - $5.6 million; 2015 - $3.6 million; 2016 - $0.9 million; and thereafter - $0.7 million. Historically, finance receivables have been paid off prior to their contractual due dates, although actual repayment timing is impacted by a number of factors, including the economic environment at the time. As a result, contractual maturities are not to be regarded as a forecast of future cash flows.
 
Delinquency is the primary indicator of credit quality of finance receivables. The Company maintains a general allowance for finance receivables considered doubtful of future collection based upon historical experience. Additional allowances are established based upon the Company’s perception of the quality of the finance receivables, including the length of time the receivables are past due, past experience of collectability and underlying economic conditions. In circumstances where the Company believes collectability is no longer reasonably assured, a specific allowance is recorded to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. The terms of the finance agreements generally give the Company the ability to take possession of the underlying collateral. The Company may incur losses in excess of recorded allowances if the financial condition of its customers were to deteriorate or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting its customers’ financial obligations is not realized. As of September 30, 2011, approximately 53% of the finance receivables were due from one party.
 
Notes Receivable: Notes receivable include refinancing of trade accounts and finance receivables. As of September 30, 2011, approximately 88% of the notes receivable balance outstanding was due from three parties. The Company routinely evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and establishes reserves where the Company believes collectability is no longer reasonably assured. Notes receivables are written down once management determines that the specific borrower does not have the ability to repay the loan in full. Certain notes receivable are collateralized by a security interest in the underlying assets and/or other assets owned by the debtor. The Company may incur losses in excess of recorded allowances if the financial condition of its customers were to deteriorate or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting its customers’ financial obligations is not realized.
 
Quality of Finance and Notes Receivable: The Company does not accrue interest income on finance and notes receivables in circumstances where the Company believes collectability is no longer reasonably assured. Any cash payments received on nonaccrual finance and notes receivable are applied first to principal balances. The Company does not resume accrual of interest income until the customer has shown that it is capable of meeting its financial obligations by making timely payments over a sustained period of time. The Company determines past due or delinquency status based upon the due date of the receivable.
 
68 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Finance and notes receivable aging and accrual status consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	Finance Receivables	 	Notes Receivables	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Aging of receivables that are past due:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greater than 30 days and less than 60 days	 	$	0.5	 	$	3.3	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Greater than 60 days and less than 90 days	 	0.1	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Greater than 90 days	 	6.5	 	20.7	 	0.5	 	2.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Receivables on nonaccrual status	 	17.6	 	57.7	 	0.5	 	2.6	 	
Receivables past due 90 days or more and still accruing	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Receivables subject to general reserves -	 	0.4	 	3.9	 	8.6	 	21.5	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	—	 	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	(0.4	)	
Receivables subject to specific reserves -	 	23.2	 	61.7	 	25.1	 	30.6	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	(11.5	)	(20.8	)	(8.8	)	(9.0	)	

Receivables subject to specific reserves also include loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as a concession to customers experiencing financial difficulty. To minimize the economic loss, the Company may modify certain finance and notes receivable. Modifications generally consist of restructured payment terms and time frames in which no payments are required. At September 30, 2011, restructured finance receivables and notes receivables were $21.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively. Losses on troubled debt restructurings were not significant during fiscal 2011.
 
Changes in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Trade and	 	 	 	
 	 	Finance	 	Notes	 	Other	 	 	 	
 	 	Receivables	 	Receivable	 	Receivables	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts at beginning of year	 	$	20.9	 	$	9.4	 	$	11.7	 	$	42.0	 	
Provision for doubtful accounts, net of recoveries	 	(0.5	)	1.9	 	0.6	 	2.0	 	
Charge-off of accounts	 	(8.9	)	(2.5	)	(3.1	)	(14.5	)	
Foreign currency translation	 	—	 	0.1	 	(0.1	)	—	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts at end of year	 	$	11.5	 	$	8.9	 	$	9.1	 	$	29.5	 	
 
69 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
5.                                       Inventories
 
Inventories consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Raw materials	 	$	587.4	 	$	658.6	 	
Partially finished products	 	377.7	 	332.2	 	
Finished products	 	237.8	 	227.3	 	
Inventories at FIFO cost	 	1,202.9	 	1,218.1	 	
Less:	Progress/performance-based payments on U.S. government contracts	 	(341.7	)	(308.7	)	
 	Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost	 	(74.4	)	(60.8	)	
 	 	$	786.8	 	$	848.6	 	
 
Title to all inventories related to government contracts, which provide for progress or performance-based payments, vests with the government to the extent of unliquidated progress or performance-based payments.
 
Inventory includes costs which are amortized to expense as sales are recognized under certain contracts. At September 30, 2011 and 2010, unamortized costs related to long-term contracts of $0.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively, were included in inventory.
 
During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, reductions in FIFO inventory levels resulted in liquidations of LIFO inventory layers carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of current-year purchases. The effect of the LIFO inventory liquidations on fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 results was to decrease costs of goods sold by $1.8 million, $5.6 million and $6.0 million, respectively, and increase earnings from continuing operations by $1.1 million ($0.01 per share), $3.4 million ($0.04 per share) and $3.7 million ($0.05 per share), respectively.
 
6.                                       Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the equity method and consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	Percent-	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	owned	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OMFSP (U.S.)	 	50%	 	$	13.4	 	$	12.9	 	
RiRent (The Netherlands)	 	50%	 	10.9	 	11.1	 	
Other	 	 	 	7.5	 	6.4	 	
 	 	 	 	$	31.8	 	$	30.4	 	
 
Recorded investments generally represent the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Company’s ownership interest. Earnings or losses are reflected in “Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
The Company and an unaffiliated third-party are partners in OMFSP, a general partnership formed for the purpose of offering lease financing to certain customers of the Company. OMFSP engages in vendor lease business providing financing to certain customers of the Company. The Company sells vehicles, vehicle bodies and concrete batch plants to OMFSP for lease to user-customers. The Company’s sales to OMFSP were $0.2 million, $9.5 million and $14.7 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Banks and other financial institutions lend to OMFSP a portion of the purchase price, with recourse solely to OMFSP, secured by a pledge of lease payments due from the user-lessees. Each partner funds one-half of
 
70 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
the approximate 4.0% to 8.0% equity portion of the cost of new equipment purchases. Customers typically provide a 2.0% to 6.0% down payment. Each partner is allocated its proportionate share of OMFSP’s cash flow and taxable income in accordance with the partnership agreement. Indebtedness of OMFSP is secured by the underlying leases and assets of, and is with recourse solely to, OMFSP. All such OMFSP indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company and its partner. Each of the general partners has identical voting, participating and protective rights and responsibilities, and each general partner materially participates in the activities of OMFSP. For these and other reasons, the Company has determined that OMFSP is a voting interest entity. Accordingly, the Company accounts for its equity interest in OMFSP under the equity method.
 
The Company and an unaffiliated third-party are joint venture partners in RiRent. RiRent maintains a fleet of access equipment for short-term lease to rental companies throughout most of Europe. The re-rental fleet provides rental companies with equipment to support requirements on short notice. RiRent does not provide services directly to end users. The Company’s sales to RiRent were $6.5 million, $4.2 million and $4.4 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recognizes income on sales to RiRent at the time of shipment in proportion to the outside third-party interest in RiRent and recognizes the remaining income ratably over the estimated useful life of the equipment, which is generally five years. Indebtedness of RiRent is secured by the underlying leases and assets of RiRent. All such RiRent indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company and its partner. Under RiRent’s €15.0 million bank credit facility, the partners of RiRent have committed to maintain an overall equity to asset ratio of at least 30.0% (72.9% as of September 30, 2011).
 
7.                                       Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Land and land improvements	 	$	46.2	 	$	46.7	 	
Buildings	 	243.8	 	237.2	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	521.5	 	490.2	 	
Equipment on operating lease to others	 	23.0	 	46.0	 	
Construction in progress	 	—	 	0.9	 	
 	 	834.5	 	821.0	 	
Less accumulated depreciation	 	(445.8	)	(417.4	)	
 	 	$	388.7	 	$	403.6	 	
 
Depreciation expense recorded in continuing operations was $78.5 million, $83.8 million and $75.1 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in depreciation expense from continuing operations in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 were charges of $3.4 million, $8.5 million and $2.7 million, respectively, related to the impairment of long-lived assets. To better align the Company’s cost structure with global market conditions, the Company has announced several plant closures during the past three fiscal years. Impairment of long-lived assets associated with the plant closures was determined using fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis or appraisals.
 
Capitalized interest was insignificant for all reported periods. Equipment on operating lease to others represents the cost of equipment shipped to customers for whom the Company has guaranteed the residual value and equipment on short-term leases. These transactions are accounted for as operating leases with the related assets capitalized and depreciated over their estimated economic lives of five to ten years. Cost less accumulated depreciation for equipment on operating lease at September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $6.5 million and $25.2 million, respectively.
 
8.                                       Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if potential interim indicators exist that could result in impairment. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.
 
71 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company performed its annual impairment review relative to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (principally trade names). The Company performed the valuation analyses with the assistance of a third-party valuation advisor. To derive the fair value of its reporting units, the Company utilized both the income and market approaches. For the annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company used a weighted-average cost of capital, depending on the reporting unit, of 13.5% to 15.0% and a terminal growth rate of 3%. Under the market approach, the Company derived the fair value of its reporting units based on revenue multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies. As a corroborative source of information, the Company reconciles its estimated fair value to within a reasonable range of its market capitalization, which includes an assumed control premium (an adjustment reflecting an estimated fair value on a control basis), to verify the reasonableness of the fair value of its reporting units obtained through the aforementioned methods. The control premium is estimated based upon control premiums observed in comparable market transactions. The Company’s analysis resulted in a control premium of 10%, based on the price of the Company’s Common Stock on July 1, 2011 of $32.95 per share. To derive the fair value of its trade names, the Company utilized the “relief from royalty” approach.
 
At July 1, 2011, approximately 88% of the Company’s recorded goodwill and purchased intangibles were concentrated within the JLG reporting unit in the access equipment segment. The estimated fair value of JLG calculated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 impairment analysis exceeded JLG’s net book value by approximately 40%, or $900 million. The impairment model assumes that the U.S. economy and construction spending (and hence access equipment demand) will improve beginning in fiscal 2013. Assumptions utilized in the impairment analysis are highly judgmental, especially given the severity and global scale of the current economic uncertainty. Changes in estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could have produced significantly different results. For each additional 50 basis point increase in the discount rate, the fair value of JLG would decrease by approximately $150 million. Events and conditions that could result in the impairment of intangibles at JLG include a further decline in economic conditions, a slower or weaker economic recovery than currently estimated by the Company or other factors leading to reductions in expected long-term sales or profitability at JLG.
 
As a result of the Company’s annual impairment testing, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4.8 million of goodwill and trade names within the fire & emergency segment in fiscal 2011. Based on the Company’s annual impairment review, the Company concluded that no other goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges were required. Assumptions utilized in the impairment analysis are highly judgmental, especially given the current period of economic uncertainty. Changes in estimates or the application of alternative assumptions could have produced significantly different results.
 
The Company continued to monitor the movement in the price of its Common Stock subsequent to its annual goodwill impairment testing date. The Company’s Common Stock closed at $15.74 and $20.86 per share on September 30, 2011 and October 31, 2011, respectively. The Company believes that the decrease in the price of its Common Stock from the July 1, 2011 annual impairment testing date primarily related to the market’s expectation relative to the Company’s defense segment given the uncertainty surrounding future defense spending levels by the U.S. government and market concerns related to the profitability of the Company’s FMTV contract. The defense segment contains no goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets. Therefore the Company does not believe that the decrease in the price of its Common Stock is indicative of an interim triggering event for interim goodwill impairment testing in any reporting unit with goodwill.
 
72 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The following table presents changes in goodwill during fiscal 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

 	 	Access
Equipment	 	Fire &
Emergency	 	Commercial	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net goodwill at September 30, 2009	 	$	929.0	 	$	127.0	 	$	21.3	 	$	1,077.3	 	
Impairment	 	—	 	(16.8	)	—	 	(16.8	)	
Translation	 	(13.0	)	0.1	 	0.1	 	(12.8	)	
Other	 	—	 	1.9	 	—	 	1.9	 	
Net goodwill at September 30, 2010	 	916.0	 	112.2	 	21.4	 	1,049.6	 	
Impairment	 	—	 	(4.3	)	—	 	(4.3	)	
Translation	 	(3.8	)	0.1	 	—	 	(3.7	)	
Other	 	—	 	(0.1	)	—	 	(0.1	)	
Net goodwill at September 30, 2011	 	$	912.2	 	$	107.9	 	$	21.4	 	$	1,041.5	 	
 
The following table presents details of the Company’s goodwill allocated to the reportable segments (in millions):

 	 	September 30, 2011	 	September 30, 2010	 	
 	 	Gross	 	Accumulated
Impairment	 	Net	 	Gross	 	Accumulated
Impairment	 	Net	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Access Equipment	 	$	1,844.3	 	$	(932.1	)	$	912.2	 	$	1,848.1	 	$	(932.1	)	$	916.0	 	
Fire & Emergency	 	182.1	 	(74.2	)	107.9	 	182.1	 	(69.9	)	112.2	 	
Commerical	 	197.3	 	(175.9	)	21.4	 	197.3	 	(175.9	)	21.4	 	
 	 	$	2,223.7	 	$	(1,182.2	)	$	1,041.5	 	$	2,227.5	 	$	(1,177.9	)	$	1,049.6	 	
 
The following two tables present the changes in gross purchased intangible assets during fiscal 2011 and 2010 (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	Disposition	 	Impairment	 	Translation	 	Other	 	2011	 	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Distribution network	 	$	55.4	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	55.4	 	
Non-compete	 	56.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	0.6	 	56.9	 	
Technology-related	 	104.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	0.8	 	104.8	 	
Customer relationships	 	577.2	 	—	 	—	 	(1.9	)	1.4	 	576.7	 	
Other	 	15.7	 	—	 	—	 	0.1	 	0.7	 	16.5	 	
 	 	808.6	 	—	 	—	 	(1.8	)	3.5	 	810.3	 	
Non-amortizable trade names	 	397.3	 	—	 	(0.5	)	—	 	0.8	 	397.6	 	
 	 	$	1,205.9	 	$	—	 	$	(0.5	)	$	(1.8	)	$	4.3	 	$	1,207.9	 	

 	 	September 30,
2009	 	Disposition	 	Impairment	 	Translation	 	Other	 	September 30,
2010	 	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Distribution network	 	$	55.4	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	55.4	 	
Non-compete	 	57.0	 	(0.7	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	56.3	 	
Technology-related	 	104.4	 	—	 	(0.3	)	(0.1	)	—	 	104.0	 	
Customer relationships	 	588.2	 	(0.6	)	(5.3	)	(6.6	)	1.5	 	577.2	 	
Other	 	14.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	1.7	 	15.7	 	
 	 	819.0	 	(1.3	)	(5.6	)	(6.7	)	3.2	 	808.6	 	
Non-amortizable trade names	 	400.6	 	—	 	(3.2	)	(0.1	)	—	 	397.3	 	
 	 	$	1,219.6	 	$	(1.3	)	$	(8.8	)	$	(6.8	)	$	3.2	 	$	1,205.9	 	
 
73 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Details of the Company’s total purchased intangible assets were as follows (in millions):

 	 	September 30, 2011	 	
 	 	Weighted-
Average
Life	 	Gross	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net	 	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Distribution network	 	39.1	 	$	55.4	 	$	(20.8	)	$	34.6	 	
Non-compete	 	10.5	 	56.9	 	(53.0	)	3.9	 	
Technology-related	 	11.7	 	104.8	 	(53.3	)	51.5	 	
Customer relationships	 	12.7	 	576.7	 	(229.9	)	346.8	 	
Other	 	16.5	 	16.5	 	(12.2	)	4.3	 	
 	 	14.3	 	810.3	 	(369.2	)	441.1	 	
Non-amortizable trade names	 	 	 	397.6	 	—	 	397.6	 	
 	 	 	 	$	1,207.9	 	$	(369.2	)	$	838.7	 	

 	 	September 30, 2010	 	
 	 	Weighted-
Average
Life	 	Gross	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net	 	
Amortizable intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Distribution network	 	39.1	 	$	55.4	 	$	(19.3	)	$	36.1	 	
Non-compete	 	10.5	 	56.3	 	(50.6	)	5.7	 	
Technology-related	 	11.8	 	104.0	 	(44.6	)	59.4	 	
Customer relationships	 	12.7	 	577.2	 	(183.8	)	393.4	 	
Other	 	16.6	 	15.7	 	(11.3	)	4.4	 	
 	 	14.3	 	808.6	 	(309.6	)	499.0	 	
Non-amortizable trade names	 	 	 	397.3	 	—	 	397.3	 	
 	 	 	 	$	1,205.9	 	$	(309.6	)	$	896.3	 	
 
When determining the value of customer relationships for purposes of allocating the purchase price of an acquisition, the Company looks at existing customer contracts of the acquired business to determine if they represent a reliable future source of income and hence, a valuable intangible asset for the Company. The Company determines the fair value of the customer relationships based on the estimated future benefits the Company expects from the acquired customer contracts. In performing its evaluation and estimation of the useful lives of customer relationships, the Company looks to the historical growth rate of revenue of the acquired company’s existing customers as well as the historical attrition rates.
 
In connection with the valuation of intangible assets, a 40-year life was assigned to the value of the Pierce distribution network (net book value of $33.1 million at September 30, 2011). The Company believes Pierce maintains the largest North American fire apparatus distribution network. Pierce has exclusive contracts with each distributor related to the fire apparatus product offerings manufactured by Pierce. The useful life of the Pierce distribution network was based on a historical turnover analysis. Non-compete intangible asset lives are based on terms of the applicable agreements.
 
Total amortization expense recorded in continuing operations was $60.8 million, $60.5 million and $62.3 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets for the five years succeeding September 30, 2011 are as follows: 2012 - $59.0 million; 2013 - $56.5 million; 2014 - $55.1 million; 2015 - $54.3 million and 2016 - $53.7 million.
 
74 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
9.                                       Other Long-Term Assets
 
Other long-term assets consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Customer notes receivable and other investments	 	$	24.1	 	$	32.4	 	
Deferred finance costs	 	21.8	 	26.9	 	
Long-term finance receivables, less current portion	 	9.4	 	34.4	 	
Other	 	23.9	 	23.1	 	
 	 	79.2	 	116.8	 	
Less allowance for doubtful notes receivable	 	(7.6	)	(4.0	)	
 	 	$	71.6	 	$	112.8	 	
 
Deferred finance costs are amortized using the interest method over the term of the debt. Amortization expense was $5.1 million (including $0.1 million of amortization related to early debt retirement), $28.6 million (including $20.4 million of amortization related to early debt retirement) and $13.4 million (including $5.0 million of amortization related to early debt retirement) in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
10.                                Leases
 
Certain administrative and production facilities and equipment are leased under long-term agreements. Most leases contain renewal options for varying periods, and certain leases include options to purchase the leased property during or at the end of the lease term. Leases generally require the Company to pay for insurance, taxes and maintenance of the property. Leased capital assets included in net property, plant and equipment, which consist primarily of buildings and improvements, were $0.1 million and $2.5 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
Other facilities and equipment are leased under arrangements that are accounted for as noncancelable operating leases. Total rental expense for property, plant and equipment charged to continuing operations under noncancelable operating leases was $42.9 million, $41.1 million and $34.8 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, included in cost of sales in fiscal 2010 were charges of $2.9 million related to the idling of a leased facility at JerrDan. As a result of the Company’s plan to put a leased facility back into use, the previously accrued liability for lease termination costs of $2.8 million was reversed to income in the second quarter of fiscal 2011.
 
Future minimum lease payments due under operating leases at September 30, 2011 were as follows: 2012 - $33.1 million; 2013 - $27.1 million; 2014 - $21.0 million; 2015 - $11.2 million; 2016 - $10.1 million; and thereafter - $15.1 million. Minimum rental payments include $1.2 million due annually under variable-rate leases through January 2013.
 
75 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
11.                                Credit Agreements
 
The Company was obligated under the following debt instruments (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Senior Secured Term Loan	 	$	560.0	 	$	650.0	 	
8¼% Senior notes due March 2017	 	250.0	 	250.0	 	
8½% Senior notes due March 2020	 	250.0	 	250.0	 	
Other long-term facilities	 	0.1	 	2.1	 	
 	 	1,060.1	 	1,152.1	 	
Less current maturities	 	(40.1	)	(65.7	)	
 	 	$	1,020.0	 	$	1,086.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revolving line of credit	 	$	—	 	$	150.0	 	
Current maturities of long-term debt	 	40.1	 	65.7	 	
Other short-term facilities	 	—	 	0.2	 	
 	 	$	40.1	 	$	215.9	 	
 
On September 27, 2010, the Company replaced its existing credit agreement with a new senior secured credit agreement with various lenders (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for (i) a revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”) that matures in October 2015 with an initial maximum aggregate amount of availability of $550 million and (ii) a $650 million term loan (“Term Loan”) facility due in quarterly principal installments of $16.25 million commencing December 31, 2010 with a balloon payment of $341.25 million due at maturity in October 2015. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company prepaid the principal installment under the Term Loan which was originally due December 31, 2011 and $8.75 million of the principal installment which was originally due March 31, 2012. In October 2011, the Company prepaid $40.0 million of current maturities of long-term debt, which represented the remaining principal amount due under the Term Loan during fiscal 2012. At September 30, 2011, outstanding letters of credit of $27.9 million reduced available capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility to $522.1 million.
 
The Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of its domestic subsidiaries, and the Company will guarantee the obligations of certain of its subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement to the extent such subsidiaries borrow directly under the Credit Agreement. Subject to certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement is secured by (i) a first-priority perfected lien and security interests in substantially all of the personal property of the Company, each material subsidiary of the Company and each subsidiary guarantor, (ii) mortgages upon certain real property of the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries and (iii) a pledge of the equity of each material subsidiary and each subsidiary guarantor.
 
The Company must pay (i) an unused commitment fee ranging from 0.40% to 0.50% per annum of the average daily unused portion of the aggregate revolving credit commitments under the Credit Agreement and (ii) a fee ranging from 1.125% to 3.50% per annum of the maximum amount available to be drawn for each letter of credit issued and outstanding under the Credit Agreement.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a variable rate equal to (i) LIBOR plus a specified margin, which may be adjusted upward or downward depending on whether certain criteria are satisfied, or (ii) for dollar-denominated loans only, the base rate (which is the highest of (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (c) the sum of 1% plus one-month LIBOR) plus a specified margin, which may be adjusted upward or downward depending on whether certain criteria are satisfied. At September 30, 2011, the interest spread on the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan was 250 basis points. The weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan at September 30, 2011, prior to consideration of the interest rate swap, was 2.77%.
 
76 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
To manage a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in LIBOR-based interest rates on its variable-rate debt, the Company entered into an amortizing interest rate swap agreement in 2007 that effectively fixes the interest payments on a portion of the Company’s variable-rate debt. The swap, which has a termination date of December 6, 2011, effectively fixes the LIBOR-based interest rate on the debt in the amount of the notional amount of the swap at 5.105% plus the applicable spread based on the terms of the Credit Agreement (7.605% at September 30, 2011). The notional amount of the swap at September 30, 2011 was $250 million.
 
A portion of the swap has been designated as a cash flow hedge of 3-month LIBOR-based interest payments. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative has been recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets with any ineffective portion recorded as an adjustment to miscellaneous expense. At September 30, 2011, a loss of $2.1 million ($1.4 million net of tax) was recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” The differential paid or received on the designated portion of the interest rate swap will be recognized as an adjustment to interest expense when the hedged, forecasted interest is recorded. Net gains or losses related to hedge ineffectiveness on the interest rate swap were insignificant for all periods presented.
 
Under this swap agreement, the Company will pay the counterparty interest on the notional amount at a fixed rate of 5.105% and the counterparty will pay the Company interest on the notional amount at a variable rate equal to 3-month LIBOR. The 3-month LIBOR rate applicable to this agreement was 0.37% at September 30, 2011. The notional amounts do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, and thus are not a measure of exposure of the Company. The amounts exchanged are normally based on the notional amounts and other terms of the swaps. The variable rates are subject to change over time as 3-month LIBOR fluctuates. Neither the Company nor the counterparty is required to collateralize its obligations under these swaps.
 
The Credit Agreement contains various restrictions and covenants, including requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios at prescribed levels and restrictions on the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to consolidate or merge, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, consummate acquisitions and make investments in joint ventures and foreign subsidiaries. The Credit Agreement contains the following financial covenants:

·	Leverage Ratio: A maximum leverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of the Company’s consolidated indebtedness to consolidated net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash charges and certain other items (“EBITDA”)) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 4.50 to 1.0.	
·	Interest Coverage Ratio: A minimum interest coverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of the Company’s EBITDA to the Company’s consolidated cash interest expense) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 2.50 to 1.0.	
·	Senior Secured Leverage Ratio: A maximum senior secured leverage ratio (defined as, with certain adjustments, the ratio of the Company’s consolidated secured indebtedness to the Company’s EBITDA) of the following:	

Fiscal Quarter Ending	 	 	 	
September 30, 2011	 	3.25 to 1.0	 	
December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012	 	3.00 to 1.0	 	
Thereafter	 	2.75 to 1.0	 	
 
The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2011 and expects to be able to meet the financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement over the next twelve months.
 
Additionally, with certain exceptions, the Credit Agreement limits the ability of the Company to pay dividends and other distributions. However, so long as no event of default exists under the Credit Agreement or would result from such payment, the Company may pay dividends and other distributions in an aggregate amount not exceeding the sum of:

(i)	$50 million during any fiscal year; plus	
(ii)	the excess of (a) 25% of the cumulative net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for all fiscal quarters ending after September 27, 2010, over (b) the cumulative amount of all such dividends and other distributions made in any fiscal year ending after such date that exceed $50 million; plus	
(iii)	for each of the first four fiscal quarters ending after September 27, 2010, $25 million per fiscal quarter, in each case provided that the leverage ratio (as defined) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter was less than 2.0 to 1.0; plus	
 
77 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(iv)	for the period of four fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2011 and for each period of four fiscal quarters ending thereafter, $100 million during such period, in each case provided that the leverage ratio (as defined) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter was less than 2.0 to 1.0.	
 
In March 2010, the Company issued $250.0 million of 8¼% unsecured senior notes due March 1, 2017 and $250.0 million of 8½% unsecured senior notes due March 1, 2020 (collectively, the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and a trustee. The Indenture contains customary affirmative and negative covenants. The Company has the option to redeem the Senior Notes due 2017 and Senior Notes due 2020 for a premium after March 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015, respectively. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Senior Notes. See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for separate financial information of the subsidiary guarantors.
 
The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based upon the market rate of the Company’s debt. At September 30, 2011, the fair value of the Senior Notes was estimated to be $501 million and the fair value of the Term Loan approximated book value.
 
12.                                Warranties
 
The Company’s products generally carry explicit warranties that extend from six months to five years, based on terms that are generally accepted in the marketplace. Selected components (such as engines, transmissions, tires, etc.) included in the Company’s end products may include manufacturers’ warranties. These manufacturers’ warranties are generally passed on to the end customer of the Company’s products, and the customer would generally deal directly with the component manufacturer. Warranty costs recorded in continuing operations were $31.1 million, $83.8 million and $47.5 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Changes in the Company’s warranty liability were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at beginning of year	 	$	90.5	 	$	72.8	 	
Warranty provisions	 	42.6	 	83.8	 	
Settlements made	 	(46.8	)	(68.2	)	
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties, net	 	(11.5	)	3.6	 	
Disposition of business	 	—	 	(1.6	)	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	0.2	 	0.1	 	
Balance at end of year	 	$	75.0	 	$	90.5	 	
 
Provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs are recorded at the time of sale and are periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. Actual M-ATV warranty claims have been lower than the Company expected on the M-ATV product launch, which resulted in reductions in liabilities for pre-existing warranties in fiscal 2011. Certain warranty and other related claims involve matters of dispute that ultimately are resolved by negotiation, arbitration or litigation. At times, warranty issues arise that are beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. For example, accelerated programs to design, test, manufacture and deploy products such as the M-ATV in war-time conditions carry with them an increased level of inherent risk of product or component failure. It is reasonably possible that additional warranty and other related claims could arise from disputes or other matters in excess of amounts accrued; however, any such amounts, while not determinable, would not be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, result of operations or cash flows.
 
78 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
13.                                Guarantee Arrangements
 
In the fire & emergency segment, the Company provides guarantees of certain customers’ obligations under deferred payment contracts and lease payment agreements to third parties. Guarantees provided prior to February 1, 2008 are limited to $1.0 million per year in total. In January 2008, the Company entered into a new guarantee arrangement. Under this arrangement, guarantees are limited to $3.0 million per year for contracts signed after February 1, 2008. These guarantees are mutually exclusive and, until the portfolio under the $1.0 million guarantee is repaid, the Company has exposure of up to $4.0 million per year. Both guarantees are supported by the residual value of the underlying equipment. The Company’s actual losses under these guarantees over the last ten years have been negligible. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 460, Guarantees , the Company has recorded the fair value of all such guarantees issued after January 1, 2003 as a liability and a reduction of the initial revenue recognized on the sale of equipment. Liabilities accrued for guarantees for all periods presented were insignificant.
 
In the access equipment segment, the Company is party to multiple agreements whereby it guarantees an aggregate of $141.1 million in indebtedness of others, including $125.2 million under loss pool agreements. The Company estimated that its maximum loss exposure under these contracts was $52.8 million at September 30, 2011. Under the terms of these and various related agreements and upon the occurrence of certain events, the Company generally has the ability to, among other things, take possession of the underlying collateral. If the financial condition of the customers were to deteriorate and result in their inability to make payments, then additional accruals may be required. While the Company does not expect to experience losses under these agreements that are materially in excess of the amounts reserved, it cannot provide any assurance that the financial condition of the third parties will not deteriorate resulting in the third party’s inability to meet their obligations. In the event that this occurs, the Company cannot guarantee that the collateral underlying the agreements will be sufficient to avoid losses materially in excess of the amounts reserved. Any losses under these guarantees would generally be mitigated by the value of any underlying collateral, including financed equipment, and are generally subject to the finance company’s ability to provide the Company clear title to foreclosed equipment and other conditions. During periods of economic weakness, collateral values generally decline and can contribute to higher exposure to losses.
 
Changes in the Company’s credit guarantee liability were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at beginning of year	 	$	22.8	 	$	26.7	 	
Provision for new credit guarantees	 	0.3	 	0.5	 	
Settlements made	 	(3.0	)	(0.6	)	
Changes for pre-existing guarantees, net	 	(12.7	)	(2.7	)	
Amortization of previous guarantees	 	(1.2	)	(1.0	)	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	
Balance at end of year	 	$	6.1	 	$	22.8	 	
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company reached a settlement with a customer that resulted in the customer’s repayment of $28.3 million of loans supported by Company guarantees for which the Company had established specific credit loss reserves. Upon release of the guarantees, the Company reduced previously accrued reserves and increased pre-tax income by $8.1 million.
 
14.                                Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
The Company has used forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“derivatives”) to reduce the exchange rate risk of specific foreign currency denominated transactions. These derivatives typically require the exchange of a foreign currency for U.S. dollars at a fixed rate at a future date. At times, the Company has designated these hedges as either cash flow hedges or fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, as follows:
 
79 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Fair Value Hedging Strategy — The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge certain firm commitments denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Euro. The purpose of the Company’s foreign currency hedging activities is to protect the Company from risk that the eventual U.S. dollar-equivalent cash flows from the sale of products to international customers will be adversely affected by changes in the exchange rates.
 
Cash Flow Hedging Strategy — To protect against an increase in the cost of forecasted purchases of foreign-sourced component parts payable in Euro, the Company has a foreign currency cash flow hedging program. The Company hedges portions of its forecasted purchases denominated in Euro with forward contracts. When the U.S. dollar weakens against the Euro, increased foreign currency payments are offset by gains in the value of the forward contracts. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Euro, reduced foreign currency payments are offset by losses in the value of the forward contracts.
 
At September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no forward foreign exchange contracts designated as hedges.
 
To manage a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in LIBOR-based interest rates on its variable-rate debt, the Company entered into an amortizing interest rate swap agreement that effectively fixes the interest payments on a portion of the Company’s variable-rate debt. The swap has been designated as a cash flow hedge of 3-month LIBOR-based interest payments and, accordingly, derivative gains or losses are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are amortized to interest expense over the respective lives of the borrowings. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, $16.6 million, $41.6 million and $48.3 million of expense, respectively, was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as amortization of interest rate derivative gains and losses. At September 30, 2011, $2.1 million of net unrealized losses remained deferred in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the interest rate swap.
 
The Company has entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to create an economic hedge to manage foreign exchange risk exposure associated with non-functional currency denominated payables resulting from global sourcing activities. The Company has not designated these derivative contracts as hedge transactions under ASC Topic 815, and accordingly, the mark-to-market impact of these derivatives is recorded each period in current earnings. The fair value of foreign currency related derivatives is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in “Other current assets” and “Other current liabilities.” At September 30, 2011, the U.S. dollar equivalent of these outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts totaled $154.5 million in notional amounts, including $69.1 million in contracts to sell Euro, $65.0 million in contracts to sell Australian dollars, $18.2 million in contracts to sell U.K. pounds sterling and buy Euro with the remaining contracts covering a variety of foreign currencies.
 
Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments — The fair values of all open derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows (in millions):

 	 	September 30, 2011	 	September 30, 2010	 	
 	 	Other
Current
Assets	 	Other
Current
Liabilities	 	Other
Long-term
Liabilities	 	Other
Current
Assets	 	Other
Current
Liabilities	 	Other
Long-term
Liabilities	 	
Designated as hedging instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts	 	$	—	 	$	2.1	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	15.6	 	$	2.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Not designated as hedging instruments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	0.8	 	0.2	 	—	 	0.3	 	0.8	 	—	 	
 	 	$	0.8	 	$	2.3	 	$	—	 	$	0.3	 	$	16.4	 	$	2.8	 	
 
80 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The pre-tax effects of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations consisted of the following (in millions):

 	 	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	Classification of	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	Gains (Losses)	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Cash flow hedges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reclassified from other comprehensive income (effective portion):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts	 	Interest expense	 	$	(16.6	)	$	(40.7	)	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	Cost of sales	 	—	 	(0.3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Not designated as hedges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate contracts	 	Interest expense	 	—	 	(0.9	)	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	Miscellaneous, net	 	2.0	 	2.8	 	
 	 	 	 	$	(14.6	)	$	(39.1	)	
 
15.          Fair Value Measurement
 
FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. FASB ASC Topic 820 requires disclosures that categorize assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the assumptions (i.e., inputs) used in the valuation. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, while Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows:
 
Level 1:   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2:   Observable inputs other than quoted prices other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets.
 
Level 3:   Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
 
As of September 30, 2011, the fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency exchange derivatives (a)	 	$	—	 	$	0.8	 	$	—	 	$	0.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency exchange derivatives (a)	 	$	—	 	$	0.2	 	$	—	 	$	0.2	 	
Interest rate swaps (b)	 	—	 	2.1	 	—	 	2.1	 	
 	 	$	—	 	$	2.3	 	$	—	 	$	2.3	 	

(a)           Based on observable market transactions of forward currency prices.
(b)           Based on observable market transactions of forward LIBOR rates.
 
Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
In addition to items that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company also has assets and liabilities in its balance sheet that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. As these assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, they are not included in the tables above. Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a
 
81 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
nonrecurring basis include long-lived assets, including investments in affiliates, which are written down to fair value as a result of impairment (see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for impairments of long-lived assets and Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for impairments of intangible assets). The Company has determined that the fair value measurements related to each of these assets rely primarily on Company-specific inputs and the Company’s assumptions about the use of the assets, as observable inputs are not available. As such, the Company has determined that each of these fair value measurements reside within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
16.          Oshkosh Corporation Shareholders’ Equity
 
On August 12, 2009, the Company completed a public equity offering of 14,950,000 shares of Common Stock, which included the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option for 1,950,000 shares of Common Stock, at a price of $25.00 per share. The Company paid $15.1 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately $0.6 million of offering expenses. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of approximately $358.1 million to repay debt.
 
In July 1995, the Company authorized the buyback of up to 6,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. As of September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had purchased 2,769,210 shares of its Common Stock at an aggregate cost of $6.6 million. The Company is restricted by its Credit Agreement from buying back shares in certain situations. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding these restrictions.
 
17.          Stock Options, Nonvested Stock, Performance Shares and Common Stock Reserved
 
In February 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved the 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended (the “2009 Stock Plan”). The 2009 Stock Plan replaced the 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended (the “2004 Stock Plan”) and 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (the “1990 Stock Plan”). While no new awards will be granted under the 2004 Stock Plan and 1990 Stock Plan, awards previously made under these two plans that remained outstanding as of the approval date of the 2009 Stock Plan will remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the provisions of those plans.
 
Under the 2009 Stock Plan, officers, directors, including non-employee directors, and employees of the Company may be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SAR”), performance shares, performance units, shares of Common Stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSU”) or other stock-based awards. The 2009 Stock Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock at not less than the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 2009 Stock Plan become exercisable in equal installments over a three-year period, beginning with the first anniversary of the date of grant of the option, unless a shorter or longer duration is established by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors at the time of the option grant. Stock options terminate not more than seven years from the date of grant. Except for performance shares and performance units, vesting is based solely on continued service as an employee of the Company and generally vest upon retirement. At September 30, 2011, the Company had reserved 5,863,898 shares of Common Stock to provide for the exercise of outstanding stock options and the issuance of Common Stock under incentive compensation awards, including awards issued prior to the effective date of the 2009 Stock Plan.
 
The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock option, nonvested stock and performance share awards over the requisite service period for vesting of the award, or to an employee’s eligible retirement date, if earlier and applicable. Total stock-based compensation expense included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $15.5 million ($9.8 million net of tax), $14.7 million ($9.3 million net of tax) and $10.9 million ($6.9 million net of tax), respectively.
 
82 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Information related to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans in effect as of September 30, 2011 is as follows:

 	 	Number of Securities	 	 	 	Number of	 	
 	 	to be Issued Upon	 	Weighted-Average	 	Securities Remaining	 	
 	 	Exercise of Outstanding	 	Exercise Price of	 	Available for Future	 	
 	 	Options or Vesting of	 	Outstanding	 	Issuance Under Equity	 	
Plan Category 	 	Performance Share Awards	 	Options	 	Compensation Plans	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	5,518,314	 	$	30.72	 	345,584	 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	 	—	 	n/a	 	—	 	
 	 	5,518,314	 	$	30.72	 	345,584	 	
 
Stock Options — For fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded $11.4 million, $12.4 million and $10.0 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations associated with outstanding stock options.
 
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	
 	 	 	 	Average	 	 	 	Average	 	 	 	Average	 	
 	 	 	 	Exercise	 	 	 	Exercise	 	 	 	Exercise	 	
 	 	Options	 	Price	 	Options	 	Price	 	Options	 	Price	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding, beginning of year	 	5,158,370	 	$	30.32	 	5,330,109	 	$	28.03	 	4,324,372	 	$	26.90	 	
Options granted	 	411,575	 	20.90	 	954,350	 	28.96	 	1,200,000	 	30.82	 	
Options forfeited	 	(173,009	)	27.22	 	(39,836	)	27.46	 	(138,934	)	23.59	 	
Options expired	 	(118,199	)	47.46	 	(9,499	)	54.12	 	—	 	—	 	
Options exercised	 	(504,023	)	15.94	 	(1,076,754	)	17.66	 	(55,329	)	11.25	 	
Options outstanding, end of year	 	4,774,714	 	$	30.72	 	5,158,370	 	$	30.32	 	5,330,109	 	$	28.03	 	
Options exercisable, end of year	 	3,478,310	 	$	32.13	 	2,955,909	 	$	33.49	 	2,930,946	 	$	30.46	 	
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to value stock options utilizing the following weighted-average assumptions:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
Options Granted During	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assumptions:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	0.95%	 	1.45%	 	2.34%	 	
Expected volatility	 	63.88%	 	61.98%	 	61.19%	 	
Expected dividend yield	 	0.00%	 	0.00%	 	0.02%	 	
Expected term (in years)	 	5.23	 	5.28	 	5.23	 	
 
The Company used its historical stock prices as the basis for the Company’s volatility assumption. The assumed risk-free interest rates were based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of grant. The expected option term represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding and was based on historical experience. The weighted-average per share fair values for stock option grants during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $11.42, $15.69 and $16.67, respectively.
 
As of September 30, 2011, the Company had $9.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.
 
83 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2011 were as follows (in millions, except share and per share amounts):

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-Average	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Remaining	 	 	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	Contractual	 	Weighted-Average	 	Intrinsic	 	
Price Range	 	Outstanding	 	Life (in years)	 	Exercise Price	 	Value	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$	5.19	-	 	$	7.95	 	27,467	 	7.4	 	$	7.28	 	$	0.2	 	
$	12.04	-	 	$	19.75	 	1,415,948	 	6.2	 	14.65	 	3.3	 	
$	28.27	-	 	$	38.93	 	2,059,394	 	5.2	 	30.59	 	—	 	
$	39.91	-	 	$	54.63	 	1,271,905	 	5.1	 	49.32	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	4,774,714	 	5.5	 	$	30.72	 	$	3.5	 	
 
Stock options exercisable as of September 30, 2011 were as follows (in millions, except share and per share amounts):

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-Average	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Remaining	 	 	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Number	 	Contractual	 	Weighted-Average	 	Intrinsic	 	
Price Range	 	Exercisable	 	Life (in years)	 	Exercise Price	 	Value	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$	5.19	-	 	$	7.95	 	14,731	 	7.3	 	$	7.95	 	$	0.1	 	
$	12.04	-	 	$	19.75	 	1,047,948	 	5.9	 	13.03	 	3.3	 	
$	28.27	-	 	$	38.93	 	1,143,726	 	4.8	 	30.81	 	—	 	
$	39.91	-	 	$	54.63	 	1,271,905	 	5.1	 	49.32	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	3,478,310	 	5.3	 	$	32.13	 	$	3.4	 	
 
The aggregate intrinsic values in the tables above represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of fiscal 2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on September 30, 2011. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9.6 million, $22.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
 
Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $8.0 million, $19.0 million and $0.6 million for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The actual income tax benefit realized totaled $3.5 million, $8.4 million and $0.3 million for those same periods.
 
Nonvested Stock Awards — Compensation expense related to nonvested stock awards of $3.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.3 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had $4.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock awards, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.
 
84 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
A summary of the Company’s nonvested stock activity for the three years ended September 30, 2011 is as follows:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	
 	 	 	 	Average	 	 	 	Average	 	 	 	Average	 	
 	 	Number of	 	Grant Date	 	Number of	 	Grant Date	 	Number of	 	Grant Date	 	
 	 	Shares	 	Fair Value	 	Shares	 	Fair Value	 	Shares	 	Fair Value	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nonvested, beginning of year	 	128,907	 	$	30.22	 	2,935	 	$	53.40	 	63,816	 	$	51.91	 	
Granted	 	166,412	 	21.99	 	141,682	 	30.93	 	11,000	 	7.95	 	
Forfeited	 	(5,000	)	28.73	 	—	 	—	 	(542	)	54.85	 	
Vested	 	(61,704	)	32.12	 	(15,710	)	40.91	 	(71,339	)	45.04	 	
Nonvested, end of year	 	228,615	 	$	23.75	 	128,907	 	$	30.22	 	2,935	 	$	53.40	 	
 
The total fair value of shares vested during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.5 million, $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively.
 
Performance Share Awards — In fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted certain executives awards for an aggregate of 144,000, 75,000 and 134,500 performance shares, respectively, that vest at the end of the third fiscal year following the grant date. Executives earn performance shares only if the Company’s total shareholder return over the three years compares favorably to that of a comparator group of companies. As of September 30, 2011, 371,800 performance shares remain outstanding. Potential payouts range from zero to 200 percent of the target awards.
 
The grant date fair values of performance share awards were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model utilizing the following weighted-average assumptions:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
Performance Shares Granted During	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assumptions:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	0.29%	 	0.73%	 	1.48%	 	
Expected volatility	 	76.98%	 	79.86%	 	77.70%	 	
Expected term (in years)	 	3.00	 	3.00	 	3.00	 	
 
The Company used its historical stock prices as the basis for the Company’s volatility assumption. The assumed risk-free rates were based on U.S. Treasury rates in effect at the time of grant. The expected term is based on the vesting period. The weighted-average fair value for performance share awards granted during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9.75, $13.88 and $17.26 per award, respectively. Compensation expense of $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $0.6 million related to performance share awards was recorded in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights — In fiscal 2011, the Company granted 441,000 cash-settled SARs to employees. Each SAR award represents the right to receive cash equal to the excess of the per share price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date that a participant exercises such right over the grant date price of the Company’s Common Stock. Compensation cost for SARs is remeasured at each reporting period based on the estimated fair value on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option-pricing model, utilizing assumptions similar to stock option awards and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. SARs are subsequently remeasured at each interim reporting period based on a revised Black Scholes value. Upon vesting, the fair value of outstanding SARs will be equal to its intrinsic value.
 
Compensation expense related to SAR awards of $0.2 million in fiscal 2011 was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had $3.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to SAR awards, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
 
85 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units — In fiscal 2011, the Company granted 269,000 cash-settled RSUs to employees. Each RSU award provides recipients the right to receive cash equal to the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock at predetermined vesting dates. Compensation cost for RSUs is remeasured at each reporting period and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. Compensation expense related to RSUs of $0.1 million in fiscal 2011 was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had $4.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to RSUs, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
 
18.          Restructuring and Other Charges
 
As part of the Company’s actions to rationalize and optimize its global manufacturing footprint and in an effort to streamline operations, the Company announced in September 2010 that it was closing two JerrDan manufacturing facilities and relocating towing and recovery equipment production to other underutilized access equipment segment facilities. The Company largely completed these actions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 and the first quarter of fiscal 2011. As a result of the Company’s plan to put a leased facility back into use, the previously accrued liability for lease termination costs of $2.8 million was reversed to income in the second quarter of fiscal 2011.
 
In October 2010, the Company announced that its fire & emergency segment would be closing its Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles manufacturing facilities and integrating those operations into existing operations in Florida. The Company largely completed this action in the first quarter of fiscal 2011.
 
In January 2011, the Company initiated a plan to address continued weak market conditions in its access equipment segment in Europe. The plan included the consolidation of certain facilities and other cost reduction initiatives resulting in reductions in its workforce in Europe. In connection with this plan, the Company recorded statutorily or contractually required termination benefit costs in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company reached an agreement with the works councils on certain details of the plan, including the number of employees that will ultimately receive severance. As a result of employees voluntarily leaving the Company, the accrual was reduced throughout the remainder of fiscal 2011.
 
In January 2011, the Company announced that its fire & emergency segment would close its Medtec Ambulance Corporation manufacturing facilities and integrate those operations into existing operations in Florida. The Company largely completed this action in the third quarter of fiscal 2011.
 
In June 2011, the Company announced that its defense segment was closing its Oakes, North Dakota fabrication facility and consolidating operations into other existing Oshkosh facilities. Operations at Oakes concluded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.
 
86 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Pre-tax restructuring charges for fiscal years ended September 30 were as follows (in millions):

 	 	 	 	Selling,	 	 	 	
 	 	Cost of	 	General and	 	 	 	
 	 	Sales	 	Administrative	 	Total	 	
Fiscal 2011:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	3.7	 	$	—	 	$	3.7	 	
Access equipment	 	1.0	 	0.7	 	1.7	 	
Fire & emergency	 	0.3	 	1.6	 	1.9	 	
Commercial	 	0.1	 	0.3	 	0.4	 	
 	 	$	5.1	 	$	2.6	 	$	7.7	 	

Fiscal 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	0.5	 	$	—	 	$	0.5	 	
Access equipment	 	8.3	 	0.3	 	8.6	 	
Fire & emergency	 	3.8	 	—	 	3.8	 	
Commercial	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	$	12.6	 	$	0.3	 	$	12.9	 	
 
Changes in the Company’s restructuring reserves, included within “Other current liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Employee	 	Property,	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Severance and	 	Plant and	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Termination	 	Equipment	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Benefits	 	Impairment	 	Other	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Original reserve	 	$	5.3	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	5.3	 	
Restructuring provisions	 	1.2	 	8.5	 	3.2	 	12.9	 	
Utilized - cash	 	(4.5	)	—	 	—	 	(4.5	)	
Utilized - noncash	 	—	 	(8.5	)	—	 	(8.5	)	
Currency	 	(0.4	)	—	 	—	 	(0.4	)	
Balance at September 30, 2010	 	1.6	 	—	 	3.2	 	4.8	 	
Restructuring provisions	 	6.8	 	3.4	 	(2.5	)	7.7	 	
Utilized - cash	 	(5.4	)	—	 	(0.7	)	(6.1	)	
Utilized - noncash	 	—	 	(3.4	)	—	 	(3.4	)	
Currency	 	0.6	 	—	 	—	 	0.6	 	
Balance at September 30, 2011	 	$	3.6	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	3.6	 	
 
19.          Employee Benefit Plans
 
Pension Plans — Oshkosh and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor multiple defined benefit pension plans covering certain Oshkosh, JLG and Pierce employees. The benefits provided are based primarily on average compensation, years of service and date of birth. Hourly plans are generally based on years of service and a benefit dollar multiplier. The Company periodically amends the hourly plans, changing the benefit dollar multipliers. Plan amendments in fiscal 2011 to the U.S. pension plan include the impact of an increase in the monthly benefit multiplier agreed to under a new five-year contract with the United Auto Workers union in October 2011.
 
87 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Postretirement Plans — Oshkosh and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor multiple postretirement benefit plans covering Oshkosh, JLG and Kewaunee retirees and their spouses. The plans generally provide health benefits based on years of service and date of birth. These plans are unfunded.
 
The changes in benefit obligations and plan assets as well as the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Pension Benefits	 	Postretirement	 	
 	 	U.S. Plans	 	Non-U.S. Plans	 	Health and Other	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2011	 	2010	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	$	308.1	 	$	246.2	 	$	13.6	 	$	13.8	 	$	77.7	 	$	64.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in benefit obligation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at October 1	 	$	269.7	 	$	227.3	 	$	13.9	 	$	11.7	 	$	64.8	 	$	55.0	 	
Service cost	 	16.0	 	13.0	 	0.6	 	0.6	 	4.5	 	4.1	 	
Interest cost	 	13.2	 	11.8	 	0.7	 	0.6	 	3.0	 	2.8	 	
Actuarial loss (gain)	 	34.5	 	18.7	 	(1.3	)	1.4	 	6.5	 	3.9	 	
Participant contributions	 	—	 	—	 	0.1	 	0.1	 	—	 	—	 	
Plan amendments	 	10.9	 	3.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Curtailments	 	—	 	0.6	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Benefits paid	 	(5.4	)	(4.7	)	(0.2	)	(0.4	)	(1.1	)	(1.0	)	
Currency translation adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	—	 	—	 	
Benefit obligation at September 30	 	$	338.9	 	$	269.7	 	$	13.7	 	$	13.9	 	$	77.7	 	$	64.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in plan assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at October 1	 	$	176.7	 	$	137.5	 	$	15.4	 	$	10.3	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Actual return on plan assets	 	0.8	 	13.5	 	0.7	 	1.2	 	—	 	—	 	
Company contributions	 	25.5	 	30.4	 	0.4	 	4.3	 	1.1	 	1.0	 	
Participant contributions	 	—	 	—	 	0.1	 	0.1	 	—	 	—	 	
Benefits paid	 	(5.4	)	(4.7	)	(0.2	)	(0.4	)	(1.1	)	(1.0	)	
Currency translation adjustments	 	—	 	—	 	(0.1	)	(0.1	)	—	 	—	 	
Fair value of plan assets at September 30	 	$	197.6	 	$	176.7	 	$	16.3	 	$	15.4	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Funded status of plan - (under) over funded	 	$	(141.3	)	$	(93.0	)	$	2.6	 	$	1.5	 	$	(77.7	)	$	(64.8	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recognized in consolidated balance sheet at September 30	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prepaid benefit cost (long-term asset)	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	2.6	 	$	1.5	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Accrued benefit liability (current liability)	 	(5.2	)	(0.4	)	—	 	—	 	(2.8	)	(2.4	)	
Accrued benefit liability (long-term liability)	 	(136.1	)	(92.6	)	—	 	—	 	(74.9	)	(62.4	)	
 	 	$	(141.3	)	$	(93.0	)	$	2.6	 	$	1.5	 	$	(77.7	)	$	(64.8	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30 (net of taxes)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial (loss) gain	 	$	(96.4	)	$	(71.0	)	$	0.4	 	$	(0.3	)	$	(18.5	)	$	(15.1	)	
Prior service cost	 	(16.2	)	(10.5	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	$	(112.6	)	$	(81.5	)	$	0.4	 	$	(0.3	)	$	(18.5	)	$	(15.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average assumptions as of September 30	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	 	4.70	%	4.75	%	5.20	%	5.10	%	4.45	%	4.75	%	
Expected return on plan assets	 	7.00	%	7.75	%	5.80	%	6.50	%	n/a	 	n/a	 	
Rate of compensation increase	 	3.69	%	3.81	%	4.20	%	4.20	%	n/a	 	n/a	 	
 
88 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Pension benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets consisted of the following as of September 30 (in millions):

 	 	U.S. Plans	 	Non-U.S. Plans	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation	 	$	338.9	 	$	269.7	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	308.1	 	246.2	 	—	 	—	 	
Fair value of plan assets	 	197.6	 	176.7	 	—	 	—	 	

The components of net periodic benefit cost for fiscal years ended September 30 were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Pension Benefits	 	Postretirement	 	
 	 	U.S. Plans	 	Non-U.S. Plans	 	Health and Other	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Components of net periodic benefit cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service cost	 	$	17.4	 	$	15.4	 	$	10.3	 	$	0.6	 	$	0.6	 	$	0.4	 	$	4.5	 	$	4.1	 	$	2.0	 	
Interest cost	 	13.2	 	11.8	 	11.1	 	0.7	 	0.6	 	0.5	 	3.0	 	2.8	 	2.2	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	(14.9	)	(12.3	)	(11.2	)	(1.0	)	(0.7	)	(0.5	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	1.9	 	2.1	 	1.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Curtailment	 	1.5	 	0.6	 	0.9	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)	 	5.6	 	4.1	 	2.5	 	—	 	—	 	(0.1	)	1.1	 	0.9	 	—	 	
Net periodic benefit cost	 	$	24.7	 	$	21.7	 	$	14.9	 	$	0.3	 	$	0.5	 	$	0.3	 	$	8.6	 	$	7.8	 	$	4.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial loss (gain)	 	$	47.2	 	$	15.6	 	$	32.3	 	$	(1.0	)	$	1.0	 	$	2.1	 	$	6.5	 	$	3.9	 	$	15.9	 	
Prior service cost	 	10.9	 	3.0	 	3.3	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	(1.9	)	(2.0	)	(1.3	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss	 	(7.1	)	(4.7	)	(2.5	)	—	 	—	 	0.1	 	(1.1	)	(0.9	)	(0.1	)	
 	 	$	49.1	 	$	11.9	 	$	31.8	 	$	(1.0	)	$	1.0	 	$	2.2	 	$	5.4	 	$	3.0	 	$	15.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average assumptions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	 	4.75	%	5.25	%	6.00	%	5.10	%	5.50	%	7.00	%	4.75	%	5.25	%	6.00	%	
Expected return on plan assets	 	7.75	%	7.75	%	7.75	%	6.50	%	6.50	%	6.00	%	n/a	 	n/a	 	n/a	 	
Rate of compensation increase	 	3.93	%	4.29	%	4.20	%	4.20	%	4.30	%	4.40	%	n/a	 	n/a	 	n/a	 	
 
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at September 30, 2011 are prior service costs of $2.3 million ($1.5 million net of tax) and unrecognized net actuarial losses of $7.3 million ($4.6 million net of tax) expected to be recognized in pension and supplemental employee retirement plan net periodic benefit costs during fiscal 2012.
 
The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the Company was 9.0% in fiscal 2011, declining to 5.5% in fiscal 2018. If the health care cost trend rate was increased by 100 basis points, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at September 30, 2011 would increase by $10.4 million and net periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2011 would increase by $1.9 million. A corresponding decrease of 100 basis points would decrease the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at September 30, 2011 by $8.6 million and net periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2011 would decrease by $1.6 million.
 
The Company’s Board of Directors has appointed an Investment Committee (“Committee”) to manage the investment of the Company’s pension plan assets. The Committee has established and operates under an Investment Policy. The Committee determines the asset allocation and target ranges based upon periodic asset/liability studies and capital market projections. The Committee retains external investment managers to invest the assets and an advisor to monitor the performance of the investment managers. The Investment Policy prohibits certain investment transactions, such as commodity contracts, margin transactions, short selling and investments in Company securities, unless the Committee gives prior approval.
 
89 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The weighted-average of the Company’s pension plan asset allocations and target allocations at September 30, by asset category, were as follows:
 
U.S. Plans

 	 	Target %	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Asset Category	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed income	 	30% - 40%	 	43	%	46	%	
Large-cap growth	 	25% - 35%	 	30	%	26	%	
Large-cap value	 	5% - 15%	 	9	%	8	%	
Mid-cap value	 	5% - 15%	 	8	%	10	%	
Small-cap value	 	5% - 15%	 	10	%	10	%	
Venture capital	 	0% - 5%	 	0	%	0	%	
 	 	 	 	100	%	100	%	
 
Non-U.S. Plans

 	 	Target %	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Asset Category	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed income	 	0%	 	3	%	0	%	
Government bonds	 	20%	 	21	%	10	%	
Corporate bonds	 	15%	 	16	%	8	%	
UK equities	 	25%	 	27	%	40	%	
Non-UK equities	 	35%	 	28	%	42	%	
UK real estate	 	5%	 	5	%	0	%	
 	 	 	 	100	%	100	%	
 
The plans’ investment strategy is based on an expectation that, over time, equity securities will provide higher total returns than debt securities. The plans primarily minimize the risk of large losses through diversification of investments by asset class, by investing in different styles of investment management within the classes and by using a number of different investment managers. The Committee monitors the asset allocation and investment performance monthly, with a more comprehensive quarterly review with its advisor and annual reviews with each investment manager.
 
The plans’ expected return on assets is based on management’s and the Committee’s expectations of long-term average rates of return to be achieved by the plans’ investments. These expectations are based on the plans’ historical returns and expected returns for the asset classes in which the plans are invested.
 
The fair value of plan assets by major category and level within the fair value hierarchy was as follows (in millions):

 	 	 	 	Significant	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Quoted Prices	 	Other	 	Significant	 	 	 	
 	 	for Identical	 	Observable	 	Unobservable	 	 	 	
 	 	Assets	 	Inputs	 	Inputs	 	 	 	
 	 	(Level 1)	 	(Level 2)	 	(Level 3)	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	
September 30, 2011:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stocks	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. companies	 	$	104.2	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	104.2	 	
International companies	 	—	 	14.6	 	—	 	14.6	 	
Government and agency bonds	 	3.8	 	35.6	 	—	 	39.4	 	
Municipal bonds	 	—	 	0.1	 	—	 	0.1	 	
Corporate bonds and notes	 	—	 	43.8	 	—	 	43.8	 	
Money market funds	 	11.7	 	—	 	—	 	11.7	 	
Venture capital closely held limited partnership	 	—	 	—	 	0.1	 	0.1	 	
 	 	$	119.7	 	$	94.1	 	$	0.1	 	$	213.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
September 30, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stocks	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. companies	 	$	90.5	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	90.5	 	
International companies	 	—	 	15.1	 	—	 	15.1	 	
Government and agency bonds	 	13.1	 	18.7	 	—	 	31.8	 	
Municipal bonds	 	—	 	0.1	 	—	 	0.1	 	
Corporate bonds and notes	 	—	 	25.8	 	—	 	25.8	 	
Money market funds	 	28.7	 	—	 	—	 	28.7	 	
Venture capital closely held limited partnership	 	—	 	—	 	0.1	 	0.1	 	
 	 	$	132.3	 	$	59.7	 	$	0.1	 	$	192.1	 	
 
90 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The change in the fair value of the Master Pension Trust’s Level 3 investment assets during fiscal 2011 was not significant.
 
The Company’s policy is to fund the pension plans in amounts that comply with contribution limits imposed by law. The Company expects to contribute approximately $40.0 million to its pension plans and an additional $3.0 million to its postretirement benefit plans in fiscal 2012. However, based on returns on the plans’ investments and the Company’s cash flows, the Company may contribute more than these ranges in fiscal 2012 to reduce the underfunded status of certain plans.
 
The Company’s estimated future benefit payments under Company sponsored plans were as follows (in millions):

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Other	 	
Fiscal Year Ending	 	Pension Benefits	 	Postretirement	 	
September 30,	 	U.S. Plans	 	Non-U.S. Plans	 	Non-Qualified	 	Benefits	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2012	 	$	6.0	 	$	0.2	 	$	5.2	 	$	2.8	 	
2013	 	6.8	 	0.2	 	1.3	 	3.1	 	
2014	 	7.6	 	0.2	 	1.3	 	2.9	 	
2015	 	8.5	 	0.2	 	1.3	 	3.4	 	
2016	 	9.7	 	0.2	 	1.3	 	4.1	 	
2017-2021	 	71.6	 	1.2	 	9.2	 	31.3	 	

401(k) Plans - The Company has defined contribution 401(k) plans covering substantially all domestic employees. The plans allow employees to defer 2% to 100% of their income on a pre-tax basis. Each employee who elects to participate is eligible to receive Company matching contributions which are based on employee contributions to the plans, subject to certain limitations. Amounts expensed for Company matching and discretionary contributions were $10.6 million and $5.1 million in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company recognized income of $1.0 million in fiscal 2009 as actual payments under the discretionary portion of the plan were less than amounts accrued in the previous year and as a result of the Company’s discontinuation of matching contributions in March 2009 for most employees. In April 2010, the Company reinstituted matching contributions for most employees.
 
20.          Income Taxes
 
Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations was taxed in the following jurisdictions (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	 	$	416.9	 	$	1,252.7	 	$	(925.3	)	
Foreign	 	(0.4	)	(41.2	)	(252.9	)	
 	 	$	416.5	 	$	1,211.5	 	$	(1,178.2	)	
 
91 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Significant components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Allocated to Income (Loss) From Continuing Operations Before Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated Affiliates	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	$	149.2	 	$	463.4	 	$	37.8	 	
Foreign	 	0.7	 	7.8	 	1.9	 	
State	 	3.7	 	13.8	 	1.7	 	
Total current	 	153.6	 	485.0	 	41.4	 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	(14.2	)	(59.5	)	(40.0	)	
Foreign	 	4.6	 	(9.4	)	(12.2	)	
State	 	(0.4	)	(1.8	)	(1.8	)	
Total deferred	 	(10.0	)	(70.7	)	(54.0	)	
 	 	$	143.6	 	$	414.3	 	$	(12.6	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocated to Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred federal, state and foreign	 	$	(14.5	)	$	10.5	 	$	(21.9	)	
 
The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense was:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Effective Rate Reconciliation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. federal tax / benefit rate	 	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%	
Non-deductible intangible asset impairment charges	 	0.1	 	0.3	 	(33.1	)	
State income taxes, net	 	0.8	 	1.0	 	(0.3	)	
Foreign taxes	 	(0.6	)	(0.1	)	(0.4	)	
Tax audit settlements	 	—	 	(1.3	)	—	 	
European tax incentive	 	(0.9	)	0.6	 	(1.5	)	
Worthless stock deduction	 	—	 	—	 	0.9	 	
Valuation allowance	 	1.4	 	0.3	 	(0.2	)	
Domestic tax credits	 	(1.5	)	(0.1	)	0.3	 	
Manufacturing deduction	 	(1.1	)	(2.0	)	0.2	 	
Other, net	 	1.3	 	0.5	 	0.2	 	
 	 	34.5	%	34.2	%	1.1	%	
 
In fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a $2.7 million benefit due to the reinstatement of the U.S. research & development tax credit for periods prior to fiscal 2011. The fiscal 2010 research & development tax credit included only one-fourth of the annual benefit because of the timing of the credit reinstatement. During fiscal 2010, the Company settled a number of income tax audits which resulted in a $15.4 million reduction in fiscal 2010 income tax expense, of which $11.5 million related to acquisition tax contingencies.
 
The Company is party to a tax incentive agreement (“incentive”) covering certain of its European operations. The incentive provides for a reduction in the Company’s effective income tax rate through allowable deductions that are subject to recapture to the extent that certain conditions are not met, including a requirement to have minimum cumulative operating income over a multiple-year period ending in fiscal 2013. The Company recorded (income recapture) tax deductions under the incentive of €7.8 million, €(15.9) million and €(38.7) million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which resulted in additional (tax) benefit of $3.7 million, $(7.3) million and $(17.3) million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Life-to-date, the Company has recorded €10.0 million of cumulative net deductions which are subject to recapture provisions
 
92 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
should certain minimum income and other requirements not be met. Should the Company reach the maximum level of cumulative operating income under the incentive, aggregate additional unbenefitted deductions of €103.5 million would be available to offset the Company’s future taxable income, although the amount of deductions allowed in any particular tax year are limited by the incentive.
 
In fiscal 2009, the Company made an election with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to treat Windmill Ventures, the Company’s European holding company parent of Geesink, as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result of this election, the Company recorded a $71.5 million worthless stock/bad debt income tax benefit, of which $10.5 million related to Windmill Ventures continuing operations and $61.0 million related to Geesink and BAI and has been included in discontinued operations.
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were comprised of the following (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	$	112.6	 	$	86.6	 	
Net operating losses	 	57.4	 	63.6	 	
Accrued warranty	 	23.8	 	28.2	 	
Other current liabilities	 	20.8	 	28.9	 	
Other long-term assets	 	—	 	8.2	 	
Payroll-related obligations	 	15.7	 	19.5	 	
Receivables	 	15.2	 	16.2	 	
Other	 	0.4	 	0.4	 	
Gross deferred tax assets	 	245.9	 	251.6	 	
Less valuation allowance	 	(39.5	)	(36.4	)	
Deferred tax assets	 	206.4	 	215.2	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	 	241.2	 	259.1	 	
Investment in unconsolidated partnership	 	5.3	 	9.1	 	
Property, plant and equipment	 	48.8	 	44.2	 	
Other	 	9.5	 	5.7	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	304.8	 	318.1	 	
Net deferred tax liability	 	$	(98.4	)	$	(102.9	)	
 
The net deferred tax liability is classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows (in millions):

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current net deferred tax asset	 	$	72.9	 	$	86.7	 	
Non-current net deferred tax liability	 	(171.3	)	(189.6	)	
 	 	$	(98.4	)	$	(102.9	)	
 
As of September 30, 2011, the Company had $178.0 million of net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income of certain foreign subsidiaries that are primarily from countries with carryforward periods ranging from five years to an unlimited period. In addition, the Company had $169.9 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, which are subject to expiration from 2014 to 2031. The deferred tax assets for foreign and state net operating loss carryforwards were $48.1 million and $9.3 million, respectively, and are reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversals of existing temporary differences, tax-planning strategies and projections of future
 
93 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
taxable income. As a result of this analysis, the Company carried a valuation allowance as of September 30, 2011 against the foreign and state deferred tax assets of $35.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
 
The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign operations that are intended to be permanently reinvested. At September 30, 2011, these earnings amounted to $42.0 million. If these earnings were repatriated to the United States, the Company would be required to accrue and pay U.S. federal income taxes and foreign withholding taxes, as adjusted for foreign tax credits. Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability on these earnings is not practicable.
 
As of September 30, 2011, the Company’s liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding related interest and penalties, was $54.4 million. As of September 30, 2011, net unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, of $43.4 million would affect the Company’s net income if recognized, $23.3 million of which would impact net income from continuing operations. As of September 30, 2010, net unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, of $44.0 million would have affected the Company’s net income if recognized, $23.9 million of which would have impacted net income from continuing operations. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits during fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 were as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at beginning of year	 	$	52.1	 	$	63.8	 	
Additions for tax positions related to current year	 	4.0	 	5.1	 	
Additions for tax positions related to prior years	 	4.0	 	11.5	 	
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	 	(0.3	)	(2.8	)	
Settlements	 	(2.0	)	(19.7	)	
Lapse of statute of limitations	 	(4.5	)	(5.8	)	
Balance at end of year	 	$	53.3	 	$	52.1	 	
 
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in the “Provision for (benefit from) income taxes” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $(1.7) million, $(0.9) million and $2.4 million in interest and penalties, respectively. At September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company had accruals for the payment of interest and penalties of $14.1 million and $12.0 million, respectively. During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that federal, state and foreign tax audit resolutions could reduce unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $13.4 million, either because the Company’s tax positions are sustained on audit, because the Company agrees to their disallowance or the statute of limitations closes.
 
The Company files federal income tax returns, as well as multiple state, local and non-U.S. jurisdiction tax returns. The Company is regularly audited by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. During fiscal 2011, the Company was under audit by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service for the taxable years ended September 30, 2008 and 2009. As of September 30, 2011, tax years open for examination under applicable statutes were as follows:

Tax Jurisdiction	 	Open Tax Years	 	
Australia	 	2007 — 2011	 	
Belgium	 	2010 — 2011	 	
Brazil	 	2005 — 2011	 	
Canada	 	2006 — 2011	 	
Romania	 	2006 — 2011	 	
The Netherlands	 	2005 — 2011	 	
United States (federal)	 	2008 — 2011	 	
United States (state and local)	 	2002 — 2011	 	
 
94 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
21.          Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
The computation of basic and diluted weighted-average shares used in the denominator of the per share calculations was as follows:

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic weighted-average shares outstanding	 	90,888,253	 	89,947,873	 	76,473,930	 	
Effect of dilutive stock options and equity-based compensation awards	 	685,107	 	1,006,868	 	—	 	
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding	 	91,573,360	 	90,954,741	 	76,473,930	 	
 
Options to purchase 2,294,124 and 1,425,155 shares of Common Stock were outstanding in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders because the exercise price of the options were greater than the average market price of the shares of Common Stock and therefore would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 4,327,116 shares of Common Stock and 190,175 nonvested shares were outstanding during fiscal 2009, but were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders because the net loss for the period caused all potentially dilutive shares to be anti-dilutive.
 
Income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation common shareholders was as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations, net of tax	 	$	273.4	 	$	792.9	 	$	(1,167.0	)	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	—	 	(2.9	)	68.2	 	
 	 	$	273.4	 	$	790.0	 	$	(1,098.8	)	
 
22.          Contingencies, Significant Estimates and Concentrations
 
Environmental - As part of its routine business operations, the Company disposes of and recycles or reclaims certain industrial waste materials, chemicals and solvents at third-party disposal and recycling facilities, which are licensed by appropriate governmental agencies. In some instances, these facilities have been and may be designated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or a state environmental agency for remediation. Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, each potentially responsible party (“PRP”) that contributed hazardous substances may be jointly and severally liable for the costs associated with cleaning up these sites. Typically, PRPs negotiate a resolution with the EPA and/or the state environmental agencies. PRPs also negotiate with each other regarding allocation of the cleanup costs.
 
The Company had reserves of $2.1 million and $1.9 million for losses related to environmental matters that were probable and estimable at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The amount recorded for identified contingent liabilities is based on estimates. Amounts recorded are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating certain exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future contingent liability costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with these matters in excess of the amounts recorded will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
95 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Personal Injury Actions and Other - Product and general liability claims arise against the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company is generally self-insured for future claims up to $3.0 million per claim. Accordingly, a reserve is maintained for the estimated costs of such claims. At September 30, 2011 and 2010, the reserve for product and general liability claims was $41.7 million and $44.4 million, respectively, based on available information. There is inherent uncertainty as to the eventual resolution of unsettled claims. Management, however, believes that any losses in excess of established reserves will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Market Risks - The Company was contingently liable under bid, performance and specialty bonds totaling $284.0 million and open standby letters of credit issued by the Company’s banks in favor of third parties totaling $27.9 million at September 30, 2011.
 
Other Matters - The Company is subject to other environmental matters and legal proceedings and claims, including patent, antitrust, product liability, warranty and state dealership regulation compliance proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the final results of all such matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.
 
On January 8, 2010, Control Solutions LLC (“Control Solutions”) brought suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois for breach of express contract, breach of implied-in-fact contract, unjust enrichment and promissory estoppel related to the Company’s contract to supply the DoD with M-ATVs. Control Solutions has asserted damages in the amount of $190.3 million. On October 3, 2011, following written and oral discovery, the Company moved for summary judgment. On that same date, Control Solutions filed a cross-motion for summary judgment. The Company’s and Control Solutions’ response briefs have been filed with the Court. While this case is in the early stages of litigation and its outcome cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of this claim will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.
 
At September 30, 2011, approximately 26% of the Company’s workforce was covered under collective bargaining agreements.
 
The Company derived a significant portion of its revenue from the DoD, as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
DoD	 	$	4,136.8	 	$	7,054.7	 	$	2,738.9	 	
Foreign military sales	 	74.3	 	28.3	 	26.8	 	
Total DoD sales	 	$	4,211.1	 	$	7,083.0	 	$	2,765.7	 	
 
No other customer represented more than 10% of sales for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009.
 
Certain risks are inherent in doing business with the DoD, including technological changes and changes in levels of defense spending. All DoD contracts contain a provision that they may be terminated at any time at the convenience of the government. In such an event, the Company is entitled to recover allowable costs plus a reasonable profit earned to the date of termination.
 
Major contracts for military systems are performed over extended periods of time and are subject to changes in scope of work and delivery schedules. Pricing negotiations on changes and settlement of claims often extend over prolonged periods of time. The Company’s ultimate profitability on such contracts may depend on the eventual outcome of an equitable settlement of contractual issues with the Company’s customers.
 
96 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Because the Company is a relatively large defense contractor, the Company’s government contract operations are subject to extensive annual audit processes and to U.S. government investigations of business practices and cost classifications from which legal or administrative proceedings can result. Based on government procurement regulations, under certain circumstances the Company could be fined, as well as suspended or debarred from government contracting. During a suspension or debarment, the Company would also be prohibited from selling equipment or services to customers that depend on loans or financial commitments from the Export Import Bank, Overseas Private Investment Corporation and similar government agencies.
 
In August 2009, the DoD awarded the Company the contract to be the sole producer of FMTVs under the U.S. Army’s FMTV Rebuy program. This was an important contract for the Company to win due to high unfulfilled requirements of the DoD’s authorized acquisition objective (or maximum acquisition quantity) under the FMTV program, while the Company’s FHTV program was nearing fulfillment of its authorized acquisition objective. After a lengthy protest, the DoD ordered trucks in the first contract year at a level approximately three times higher than the likely amount communicated by the DoD in the request for proposal due to favorable pricing on the program and prior to a scheduled contractual price increase. As a result, when the Company initiated production, the Company incurred higher than planned costs to hire and train more than 500 additional employees than anticipated and was required to purchase additional equipment and tooling, as well as deliver vehicles at lower pricing than expected. The Company also experienced issues associated with building to the DoD’s technical data package, which did not accurately reflect the current configuration of the trucks and trailers, and complying with new requirements in the contract, among other issues. The Company began delivering vehicles under this contract in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. While the Company worked through these issues, it incurred unplanned start-up costs of $43.0 million in fiscal 2011 and reported a total loss on the contract for the year of $44.4 million. The Company expects to continue to incur costs in excess of revenues on the FMTV contract through the first quarter of fiscal 2012, although at amounts lower than in fiscal 2011, but expects its FMTV sales beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 to be profitable. The Company has eleven integrated project teams working to improve its performance on this contract. This is a top priority for management and is increasingly important as FMTV sales rise as a percentage of total defense sales in fiscal years 2012 and 2013.
 
The Company expects that FMTV program revenues for production beyond September 30, 2011 on orders received to-date will exceed expected costs and, therefore, has not recorded a charge for a loss contract. In evaluating the profitability under the FMTV contract, it is necessary to estimate future material and production costs. Management cost assumptions include estimates for future increases in the costs of materials, reductions in ramp-up costs, targeted cost savings and production efficiencies. There are inherent uncertainties related to these estimates. Small changes in estimates can have a significant impact on profitability under the contract. For example, a 1% escalation in material costs over the Company’s projection for FMTV orders currently in backlog would increase the cost of materials by approximately $24 million. Although this amount is less than the expected future profitability, it would significantly reduce the expected future gross margins on orders currently in backlog. It is possible that other assumptions underlying the analysis could change in such a manner that the Company would determine in the future that this is a loss contract, which could result in a material charge to earnings.
 
23.          Business Segment Information
 
The Company is organized into four reportable segments based on the internal organization used by management for making operating decisions and measuring performance and based on the similarity of customers served, common management, common use of facilities and economic results attained. The Company’s segments are as follows:
 
Defense : This segment consists of a division of Oshkosh that manufactures tactical trucks and supply parts and services for the U.S. military and for other militaries around the world. Sales to the DoD accounted for 93.5%, 96.9% and 96.9%  of the segment’s sales for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Access Equipment : This segment consists of JLG and JerrDan. JLG manufactures aerial work platforms and telehandlers used in a wide variety of construction, industrial, institutional and general maintenance applications to position workers and materials at elevated heights for sale worldwide. Access equipment customers include equipment rental companies, construction contractors, manufacturing companies, home improvement centers and the U.S. military. JerrDan manufactures and markets towing and recovery equipment in the U.S. and abroad.
 
97 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Fire & Emergency : This segment includes Pierce, the aircraft rescue and firefighting and snow removal divisions of Oshkosh, Kewaunee and SMIT. These units manufacture and market commercial and custom fire vehicles, broadcast vehicles and emergency vehicles primarily for fire departments, airports, other governmental units, hospitals and other care providers and broadcast stations in the U.S. and abroad.
 
Commercial : This segment includes McNeilus, CON-E-CO, London, IMT and the commercial division of Oshkosh. McNeilus, CON-E-CO, London and Oshkosh manufacture, market and distribute concrete mixers, portable concrete batch plants and vehicle and vehicle body components. McNeilus manufactures, markets and distributes refuse collection vehicles and components. IMT is a manufacturer of field service vehicles and truck-mounted cranes for niche markets. Sales are made primarily to commercial and municipal customers in the Americas.
 
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting , for purposes of business segment performance measurement, the Company does not allocate to individual business segments costs or items that are of a non-operating nature or organizational or functional expenses of a corporate nature. The caption “Corporate” includes corporate office expenses, including share-based compensation and results of insignificant operations. Identifiable assets of the business segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, certain property, plant and equipment and certain other assets pertaining to corporate activities. Intersegment sales generally include amounts invoiced by a segment for work performed for another segment. Amounts are based on actual work performed and agreed-upon pricing which is intended to be reflective of the contribution made by the supplying business segment. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Selected financial information concerning the Company’s product lines and reportable segments is as follows (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
 	 	External	 	Inter-	 	Net	 	External	 	Inter-	 	Net	 	External	 	Inter-	 	Net	 	
 	 	Customers	 	segment	 	Sales	 	Customers	 	segment	 	Sales	 	Customers	 	segment	 	Sales	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	4,359.9	 	$	5.3	 	$	4,365.2	 	$	7,151.3	 	$	10.4	 	$	7,161.7	 	$	2,585.9	 	$	8.9	 	$	2,594.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Access equipment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Aerial work platforms	 	978.5	 	—	 	978.5	 	561.1	 	—	 	561.1	 	470.2	 	—	 	470.2	 	
Telehandlers	 	552.4	 	—	 	552.4	 	342.8	 	—	 	342.8	 	289.8	 	—	 	289.8	 	
Other (a)	 	413.2	 	108.0	 	521.2	 	362.9	 	1,745.1	 	2,108.0	 	371.6	 	93.9	 	465.5	 	
Total access equipment	 	1,944.1	 	108.0	 	2,052.1	 	1,266.8	 	1,745.1	 	3,011.9	 	1,131.6	 	93.9	 	1,225.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fire & emergency	 	782.3	 	18.0	 	800.3	 	892.9	 	23.1	 	916.0	 	1,017.0	 	25.3	 	1,042.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Concrete placement	 	169.6	 	—	 	169.6	 	174.1	 	—	 	174.1	 	144.9	 	1.1	 	146.0	 	
Refuse collection	 	249.6	 	—	 	249.6	 	305.7	 	—	 	305.7	 	317.6	 	9.0	 	326.6	 	
Other	 	79.2	 	66.5	 	145.7	 	51.6	 	90.7	 	142.3	 	56.1	 	61.3	 	117.4	 	
Total commercial	 	498.4	 	66.5	 	564.9	 	531.4	 	90.7	 	622.1	 	518.6	 	71.4	 	590.0	 	
Intersegment eliminations	 	—	 	(197.8	)	(197.8	)	—	 	(1,869.3	)	(1,869.3	)	—	 	(199.5	)	(199.5	)	
Consolidated	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	—	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	—	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	5,253.1	 	$	—	 	$	5,253.1	 	

(a)           Access equipment intersegment sales are comprised of assembly of M-ATV crew capsules and complete vehicles for the defense segment. The access equipment segment invoices the defense segment for work under this contract, which was initiated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. These sales are eliminated in consolidation.
 
98 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	543.0	 	$	1,320.7	 	$	403.3	 	
Access equipment (a)	 	65.3	 	97.3	 	(1,159.1	)	
Fire & emergency (b)	 	(8.2	)	57.6	 	51.2	 	
Commercial (c)	 	3.9	 	19.4	 	(183.7	)	
Corporate	 	(107.1	)	(99.0	)	(89.6	)	
Intersegment eliminations	 	4.0	 	(1.9	)	(1.6	)	
Consolidated	 	500.9	 	1,394.1	 	(979.5	)	
Interest expense net of interest income	 	(86.0	)	(183.6	)	(207.5	)	
Miscellaneous other income	 	1.6	 	1.0	 	8.8	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	$	416.5	 	$	1,211.5	 	$	(1,178.2	)	

(a)           Fiscal 2009 results include non-cash goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $941.7 million.
(b)          Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 results include non-cash goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $4.8 million, $23.3 million and $64.2 million, respectively.
(c)           Fiscal 2010 and 2009 results include non-cash goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $2.3 million and $184.3 million, respectively.

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Depreciation and amortization: (a)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	26.7	 	$	17.6	 	$	12.5	 	
Access equipment	 	84.1	 	95.4	 	91.7	 	
Fire & emergency	 	13.0	 	16.2	 	14.4	 	
Commercial	 	15.4	 	15.1	 	19.9	 	
Corporate (b)	 	5.2	 	28.6	 	13.5	 	
Consolidated	 	$	144.4	 	$	172.9	 	$	152.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense	 	$	36.4	 	$	48.0	 	$	13.0	 	
Access equipment (c)	 	26.0	 	24.7	 	36.7	 	
Fire & emergency	 	17.7	 	10.0	 	6.5	 	
Commercial	 	5.9	 	6.8	 	5.4	 	
Corporate	 	0.2	 	—	 	—	 	
Consolidated	 	$	86.2	 	$	89.5	 	$	61.6	 	

(a)           Includes $1.2 million in fiscal 2009 related to discontinued operations.
(b)          Includes $0.1 million, $20.4 million and $5.0 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the write-off of deferred financing fees due to the early extinguishment of the related debt.
(c)           Capital expenditures include both the purchase of property, plant and equipment and equipment held for rental.
 
99 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Identifiable assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Defense - U.S. (a)	 	$	762.3	 	$	876.4	 	$	527.5	 	
Access equipment:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	 	1,779.8	 	1,766.5	 	2,035.4	 	
Europe (a)	 	694.0	 	794.0	 	764.9	 	
Rest of the world	 	248.9	 	186.7	 	131.9	 	
Total access equipment	 	2,722.7	 	2,747.2	 	2,932.2	 	
Fire & emergency:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	 	518.9	 	529.9	 	541.2	 	
Europe	 	12.9	 	15.6	 	82.4	 	
Total fire & emergency	 	531.8	 	545.5	 	623.6	 	
Commercial:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	 	321.4	 	316.4	 	334.5	 	
Other North America (a)	 	41.5	 	38.7	 	34.0	 	
Total commercial	 	362.9	 	355.1	 	368.5	 	
Corporate:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. (b)	 	441.2	 	183.1	 	315.0	 	
Rest of the world	 	6.0	 	1.3	 	1.2	 	
Total corporate	 	447.2	 	184.4	 	316.2	 	
Consolidated	 	$	4,826.9	 	$	4,708.6	 	$	4,768.0	 	

(a)           Includes investment in unconsolidated affiliates.
(b)          Primarily includes cash and short-term investments.
 
The following table presents net sales by geographic region based on product shipment destination (in millions):

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	
Net sales:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	6,281.5	 	$	8,882.6	 	$	4,487.1	 	
Other North America	 	179.7	 	111.0	 	89.7	 	
Europe, Africa and Middle East	 	706.2	 	508.6	 	468.6	 	
Rest of the world	 	417.3	 	340.2	 	207.7	 	
Consolidated	 	$	7,584.7	 	$	9,842.4	 	$	5,253.1	 	
 
24.          Separate Financial Information of Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness
 
The Senior Notes are jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of the Company’s existing and future subsidiaries that from time to time guarantee obligations under the Company’s senior credit facility, with certain exceptions (the “Guarantors”).
 
100 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The following condensed supplemental consolidating financial information reflects the summarized financial information of Oshkosh, the Guarantors on a combined basis and Oshkosh’s non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis (in millions):
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	4,540.2	 	$	2,409.4	 	$	893.1	 	$	(258.0	)	$	7,584.7	 	
Cost of sales	 	3,873.3	 	2,106.5	 	787.4	 	(262.2	)	6,505.0	 	
Gross income	 	666.9	 	302.9	 	105.7	 	4.2	 	1,079.7	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	212.0	 	181.8	 	119.4	 	—	 	513.2	 	
Amortization of purchased intangibles	 	0.1	 	39.8	 	20.9	 	—	 	60.8	 	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	—	 	—	 	4.8	 	—	 	4.8	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	454.8	 	81.3	 	(39.4	)	4.2	 	500.9	 	
Interest expense	 	(200.2	)	(82.2	)	(3.9	)	195.6	 	(90.7	)	
Interest income	 	2.9	 	26.4	 	171.0	 	(195.6	)	4.7	 	
Miscellaneous, net	 	10.7	 	(120.5	)	111.4	 	—	 	1.6	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	 	268.2	 	(95.0	)	239.1	 	4.2	 	416.5	 	
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	 	93.9	 	(30.0	)	78.3	 	1.4	 	143.6	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates	 	174.3	 	(65.0	)	160.8	 	2.8	 	272.9	 	
Equity in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries	 	99.2	 	56.0	 	(52.5	)	(102.7	)	—	 	
Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	(0.1	)	—	 	0.6	 	—	 	0.5	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations	 	273.4	 	(9.0	)	108.9	 	(99.9	)	273.4	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Net income (loss)	 	273.4	 	(9.0	)	108.9	 	(99.9	)	273.4	 	
Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation	 	$	273.4	 	$	(9.0	)	$	108.9	 	$	(99.9	)	$	273.4	 	
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended September 30, 2010

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	7,341.9	 	$	3,559.1	 	$	835.6	 	$	(1,894.2	)	$	9,842.4	 	
Cost of sales	 	5,892.1	 	3,119.5	 	753.0	 	(1,892.2	)	7,872.4	 	
Gross income	 	1,449.8	 	439.6	 	82.6	 	(2.0	)	1,970.0	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	196.9	 	164.4	 	128.5	 	—	 	489.8	 	
Amortization of purchased intangibles	 	—	 	40.2	 	20.3	 	—	 	60.5	 	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	—	 	—	 	25.6	 	—	 	25.6	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	1,252.9	 	235.0	 	(91.8	)	(2.0	)	1,394.1	 	
Interest expense	 	(276.4	)	(170.6	)	(2.5	)	262.4	 	(187.1	)	
Interest income	 	2.4	 	18.6	 	244.9	 	(262.4	)	3.5	 	
Miscellaneous, net	 	12.7	 	(94.9	)	83.2	 	—	 	1.0	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	 	991.6	 	(11.9	)	233.8	 	(2.0	)	1,211.5	 	
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	 	328.4	 	(1.5	)	88.1	 	(0.7	)	414.3	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates	 	663.2	 	(10.4	)	145.7	 	(1.3	)	797.2	 	
Equity in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries	 	125.4	 	(1.9	)	0.2	 	(123.7	)	—	 	
Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	—	 	—	 	(4.3	)	—	 	(4.3	)	
Income (loss) from continuing operations	 	788.6	 	(12.3	)	141.6	 	(125.0	)	792.9	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	1.4	 	—	 	(4.3	)	—	 	(2.9	)	
Net income (loss)	 	790.0	 	(12.3	)	137.3	 	(125.0	)	790.0	 	
Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation	 	$	790.0	 	$	(12.3	)	$	137.3	 	$	(125.0	)	$	790.0	 	
 
101 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended September 30, 2009

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,796.5	 	$	1,811.1	 	$	836.3	 	$	(190.8	)	$	5,253.1	 	
Cost of sales	 	2,304.2	 	1,629.3	 	805.3	 	(189.0	)	4,549.8	 	
Gross income	 	492.3	 	181.8	 	31.0	 	(1.8	)	703.3	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	141.5	 	136.3	 	152.5	 	—	 	430.3	 	
Amortization of purchased intangibles	 	—	 	40.8	 	21.5	 	—	 	62.3	 	
Intangible asset impairment charges	 	—	 	702.1	 	488.1	 	—	 	1,190.2	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	350.8	 	(697.4	)	(631.1	)	(1.8	)	(979.5	)	
Interest expense	 	(289.5	)	(153.5	)	(5.5	)	237.1	 	(211.4	)	
Interest income	 	4.4	 	28.2	 	208.4	 	(237.1	)	3.9	 	
Miscellaneous, net	 	12.9	 	(78.8	)	74.7	 	—	 	8.8	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	 	78.6	 	(901.5	)	(353.5	)	(1.8	)	(1,178.2	)	
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	 	17.4	 	(32.1	)	2.8	 	(0.7	)	(12.6	)	
Income (loss) from continuing operations before equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates	 	61.2	 	(869.4	)	(356.3	)	(1.1	)	(1,165.6	)	
Equity in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries	 	(1,257.3	)	(239.7	)	0.2	 	1,496.8	 	—	 	
Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated affiliates	 	—	 	—	 	(1.4	)	—	 	(1.4	)	
Income (loss) from continuing operations	 	(1,196.1	)	(1,109.1	)	(357.5	)	1,495.7	 	(1,167.0	)	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	97.3	 	—	 	(30.0	)	—	 	67.3	 	
Net income (loss)	 	(1,098.8	)	(1,109.1	)	(387.5	)	1,495.7	 	(1,099.7	)	
Net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest	 	—	 	—	 	0.9	 	—	 	0.9	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Oshkosh Corporation	 	$	(1,098.8	)	$	(1,109.1	)	$	(386.6	)	$	1,495.7	 	$	(1,098.8	)	
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
As of September 30, 2011

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	376.3	 	$	13.5	 	$	38.7	 	$	—	 	$	428.5	 	
Receivables, net	 	525.8	 	521.4	 	135.8	 	(93.9	)	1,089.1	 	
Inventories, net	 	194.0	 	336.8	 	257.9	 	(1.9	)	786.8	 	
Other current assets	 	86.0	 	34.8	 	29.4	 	—	 	150.2	 	
Total current assets	 	1,182.1	 	906.5	 	461.8	 	(95.8	)	2,454.6	 	
Investment in and advances to consolidated subsidiaries	 	2,506.5	 	(1,402.6	)	2,902.4	 	(4,006.3	)	—	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	2.7	 	1,131.4	 	746.1	 	—	 	1,880.2	 	
Other long-term assets	 	167.4	 	156.6	 	168.1	 	—	 	492.1	 	
Total assets	 	$	3,858.7	 	$	791.9	 	$	4,278.4	 	$	(4,102.1	)	$	4,826.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	498.6	 	$	298.7	 	$	61.3	 	$	(89.7	)	$	768.9	 	
Customer advances	 	334.8	 	120.2	 	13.6	 	—	 	468.6	 	
Other current liabilities	 	208.3	 	167.1	 	85.0	 	(6.1	)	454.3	 	
Total current liabilities	 	1,041.7	 	586.0	 	159.9	 	(95.8	)	1,691.8	 	
Long-term debt, less current maturities	 	1,020.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	1,020.0	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	200.4	 	172.4	 	145.7	 	—	 	518.5	 	
Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Oshkosh Corporation shareholders’ equity	 	1,596.5	 	33.5	 	3,972.7	 	(4,006.2	)	1,596.5	 	
Noncontrolling interest	 	0.1	 	—	 	0.1	 	(0.1	)	0.1	 	
Total equity	 	1,596.6	 	33.5	 	3,972.8	 	(4,006.3	)	1,596.6	 	
Total liabilities and equity	 	$	3,858.7	 	$	791.9	 	$	4,278.4	 	$	(4,102.1	)	$	4,826.9	 	
 
102 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
As of September 30, 2010

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	202.2	 	$	2.5	 	$	134.3	 	$	—	 	$	339.0	 	
Receivables, net	 	481.8	 	364.1	 	147.4	 	(103.8	)	889.5	 	
Inventories, net	 	348.4	 	257.2	 	244.8	 	(1.8	)	848.6	 	
Other current assets	 	78.8	 	31.0	 	29.0	 	—	 	138.8	 	
Total current assets	 	1,111.2	 	654.8	 	555.5	 	(105.6	)	2,215.9	 	
Investment in and advances to consolidated subsidiaries	 	2,602.3	 	(1,367.1	)	3,535.1	 	(4,770.3	)	—	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	—	 	1,170.9	 	775.0	 	—	 	1,945.9	 	
Other long-term assets	 	168.0	 	163.1	 	215.7	 	—	 	546.8	 	
Total assets	 	$	3,881.5	 	$	621.7	 	$	5,081.3	 	$	(4,875.9	)	$	4,708.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	588.6	 	$	144.7	 	$	85.3	 	$	(100.9	)	$	717.7	 	
Customer advances	 	251.5	 	106.7	 	15.0	 	—	 	373.2	 	
Other current liabilities	 	468.3	 	141.7	 	115.8	 	(4.7	)	721.1	 	
Total current liabilities	 	1,308.4	 	393.1	 	216.1	 	(105.6	)	1,812.0	 	
Long-term debt, less current maturities	 	1,086.4	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	1,086.4	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	159.9	 	179.2	 	144.3	 	—	 	483.4	 	
Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Oshkosh Corporation shareholders’ equity	 	1,326.8	 	49.4	 	4,720.7	 	(4,770.3	)	1,326.6	 	
Noncontrolling interest	 	—	 	—	 	0.2	 	—	 	0.2	 	
Total equity	 	1,326.8	 	49.4	 	4,720.9	 	(4,770.3	)	1,326.8	 	
Total liabilities and equity	 	$	3,881.5	 	$	621.7	 	$	5,081.3	 	$	(4,875.9	)	$	4,708.6	 	
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended September 30, 2011

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	 	$	259.9	 	$	(35.5	)	$	163.3	 	$	—	 	$	387.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additions to property, plant and equipment	 	(42.2	)	(27.4	)	(12.7	)	—	 	(82.3	)	
Additions to equipment held for rental	 	—	 	—	 	(3.9	)	—	 	(3.9	)	
Intercompany investing	 	191.9	 	100.4	 	(283.5	)	(8.8	)	—	 	
Other investing activities	 	(3.0	)	0.8	 	20.1	 	—	 	17.9	 	
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities	 	146.7	 	73.8	 	(280.0	)	(8.8	)	(68.3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of long-term debt	 	(91.1	)	(0.3	)	—	 	—	 	(91.4	)	
Net repayments under revolving credit facilities	 	(150.0	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	(150.0	)	
Intercompany financing	 	(1.3	)	(26.0	)	18.5	 	8.8	 	—	 	
Other financing activities	 	9.9	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	9.9	 	
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	 	(232.5	)	(26.3	)	18.5	 	8.8	 	(231.5	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	—	 	(1.0	)	2.6	 	—	 	1.6	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	174.1	 	11.0	 	(95.6	)	—	 	89.5	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	202.2	 	2.5	 	134.3	 	—	 	339.0	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	376.3	 	$	13.5	 	$	38.7	 	$	—	 	$	428.5	 	
 
103 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended September 30, 2010

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	 	$	379.2	 	$	17.9	 	$	222.6	 	$	—	 	$	619.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additions to property, plant and equipment	 	(56.5	)	(6.7	)	(20.0	)	—	 	(83.2	)	
Additions to equipment held for rental	 	—	 	—	 	(6.3	)	—	 	(6.3	)	
Intercompany investing	 	262.2	 	39.8	 	(253.9	)	(48.1	)	—	 	
Other investing activities	 	—	 	(7.8	)	13.4	 	—	 	5.6	 	
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities	 	205.7	 	25.3	 	(266.8	)	(48.1	)	(83.9	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of long-term debt	 	(2,020.4	)	(0.3	)	(0.2	)	—	 	(2,020.9	)	
Net borrowings under revolving credit facilities	 	150.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	150.0	 	
Proceeds from issuance of long term debt	 	1,150.0	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	1,150.0	 	
Debt issuance/amendment costs	 	(26.3	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	(26.3	)	
Intercompany financing	 	(1.3	)	(46.0	)	(0.8	)	48.1	 	—	 	
Other financing activities	 	24.7	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	24.7	 	
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	 	(723.3	)	(46.3	)	(1.0	)	48.1	 	(722.5	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	—	 	—	 	(4.7	)	—	 	(4.7	)	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	(138.4	)	(3.1	)	(49.9	)	—	 	(191.4	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	340.6	 	5.6	 	184.2	 	—	 	530.4	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	202.2	 	$	2.5	 	$	134.3	 	$	—	 	$	339.0	 	
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended September 30, 2009

 	 	Oshkosh	 	Guarantor	 	Non-Guarantor	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Corporation	 	Subsidiaries	 	Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	 	$	591.7	 	$	(91.7	)	$	398.9	 	$	—	 	$	898.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additions to property, plant and equipment	 	(16.2	)	(12.9	)	(17.1	)	—	 	(46.2	)	
Additions to equipment held for rental	 	—	 	(2.8	)	(12.6	)	—	 	(15.4	)	
Intercompany investing	 	144.7	 	154.6	 	(263.5	)	(35.8	)	—	 	
Other investing activities	 	—	 	0.7	 	4.8	 	—	 	5.5	 	
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities	 	128.5	 	139.6	 	(288.4	)	(35.8	)	(56.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayment of long-term debt	 	(681.2	)	(0.3	)	(0.7	)	—	 	(682.2	)	
Net repayments under revolving credit facilities	 	(47.3	)	—	 	(2.1	)	—	 	(49.4	)	
Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock, net	 	358.1	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	358.1	 	
Intercompany financing	 	(1.3	)	(46.0	)	11.5	 	35.8	 	—	 	
Other financing activities	 	(34.6	)	—	 	—	 	—	 	(34.6	)	
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	 	(406.3	)	(46.3	)	8.7	 	35.8	 	(408.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	—	 	1.1	 	6.4	 	—	 	7.5	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	313.9	 	2.7	 	125.6	 	—	 	442.2	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	26.7	 	2.9	 	58.6	 	—	 	88.2	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	340.6	 	$	5.6	 	$	184.2	 	$	—	 	$	530.4	 	
 
104 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
25.        Unaudited Quarterly Results (in millions, except per share amounts)

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011	 	
 	 	4th Quarter	 	3rd Quarter	 	2nd Quarter	 	1st Quarter	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,115.4	 	$	2,022.9	 	$	1,745.6	 	$	1,700.8	 	
Gross income	 	217.6	 	272.0	 	281.1	 	309.0	 	
Operating income	 	73.8	 	126.0	 	132.4	 	168.7	 	
Net income	 	38.1	 	68.6	 	67.7	 	99.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) attributable to Oshkosh	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation common shareholders	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	37.5	 	$	68.4	 	$	67.9	 	$	99.6	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	$	37.5	 	$	68.4	 	$	67.9	 	$	99.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation common shareholders-basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	0.41	 	$	0.75	 	$	0.75	 	$	1.10	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	$	0.41	 	$	0.75	 	$	0.75	 	$	1.10	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation common shareholders-diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	0.41	 	$	0.75	 	$	0.74	 	$	1.09	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	
 	 	$	0.41	 	$	0.75	 	$	0.74	 	$	1.09	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common Stock per share dividends	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010	 	
 	 	4th Quarter	 	3rd Quarter	 	2nd Quarter	 	1st Quarter	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,105.1	 	$	2,439.0	 	$	2,864.2	 	$	2,434.1	 	
Gross income	 	381.4	 	481.6	 	627.8	 	479.2	 	
Operating income	 	233.6	 	340.5	 	494.3	 	325.7	 	
Net income	 	116.6	 	211.2	 	292.6	 	169.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) attributable to Oshkosh	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation common shareholders	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	116.6	 	$	211.2	 	$	292.6	 	$	172.5	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(2.9	)	
 	 	$	116.6	 	$	211.2	 	$	292.6	 	$	169.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation common shareholders-basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	1.29	 	$	2.34	 	$	3.27	 	$	1.93	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(0.03	)	
 	 	$	1.29	 	$	2.34	 	$	3.27	 	$	1.90	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Oshkosh	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation common shareholders-diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
From continuing operations	 	$	1.28	 	$	2.31	 	$	3.22	 	$	1.90	 	
From discontinued operations	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	(0.03	)	
 	 	$	1.28	 	$	2.31	 	$	3.22	 	$	1.87	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common Stock per share dividends	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
 
105 

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.	 	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 	
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A.                     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2011. Based upon their evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2011 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time period specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, the Company’s management has concluded that, as of September 30, 2011, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective based on that framework.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011, which is included herein.
 
Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The attestation report required under this Item 9A is contained in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.                     OTHER INFORMATION 
 
The Company has no information to report pursuant to Item 9B.
 
106 

Table of Contents
 
PART III 
 
ITEM 10.                       DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
The information to be included under the captions “Governance of the Company — The Board of Directors,” “Governance of the Company — Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee” and “Stock Ownership — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item. Reference is also made to the information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” included under Part I of this report.
 
The Company has adopted the Oshkosh Corporation Code of Ethics Applicable to Directors and Senior Executives, including, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, the Company’s Senior Vice President Finance and Controller and the Presidents, Vice Presidents of Finance and Controllers of the Company’s business units, or persons holding positions with similar responsibilities at business units, and other officers elected by the Company’s Board of Directors at the vice president level or higher. The Company has posted a copy of the Oshkosh Corporation Code of Ethics Applicable to Directors and Senior Executives on the Company’s website at www.oshkoshcorporation.com, and any such Code of Ethics is available in print to any shareholder who requests it from the Company’s Secretary. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 10 of Form 8-K regarding amendments to, or waivers from, the Oshkosh Corporation Code of Ethics Applicable to Directors and Senior Executives by posting such information on its website at www.oshkoshcorporation.com.
 
The Company is not including the information contained on its website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this report.
 
ITEM 11.                       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 
 
The information to be included under the captions “Report of the Human Resources Committee,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.

ITEM 12.	 	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 	
 
The information to be included under the caption “Stock Ownership — Stock Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Other Large Shareholders” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.
 
107 

Table of Contents
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table provides information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of September 30, 2011.

 	 	Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon	 	Weighted-Average	 	Number of
Securities Remaining	 	
 	 	Exercise of Outstanding	 	Exercise Price of	 	Available for Future	 	
 	 	Options or Vesting of	 	Outstanding	 	Issuance Under Equity	 	
Plan Category	 	Performance Share Awards(1)	 	Options	 	Compensation Plans	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	5,518,314	 	$	30.72	 	345,584	 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	 	—	 	n/a	 	—	 	
 	 	5,518,314	 	$	30.72	 	345,584	 	

(1)           Represents options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock granted under the Company’s 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, and 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended, all of which were approved by the Company’s shareholders.
 
ITEM 13.                       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
 
The information to be included under the caption “Governance of the Company — The Board of Directors” and “Governance of the Company — Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Person Transactions” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.
 
ITEM 14.                    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 
 
The information to be included under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is hereby incorporated by reference in answer to this item.
 
108 

Table of Contents
 
PART IV 
 
ITEM 15.                       EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 
 
(a)           1.                Financial Statements: The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, are contained in Item 8:

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009	
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and 2010	
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	
 
2.                Financial Statement Schedule:

Schedule II — Valuation & Qualifying Accounts	
 
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
3.                Exhibits:
 
Refer to the Exhibit Index incorporated herein by reference. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report is identified in the Exhibit Index by an asterisk following the Exhibit Number.
 
109 

Table of Contents
 
SIGNATURES 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	 	OSHKOSH CORPORATION	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Charles L. Szews	 	
 	 	Charles L. Szews, President and Chief Executive Officer	 	
 
110 

Table of Contents
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the dates indicated.

November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Charles L. Szews	 	
 	 	Charles L. Szews, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ David M. Sagehorn	 	
 	 	David M. Sagehorn, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Thomas J. Polnaszek	 	
 	 	Thomas J. Polnaszek, Senior Vice President Finance and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Richard M. Donnelly	 	
 	 	Richard M. Donnelly, Chairman of the Board	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Michael W. Grebe	 	
 	 	Michael W. Grebe, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By:	/S/ Peter B. Hamilton	 	
 	 	Peter B. Hamilton, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By:	/S/ John J. Hamre	 	
 	 	John J. Hamre, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Kathleen J. Hempel	 	
 	 	Kathleen J. Hempel, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Leslie F. Kenne	 	
 	 	Leslie F. Kenne, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Harvey N. Medvin	 	
 	 	Harvey N. Medvin, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ J. Peter Mosling, Jr.	 	
 	 	J. Peter Mosling, Jr., Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Craig P. Omtvedt	 	
 	 	Craig P. Omtvedt, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Duncan J. Palmer	 	
 	 	Duncan J. Palmer, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ Richard G. Sim	 	
 	 	Richard G. Sim, Director	 	
 	 	 	 	
November 16, 2011	By	/S/ William S. Wallace	 	
 	 	William S. Wallace, Director	 	
 
111 

Table of Contents
 
SCHEDULE II 
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Years Ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(In millions)

Fiscal
Year	 	Balance at
Beginning of
Year	 	Additions
Charged to
Expense	 	Reductions*	 	Balance at
End of Year	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	24.8	 	$	25.7	 	$	(8.5	)	$	42.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	42.0	 	$	16.6	 	$	(16.6	)	$	42.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2011	 	$	42.0	 	$	2.0	 	$	(14.5	)	$	29.5	 	

*                  Represents amounts written off to the reserve, net of recoveries and foreign currency translation adjustments. Fiscal 2009 also includes a $3.2 million reduction related to the disposition of Geesink. Fiscal 2010 also includes a $1.9 million reduction related to the disposition of BAI.
 
112 

Table of Contents
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
EXHIBIT INDEX
2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

3.1	 	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oshkosh Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).	
 	 	 	
3.2	 	By-Laws of Oshkosh Corporation, as amended and restated effective September 20, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 23, 2010 (File No. 1-31371)).	
 	 	 	
4.1	 	Credit Agreement, dated September 27, 2010, among Oshkosh Corporation, various subsidiaries of Oshkosh Corporation party thereto as borrowers and various lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 29, 2010 (File No. 1-31371)).	
 	 	 	
4.2	 	Indenture, dated March 3, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 3, 2010 (File No. 1-31371)).	
 	 	 	
4.3	 	First Supplemental Indenture, dated September 27, 2010, among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2010 (File No. 1-31371)).	
 	 	 	
10.1	 	Oshkosh Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended through September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.2	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 33-62687)).*	
 	 	 	
10.3	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan Nonqualified Director Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 33-62687)).*	
 	 	 	
10.4	 	First Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2008, between Oshkosh Corporation and Robert G. Bohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.5	 	Retirement Agreement, dated September 21, 2010, between Oshkosh Corporation and Robert G. Bohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2010 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.6	 	Oshkosh Corporation Executive Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.7	 	Form of Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement between Oshkosh Corporation and each of Bryan J. Blankfield, Joseph H. Kimmitt, David M. Sagehorn and Charles L. Szews (each of the persons identified has signed this form or a form substantially similar) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.8	 	Form of Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement between Oshkosh Corporation and each of Gregory L. Fredericksen, James W. Johnson, Wilson R. Jones, Josef Matosevic, Frank R. Nerenhausen, Michael K. Rohrkaste and Gary W. Schmiedel (each of the persons identified has signed this form or a form substantially similar) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.9	 	Form of Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement between Oshkosh Corporation and each of Thomas J. Polnaszek and Mark M. Radue (each of the persons identified has signed this form or a form substantially similar).*	
 	 	 	
10.10	 	Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended through September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 
113 

Table of Contents

10.11	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Option Agreement for awards granted prior to September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-114939)).*	
 	 	 	
10.12	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Option Agreement for awards granted on and after September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.13	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Award Agreement, for awards granted prior to September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-114939)).*	
 	 	 	
10.14	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Award Agreement, for awards granted on and after September 19, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.15	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 14, 2004 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.16	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated February 1, 2005 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.17	 	Summary of Cash Compensation for Non-Employee Directors.*	
 	 	 	
10.18	 	Confidentiality and Loyalty Agreement, dated March 20, 2007, between Oshkosh Corporation and Charles L. Szews (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 20, 2007 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.19	 	Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of April 26, 2011, between Oshkosh Corporation and Charles L. Szews (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.20	 	Resolutions of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Oshkosh Corporation, adopted September 17, 2007, approving terms of performance share awards under the Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2007 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.21	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.22	 	Oshkosh Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.23	 	Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended through September 19, 2011.*	
 	 	 	
10.24	 	Framework for Awards of Performance Shares under the Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 18, 2009 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.25	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 18, 2009 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.26	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement for awards granted prior to September 19, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 18, 2009 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.27	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement for awards granted on or after September 19, 2011.*	
 
114 

Table of Contents

10.28	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Restricted Stock Award for awards granted prior to September 19, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
10.29	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Restricted Stock Award for awards granted on or after September 19, 2011.*	
 	 	 	
10.30	 	Form of Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 1-31371)).*	
 	 	 	
11	 	Computation of per share earnings (contained in Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011).	
 	 	 	
21	 	Subsidiaries of Registrant.	
 	 	 	
23	 	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.	
 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification by the President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, dated November 16, 2011.	
 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification by the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, dated November 16, 2011.	
 	 	 	
32.1	 	Written Statement of the President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, dated November 16, 2011.	
 	 	 	
32.2	 	Written Statement of the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, dated November 16, 2011.	
 	 	 	
101	 	The following materials from Oshkosh Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011 are furnished herewith, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.	

*Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
115 

Exhibit 10.9
 
KEY EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the        day of                    20    , by and between Oshkosh Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and                      (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H :
 
WHEREAS, the Executive is employed by the Company and/or a subsidiary of the Company in a key executive capacity, and the Executive’s services are valuable to the conduct of the business of the Company;
 
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that circumstances may arise in which a change in control of the Company occurs, through acquisition or otherwise, thereby causing uncertainty about the Executive’s future employment with the Company and/or any such subsidiary without regard to the Executive’s competence or past contributions, which uncertainty may result in the loss of valuable services of the Executive to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders, and the Company and the Executive wish to provide reasonable security to the Executive against changes in the Executive’s relationship with the Company in the event of any such change in control;
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are desirous that any proposal for a change in control or acquisition of the Company will be considered by the Executive objectively and with reference only to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders;
 
WHEREAS, the Executive will be in a better position to consider the Company’s best interests if the Executive is afforded reasonable security, as provided in this Agreement, against altered conditions of employment that could result from any such change in control or acquisition; and
 
WHEREAS, as a further basis for the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Executive has entered into a Confidentiality and Loyalty Agreement in favor of the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 
1.                                        Definitions .  The following terms are used in this Agreement as defined in Exhibit A :

409A Affiliate	 	Covered Termination	 	Prime	
Act	 	Effective Date	 	Section 409A Indemnification	
Accrued Benefits	 	Employer	 	Section 409A Tax	
Affiliate and Associate	 	Good Reason	 	Separation from Service	
Annual Cash Compensation	 	Indemnified Section 409A Violation	 	Termination Date	
Cause	 	Normal Retirement Date	 	Termination of Employment	
Change in Control	 	Notice of Termination	 	 	
Code	 	Person	 	 	
 
2.                                        Termination or Cancellation Prior to the Effective Date .  The Company and the Executive shall each retain the right to terminate the employment of the Executive at any time prior to the Effective Date.  If the Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the Effective Date, then this Agreement shall be terminated and cancelled and of no further force or effect, and any and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall cease.  In addition, this Agreement shall terminate upon the Executive ceasing to be an officer of the Company and its Affiliates prior to a Change in Control unless the Executive can reasonably demonstrate that such change in status occurred under circumstances described in clause (iii)(B)(1) or (iii)(B)(2) of the definition of “Effective Date” in Exhibit A .
 
3.                                        Employment Period .  If the Executive is employed by the Employer on the Effective Date, then the Company will, or will cause the Employer to, continue thereafter to employ the Executive during the Employment Period (as hereinafter defined), and the Executive will remain in the employ of the Employer, in accordance with and subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Employment Period” means a period (i) commencing on the Effective Date, and (ii) ending at 11:59 p.m. Oshkosh Time on the earlier of the first anniversary of such date or the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date.
 
4.                                        Duties .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall, in the most significant capacities and positions held by the Executive at any time during the 180-day period preceding the Effective Date or in such other capacities and positions as may be agreed to by the Company and the Executive in writing, devote the Executive’s best efforts and all of the Executive’s business time, attention and skill to the business and affairs of the Employer, as such business and affairs now exist and as they may hereafter be conducted.
 
5.                                        Compensation .  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be compensated as follows:
 
(a)                                   The Executive shall receive, at reasonable intervals (but not less often than monthly) and in accordance with such standard policies as may be in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, an annual base salary in cash equivalent of not less than twelve times the Executive’s highest monthly base salary for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month in which the Effective Date occurs or, if higher, an annual base salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date (determined prior to any reduction for amounts deferred
 
2 

 
under Section 401(k) of the Code or otherwise, or deducted pursuant to a cafeteria plan or qualified transportation fringe benefit under Sections 125 and 132(f) of the Code), subject to upward adjustment as hereinafter provided in Section 6 (such salary amount as adjusted upward from time to time is hereafter referred to as the “Annual Base Salary”).
 
(b)                                  The Executive shall receive perquisites at least equal in value to those provided for the Executive at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to any executives of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive.  The Executive shall be reimbursed, at such intervals and in accordance with such standard policies that are most favorable to the Executive that were in effect at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to any executives of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive, for any and all monies advanced in connection with the Executive’s employment for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company, including travel expenses.
 
(c)                                   The Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be included, to the extent eligible thereunder (which eligibility shall not be conditioned on the Executive’s salary grade or on any other requirement that excludes executives of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive unless such exclusion was in effect for such plan or an equivalent plan on the date 180 days prior to the Effective Date), in any and all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs providing benefits for the Company’s salaried employees in general or, if more favorable to the Executive, to any executives of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive, including but not limited to group life insurance, hospitalization, medical and dental plans; provided , that , (i) in no event shall the aggregate level of benefits under such plans, practices, policies and programs in which the Executive is included be less than the aggregate level of benefits under plans, practices, policies and programs of the type referred to in this Section 5(c)  in which the Executive was participating at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (ii) in no event shall the aggregate level of benefits under such plans, practices, policies and programs be less than the aggregate level of benefits under plans, practices, policies and programs of the type referred to in this Section 5(c)  provided at any time after the Effective Date to any executive of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive.
 
(d)                                  The Executive shall annually be entitled to not less than the amount of paid vacation and not fewer than the number of paid holidays to which the Executive was entitled annually at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or such greater amount of paid vacation and number of paid holidays as may be made available annually to the Executive or any other executive of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive at any time after the Effective Date.
 
(e)                                   The Executive shall be included in all plans providing additional benefits to any executives of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the
 
3 

 
Executive, including but not limited to deferred compensation, retirement, stock option, stock appreciation, stock bonus and similar or comparable plans; provided , that , (i) in no event shall the aggregate level of benefits under such plans be less than the aggregate level of benefits under plans of the type referred to in this Section 5(e)  in which the Executive was participating at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date; (ii) in no event shall the aggregate level of benefits under such plans be less than the aggregate level of benefits under plans of the type referred to in this Section 5(e)  provided at any time after the Effective Date to the Executive or any executive of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive; and (iii) the Company’s obligation to include the Executive in bonus or incentive compensation plans shall be determined by Section 5(f) .
 
(f)                                     To assure that the Executive will have an opportunity to earn incentive compensation after the Effective Date, the Executive shall be included in a bonus plan of the Company that shall satisfy the standards described below (the “Bonus Plan”).  Bonuses under the Bonus Plan shall be payable with respect to achieving such financial or other goals reasonably related to the business of the Company, including the Employer, as the Company shall establish (the “Goals”), all of which Goals shall be attainable, prior to the end of the Employment Period, with approximately the same degree of probability as the goals under the Company’s bonus plan or plans in the form most favorable to the Executive that was in effect at any time during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date (the “Existing Plan”) and in view of the Company’s existing and projected financial and business circumstances applicable at the time.  The amount of the bonus (the “Bonus Amount”) that the Executive is eligible to earn under the Bonus Plan shall be no less than the amount of the Executive’s highest maximum potential award under the Existing Plan at any time during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date or, if higher, any maximum potential award under the Bonus Plan or any other bonus or incentive compensation plan in effect after the Effective Date for the Executive or for any executive of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive (such bonus amount herein referred to as the “Maximum Bonus”), and if the Goals are not achieved (and, therefore, the entire Maximum Bonus is not payable), then the Bonus Plan shall provide for a payment of a Bonus Amount not less than a portion of the Maximum Bonus reasonably related to that portion of the Goals that were achieved.  Payment of the Bonus Amount (i) shall be in cash, unless otherwise agreed by the Executive, and (ii) shall not be affected by any circumstance occurring subsequent to the end of the Employment Period, including termination of the Executive’s employment.
 
6.                                        Annual Compensation Adjustments .  During the Employment Period, the Chief Executive of the Company will consider and appraise, at least annually, the contributions of the Executive to the Company, and in accordance with the Company’s practice prior to the Effective Date, due consideration shall be given, at least annually, to the upward adjustment of the Executive’s Annual Base Salary (i) commensurate with increases generally given to other executives of the Company and its Affiliates of comparable status and position to the Executive, and (ii) as the scope of the Company’s operations or the Executive’s duties expand.
 
4 

 
7.                                        Termination During Employment Period .
 
(a)                                   Right to Terminate .  During the Employment Period, (i) the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment (A) for Cause, (B) by reason of the Executive’s disability pursuant to Section 11 , or (C) for any other reason, and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment for any reason.  Any such termination shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 12 and shall be subject to any consequences of such termination set forth in this Agreement.  Any termination of the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period by the Employer shall be deemed a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.
 
(b)                                  Termination for Cause or Without Good Reason .  If there is a Covered Termination for Cause or due to the Executive’s voluntarily terminating the Executive’s employment other than for Good Reason, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive only Accrued Benefits.
 
(c)                                   Termination Giving Rise to a Termination Payment .  If there is a Covered Termination by the Executive for Good Reason, or by the Company other than by reason of (i) death, (ii) disability pursuant to Section 11 , or (iii) Cause, and provided that the Executive timely signs, in accordance with Section 8(a)(ii) , a full release of claims in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall promptly pay, Accrued Benefits and, in lieu of further base salary for periods following the Termination Date, as liquidated damages and severance pay and in consideration of the covenants of the Executive set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement, the Termination Payment pursuant to Section 8(a) .
 
8.                                        Payments Upon Termination .
 
(a)                                   Termination Payment .
 
(i)                                      The “Termination Payment” shall be an amount equal to the Annual Cash Compensation.  Subject to Section 8(a)(ii) , the Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in cash equivalent on the first day of the seventh month following the month in which the Executive’s Separation from Service occurs (the “Termination Payment Date”) and shall be accompanied by an interest payment calculated at Prime, such rate to be determined on the Termination Date, compounded quarterly.  Such lump sum payment shall not be reduced by any present value or similar factor, and the Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of the Termination Payment by securing other employment or otherwise, nor will such Termination Payment be reduced by reason of the Executive securing other employment or for any other reason.  The Termination Payment shall be in lieu of any other severance payments to which the Executive is entitled under the severance policies and practices of the Company and/or any subsidiary of the Company.
 
(ii)                                   It is a condition of payment of the Termination Payment that the Executive deliver a full release to the Company no earlier than thirty (30) days and no
 
5 

 
later than eight (8) days prior to the Termination Payment Date.  If the Executive does not timely deliver a full release to the Company, or if the Executive delivers such a release but revokes it prior to the Termination Payment Date (to the extent he is able to do so), then the Executive shall not be entitled to the Termination Payment.
 
(b)                                  Certain Code Consequences .
 
(i)                                      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any portion of the Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement (including any Section 409A Indemnification under Section 8(b)(v) ), or under any other agreement with or plan of the Company or the Employer, including, without limitation, the Oshkosh Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, the Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, and any subsequently adopted equity incentive plan (the “Incentive Stock Plans”) or any stock option agreement (the “Stock Option Agreements”) between the Company and the Executive entered into pursuant to an Incentive Stock Plan (in the aggregate “Total Payments”), would constitute an “excess parachute payment,” then the Total Payments to be made to the Executive shall be reduced such that the value of the aggregate Total Payments that the Executive is entitled to receive shall be One Dollar ($1.00) less than the maximum amount that the Executive may receive without becoming subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision) or that the Company may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision).  If the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 (or any successor provisions) are repealed without succession, then this Section 8(b)(i)  shall be of no further force and effect.
 
(ii)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “excess parachute payment” and “parachute payments” shall have the meanings assigned to them in Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision) and such “parachute payments” shall be valued as provided therein.  Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code (or any successor provision).  Within 40 days following a Covered Termination or notice by one party to the other of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due the Executive that will result in an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision), the Executive and the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall obtain the opinion (which need not be unqualified) of nationally recognized tax counsel (the “National Tax Counsel”) selected by the Company’s independent auditors and acceptable to the Executive in the Executive’s sole discretion (which may be regular outside counsel to the Company), which opinion sets forth (A) the amount of the Base Period Income, (B) the amount and present value of Total Payments, and (C) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments.  As used in this Section 8(b)(ii) , the term “Base Period Income” means an amount equal to the Executive’s “annualized includible compensation for the base period” as defined in Section 280G(d)(1) of the Code (or any successor provision).  For purposes of such opinion, the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Company’s independent auditors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code (or any successor provisions), which determination shall
 
6 

 
be evidenced in a certificate of such auditors addressed to the Company and the Executive.  The opinion of the National Tax Counsel shall be dated as of the Termination Date and addressed to the Company and the Executive and shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  If such opinion determines that there would be an excess parachute payment, then the Termination Payment hereunder or any other payment or benefit determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated as specified by the Executive in writing delivered to the Company within 30 days of the Executive’s receipt of such opinion so that under the bases of calculations set forth in such opinion there will be no excess parachute payment; provided that if Executive’s exercise of the right to specify the payments or benefits to be reduced or eliminated would result in additional tax being due under Section 409A of the Code or, if the Executive fails to so notify the Company, then the payments or benefits included in the Total Payments shall be reduced or eliminated so that under the bases of calculations set forth in such opinion there will be no excess parachute payment by applying the following principles, in order: (x) the payment or benefit with the higher ratio of the parachute payment value to present economic value (determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions) shall be reduced or eliminated before a payment or benefit with a lower ratio; (y) the payment or benefit with the later possible payment date shall be reduced or eliminated before a payment or benefit with an earlier payment date; and (z) cash payments shall be reduced prior to non-cash benefits; provided further that if the foregoing order of reduction or elimination would result in additional tax being due under Section 409A of the Code, then the reduction shall be made pro rata among the payments or benefits included in the Total Payments (on the basis of the relative present value of the parachute payments).  If the National Tax Counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this Section 8(b) , the Executive and the Company shall obtain, at the Company’s expense, and the National Tax Counsel may rely on, in providing the opinion, the advice of a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation to be received by the Executive solely with respect to its status under Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision) and the regulations thereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 8(b) , including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein, shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that the following are reasonable: (1) the compensation and benefits provided for in Section 5 and (2) any other compensation, including but not limited to the Accrued Benefits, earned prior to the Termination Date by the Executive pursuant to the Company’s compensation programs if such payments would have been made in the future in any event, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change in Control or the Termination Date.
 
(iii)                                In the event that, upon any audit by the Internal Revenue Service, or by a state or local taxing authority, of the Total Payments, a change is finally determined to be required in the amount of taxes paid by the Executive, appropriate adjustments shall be made under this Agreement such that the net amount that is payable to the Executive after taking into account the provisions of Section 4999 of the Code shall reflect the intent of the parties as expressed in this Section 8(b) , in the manner determined by the National Tax Counsel.  If the Company is required to make a payment to the
 
7 

 
Executive, then such payment shall be paid following the date of the final determination by a court or the Internal Revenue Service and within 30 days after the date the Executive provides the Company a written request for reimbursement thereof (accompanied by proof of taxes paid), but in no event shall the reimbursement be made later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the Executive remits the excise tax to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
(iv)                               The Company will bear all costs associated with the National Tax Counsel and will indemnify and hold harmless the National Tax Counsel of and from any and all claims, damages, and expenses resulting from or relating to the National Tax Counsel’s determinations pursuant to this Section 8(b) , except for claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such firm.
 
(v)                                  The Company shall pay the Executive any Section 409A Indemnification within 30 days after the later of the date on which the Executive provides the Company with a written request for reimbursement thereof (accompanied by proof of payment of the Section 409A Tax upon which such request is based) or the date that is the first day of the seventh month following the month in which the Separation from Service occurs, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the Executive remits the Section 409A Tax to the Internal Revenue Service.  The Company and the Executive shall reasonably cooperate with each other in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for Section 409A Tax, and the Executive shall, if reasonably requested by the Company, contest any obligation to pay a Section 409A Tax.  If, as a result thereof, the Executive receives a tax refund or credit for any Section 409A Tax previously paid, the Executive shall return to the Company an amount equal to such refund or credit.  Notwithstanding the above, no Section 409A Indemnification will be made if the Executive fails to timely consent to any amendment of this Agreement reasonably proposed by the Company for the purpose of avoiding the need to pay the Section 409A Tax.
 
(c)                                   Additional Benefits .  If there is a Covered Termination and the Executive is entitled to Accrued Benefits and the Termination Payment, then the Executive shall be entitled to the following additional benefits:
 
(i)                                      Until the earlier of the end of the Employment Period or such time as the Executive has obtained new employment and is covered by benefits that in the aggregate are at least equal in value to the following benefits, the Executive shall continue to be covered, at the expense of the Company, by the most favorable life insurance, hospitalization, medical and dental coverage and other welfare benefits provided to the Executive and the Executive’s family during the 180-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or at any time thereafter or, if more favorable to the Executive, coverage as was required hereunder with respect to the Executive immediately prior to the date Notice of Termination is given, subject to the following:
 
8 

 
(A)                               If applicable, following the end of the COBRA continuation period, if such hospitalization, medical or dental coverage is provided under a health plan that is subject to Section 105(h) of the Code, benefits payable under such health plan shall comply with the requirements of Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv)(A) and (B) and, if necessary, the Company shall amend such health plan to comply therewith.
 
(B)                                 During the first six months following the Executive’s Separation from Service, the Executive shall pay the Company the cost of any life insurance coverage for the Executive that provides a benefit in excess of $50,000 under a group term life insurance policy.  After the end of such six month period, the Company shall make a cash payment to the Executive (with interest at Prime, compounded quarterly) equal to the aggregate premiums paid by the Executive for such coverage, and thereafter such coverage shall be provided at the expense of the Company for the remainder of the period.
 
If the Executive is entitled to the Termination Payment pursuant to Section 12(b), then on the first anniversary of the Change in Control, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any COBRA premiums the Executive paid for his or her hospitalization, medical and dental coverage under COBRA from the Executive’s Termination Date through such first anniversary of the Change in Control.
 
(ii)                                   The Executive shall receive, until the end of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Separation from Service occurs, at the expense of the Company, outplacement services, on an individualized basis at a level of service commensurate with the Executive’s most senior status with the Company during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date (or, if higher, at any time after the Effective Date), provided by a nationally recognized executive placement firm selected by the Company with the consent of the Executive, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; provided that the cost to the Company of such services shall not exceed 15 percent of the Annual Base Salary.
 
(iii)                                The Company shall bear up to $5,000 in the aggregate of fees and expenses of consultants and/or legal or accounting advisors (other than the National Tax Counsel) engaged by the Executive to advise the Executive as to matters relating to the computation of benefits due and payable under this Section 8 .
 
(d)                                  Rabbi Trust .  Prior to or simultaneously with a Change in Control over which the Company has control or within three business days of any other Change in Control, the Company shall establish an irrevocable grantor trust (also known as a “rabbi trust”) for the benefit of the Executive and other executives of the Company who are parties to agreements with the Company similar to this Agreement for the sole purpose of (i) holding assets equal in value to the present value at any time after a Change in Control of the maximum amount of benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under Section 8(a)  and Section 8(b)  and to which such other executives may be entitled under similar provisions of their respective agreements and (ii) 
 
9 

 
distributing such assets as their payment becomes due. Prior to or simultaneously with a Change in Control over which the Company has control or within three business days of any other Change in Control, the Company shall fund such trust with cash or marketable securities having the value described in clause (i); provided that the Company shall not be obligated to fund such trust at such time if the funding would result in additional tax being owed under Section 409A of the Code, and in such event, the Company shall fund such trust on the first date it may fund such trust without causing any such additional tax to be owed.  The Company shall reasonably calculate the value described in clause (i) assuming that the date on which such calculation is made is the Termination Date applicable to the Executive and the corresponding date applicable to such other executives.
 
9.                                        Death .
 
(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 9(b) , in the event of a Covered Termination due to the Executive’s death, the Executive’s estate, heirs and beneficiaries shall receive all the Executive’s Accrued Benefits through the Termination Date.
 
(b)                                  If the Executive dies after a Notice of Termination is given (i) by the Company or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason, then the Executive’s estate, heirs and beneficiaries shall be entitled to the benefits described in Section 9(a)  and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 9(c) ), to such Termination Payment to which the Executive would have been entitled had the Executive lived, except that the Termination Payment shall be paid on the 120 th  day following the date of the Executive’s death (the “Death Benefit Payment Date”), without interest thereon.  For purposes of this Section 9(b) , the Termination Date shall be the earlier of 30 days following the giving of the Notice of Termination, subject to extension pursuant to the definition of Termination of Employment, or one day prior to the end of the Employment Period.
 
(c)                                   It is a condition of payment of the Termination Payment under Section 9(b)  that the Executive’s estate deliver a full release of claims in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company no earlier than sixty (60) days and no later than eight (8) days prior to the Death Benefit Payment Date.  If the Executive’s estate does not timely deliver a full release to the Company, or if the Executive’s estate delivers such a release but revokes it prior to the Termination Payment Date (to the extent the Executive’s estate is able to do so), then the Executive’s estate shall not be entitled to the Termination Payment.
 
10.                                  Retirement .  If, during the Employment Period, the Executive and the Company shall execute an agreement providing for the early retirement of the Executive from the Company, or the Executive shall otherwise give notice that the Executive is voluntarily choosing to retire early from the Company, then the Executive shall receive Accrued Benefits through the Termination Date; provided , that if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company other than by reason of death, disability or Cause and the Executive also, in connection with such termination, elects voluntary early retirement, then the Executive shall also be entitled to receive a Termination Payment pursuant to Section 8(a) .
 
10 

 
11.                                  Termination for Disability .  If, during the Employment Period, as a result of the Executive’s disability due to physical or mental illness or injury (regardless of whether such illness or injury is job-related), the Executive shall have been absent from the Executive’s duties hereunder on a full-time basis for a period of six consecutive months and, within thirty days after the Company notifies the Executive in writing that it intends to terminate the Executive’s employment (which notice shall not constitute the Notice of Termination contemplated below), the Executive shall not have returned to the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder on a full-time basis, then the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment for purposes of this Agreement pursuant to a Notice of Termination. If the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of the Executive’s disability in accordance with this Section 11 , then the Executive shall receive Accrued Benefits and shall remain eligible for all benefits provided by any long term disability programs of the Company in effect at the time the Company sends notice to the Executive of its intent to terminate pursuant to this Section.
 
12.                                  Termination Notice and Procedure .
 
(a)                                   Any termination of the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period by the Company or the Executive (other than a termination of the Executive’s employment referenced in the second sentence of the definition of “Effective Date” in Exhibit A ) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the Executive, if such Notice is given by the Company, and to the Company, if such Notice is given by the Executive, all in accordance with the following procedures and those set forth in Section 23 :
 
(i)                                      If such termination is for disability, Cause or Good Reason, then the Notice of Termination shall indicate in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances alleged to provide a basis for such termination.
 
(ii)                                   Any Notice of Termination by the Company shall have been approved, prior to the giving thereof to the Executive, by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company as evidenced by a document the Chief Executive Officer has executed, a copy of which shall accompany the Notice.
 
(iii)                                If the Notice is given by the Executive for Good Reason, then the Executive may cease performing the Executive’s duties hereunder on or after the date 15 days after the delivery of Notice of Termination (unless the Notice of Termination is based upon clause (vii) of the definition of “Good Reason” in Exhibit A , in which case the Executive may cease performing his duties at the time the Executive’s employment is terminated) and shall in any event cease employment on the Termination Date, if any, arising from the delivery of such Notice.  If the Notice is given by the Company, then the Executive may cease performing the Executive’s duties hereunder on the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, subject to the Executive’s rights hereunder.
 
(iv)                               The recipient of any Notice of Termination shall personally deliver or mail in accordance with Section 23 written notice of any dispute relating to such Notice of Termination to the party giving such Notice within fifteen days after receipt
 
11 

 
thereof. After the expiration of such fifteen days, the contents of the Notice of Termination shall become final and not subject to dispute.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) if the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control without complying with this Section 12 , then the Executive will be deemed to have voluntarily terminated the Executive’s employment other than for Good Reason and deemed to have delivered a written Notice of Termination to that effect to the Company as of the date of such termination and (B) if the Company or the Employer terminates the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control without complying with this Section 12 , then the Company will be deemed to have terminated the Executive’s employment other than by reason of death, disability or Cause and the Company will be deemed to have delivered a written Notice of Termination to that effect to the Executive as of the date of such termination.  Under circumstances described in clause (B) above, the Executive may, but shall not be obligated to, also deliver a Notice of Termination based upon clause (vii) of the definition of “Good Reason” in Exhibit A for the purpose of subjecting such Notice to Section 12(a)(iv) .
 
(b)                                  If a Change in Control occurs and the Executive’s employment with the Employer terminates (whether by the Company, the Executive or otherwise) within 180 days prior to the Change in Control, then the Executive may assert that such termination is a Covered Termination by sending a written Notice of Termination to the Company at any time prior to the day 180 days following the Change in Control in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12(b)  and those set forth in Section 23 .  If the Executive asserts that the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason or that the Company terminated the Executive’s employment other than for disability or Cause, then the Notice of Termination shall indicate in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances alleged to provide a basis for such assertions.  The Company shall personally deliver or mail in accordance with Section 23 written notice of any dispute relating to such Notice of Termination to the Executive within 15 days after receipt thereof.  After the expiration of such 15 days, the contents of the Notice of Termination shall become final and not subject to dispute.  If the Executive’s termination constitutes a Covered Termination under this Section 12(b)  such that the Executive is entitled to receive the Termination Payment, then such Termination Payment shall be paid to the Executive in cash equivalent on the first anniversary of the Change in Control and shall be accompanied by an interest payment calculated at Prime, such rate to be determined on the date of the Change in Control, compounded quarterly, from the date of the Change in Control.  In addition, for purposes of applying the provisions of Section 8(a)(ii) , the first anniversary of the Change in Control shall be considered the Termination Payment Date.
 
13.                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  The obligations of the Executive under the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in force after the Effective Date.
 
14.                                  Expenses and Interest .  If, after the Effective Date, (i) a dispute arises with respect to the enforcement of the Executive’s rights under this Agreement or (ii) any legal or arbitration proceeding shall be brought to enforce or interpret any provision contained herein or in the Confidentiality Agreement or to recover damages for breach hereof or of the Confidentiality Agreement, in either case so long as the Executive is not acting in bad faith, then the Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable attorneys’ fees and necessary costs and
 
12 

 
disbursements incurred as a result of such dispute, legal or arbitration proceeding or tax audit or proceeding (“Expenses”), and prejudgment interest on any money judgment or arbitration award obtained by the Executive calculated at Prime from the date that payments to the Executive should have been made under this Agreement.  Within ten days after the Executive’s written request therefor (but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Expense is incurred), the Company shall reimburse the Executive, or such other person or entity as the Executive may designate in writing to the Company, the Executive’s reasonable Expenses accompanied by an interest payment at Prime, compounded quarterly.
 
15.                                  Payment Obligations Absolute .  The Company’s obligation during and after the Employment Period to pay the Executive the amounts and to make the benefit and other arrangements provided herein shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that the Company may have against the Executive or anyone else.  Except as provided in Section 8(b)  and Section 14 , all amounts payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or demand.  Each and every payment made hereunder by the Company shall be final, and the Company will not seek to recover all or any part of such payment from the Executive, or from whomsoever may be entitled thereto, for any reason whatsoever.
 
16.                                  Successors .
 
(a)                                   If the Company sells, assigns or transfers all or substantially all of its business and assets to any Person or if the Company merges into or consolidates or otherwise combines (where the Company does not survive such combination) with any Person (any such event, a “Sale of Business”), then the Company shall assign all of its right, title and interest in this Agreement as of the date of such event to such Person, and the Company shall cause such Person, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform from and after the date of such assignment all of the terms, conditions and provisions imposed by this Agreement upon the Company.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effective date of such Sale of Business shall be a breach of this Agreement constituting “Good Reason” hereunder, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date upon which such Sale of Business becomes effective shall be deemed the Termination Date.  In case of such assignment by the Company and of assumption and agreement by such Person, as used in this Agreement, “Company” shall thereafter mean such Person that executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 16 or that otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, such Person.  The Executive shall, in the Executive’s discretion, be entitled to proceed against any or all of such Persons, any Person that theretofore was such a successor to the Company (as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement) and the Company (as so defined) in any action to enforce any rights of the Executive hereunder.  Except as provided in this Section 16(a) , this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company.  This Agreement shall not be terminated by the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Company.
 
(b)                                  This Agreement and all rights of the Executive shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors,
 
13 

 
administrators, heirs and beneficiaries.  All amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 14 if the Executive had lived shall be paid, in the event of the Executive’s death, to the Executive’s estate, heirs and representatives; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not be construed to modify any terms of any benefit plan of the Company, as such terms are in effect on the Effective Date, that expressly govern benefits under such plan in the event of the Executive’s death.
 
17.                                  Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible, and if any of said provisions or any part hereof are declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the validity and enforceability of the remainder of such provisions or parts hereof and the applicability thereof shall not be affected thereby.
 
18.                                  Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended or modified at any time except by written instrument executed by the Company and the Executive.  However, at the request of the Company, the Executive will execute a revised form of this Agreement that reflects changes that the Company determines are appropriate to comply with regulations under Code Section 409A.
 
19.                                  Withholding .  The Company shall be entitled to withhold from amounts to be paid to the Executive hereunder any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which it is from time to time required to withhold; provided , that the amount so withheld shall not exceed the minimum amount required to be withheld by law.  In addition, if prior to the date of payment of the Termination Payment hereunder, the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) tax imposed under Sections 3101, 3121(a) and 3121(v)(2), where applicable, becomes due with respect to any payment or benefit to be provided hereunder, then the Company shall provide for an immediate payment of the amount needed to pay the Executive’s portion of such tax (plus an amount equal to the taxes that will be due on such amount) and the Executive’s Termination Payment shall be reduced accordingly.  The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of the National Tax Counsel if any question as to the amount or requirement of any such withholding shall arise.
 
20.                                  Additional Section 409A Provisions .
 
(a)                                   If any payment amount or the value of any benefit under this Agreement is required to be included in the Executive’s income prior to the date such amount is actually paid or the benefit provided as a result of the failure of this Agreement (or any other arrangement that is required to be aggregated with this Agreement under Code Section 409A) to comply with Code Section 409A, then the Company shall make a payment to the Executive, in a lump sum, within 90 days after the date it is finally determined that the Agreement (or such other arrangement that is required to be aggregated with this Agreement) fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; such payment shall equal the amount required to be included in the Executive’s income as a result of such failure and shall reduce the amount of payments or benefits otherwise due hereunder (other than additional payments to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 8(b)).
 
14 

 
(b)                                  The Company and the Executive intend the terms of this Agreement to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the maximum extent permissible, any ambiguous terms of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner which avoids a violation of Section 409A of the Code.
 
(c)                                   The Executive acknowledges that to avoid an additional tax on payments that may be payable or benefits that may be provided under this Agreement and that constitute deferred compensation that is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code, the Executive must make a reasonable, good faith effort to collect any payment or benefit to which the Executive believes the Executive is entitled hereunder no later than 90 days after the latest date upon which the payment could have been made or benefit provided under this Agreement, and if the payment or benefit is not paid or provided, then the Executive must take further enforcement measures within 180 days after such latest date.
 
21.                                  Certain Rules of Construction .  No party shall be considered as being responsible for the drafting of this Agreement for the purpose of applying any rule construing ambiguities against the drafter or otherwise.  No draft of this Agreement shall be taken into account in construing this Agreement.  Any provision of this Agreement that requires an agreement in writing shall be deemed to require that the writing in question be signed by the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company.  This Agreement supersedes any prior Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement between the Executive and the Company.
 
22.                                  Governing Law; Resolution of Disputes .
 
(a)                                   This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin (excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction) except that Section 22(b)  shall be construed in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act if arbitration is chosen by the Executive as the method of dispute resolution.
 
(b)                                  Any dispute arising out of this Agreement or, after the Effective Date, the Confidentiality Agreement, shall, at the Executive’s election, be determined by arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect (but subject to any evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement), in which case both parties shall be bound by the arbitration award, or by litigation.  Whether the dispute is to be settled by arbitration or litigation, the venue for the arbitration or litigation shall be Oshkosh, Wisconsin or, at the Executive’s election, if the Executive is no longer residing or working in the Oshkosh, Wisconsin, in the judicial district encompassing the city in which the Executive resides; provided , that , if the Executive is not then residing in the United States, then the election of the Executive with respect to such venue shall be either Oshkosh, Wisconsin or in the judicial district encompassing that city in the United States among the thirty cities having the largest population (as determined by the most recent United States Census data available at the Termination Date) that is closest to the Executive’s residence.  The parties consent to personal jurisdiction in each trial court in the selected venue having subject matter jurisdiction notwithstanding their residence or situs, and each party irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided hereunder for the giving of notices.
 
15 

 
23.                                  Notice .  Notices given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and, except as otherwise provided by Section 12(a)(iii) , shall be deemed given when actually received by the Executive or actually received by the Company’s Secretary or any officer of the Company other than the Executive.  If mailed, such notices shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressee only, postage prepaid, if to the Company, to Oshkosh Corporation, Attention: Secretary (or, if the Executive is then Secretary, to the Chief Executive Officer), 2307 Oregon Street, P.O. Box 2566, Oshkosh, WI 54903-2566, or if to the Executive, at the address set forth below the Executive’s signature to this Agreement, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have theretofore given to the other party in writing.
 
24.                                  No Waiver .  The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.
 
25.                                  Headings .  The headings herein contained are for reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 	OSHKOSH CORPORATION	

 	By:	 	
 	 	Name:	 	
 	 	Title:	 	

 	Attest:	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	
 	 	Title:	 	
 	 	
 	EXECUTIVE	

 	 	(SEAL)	
 	[Name]	
 	[Address]	

16 

 
Exhibit A
 
CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS
 
For purposes of this Agreement,
 
(a)                                   409A Affiliate .  The term “409A Affiliate” means each entity that is required to be included in the Company’s controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, or that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code; provided , however , that the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used in place of the phrase “at least 80 percent” each place it appears therein or in the regulations thereunder.
 
(b)                                  Act .  The term “Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(c)                                   Accrued Benefits .  The term “Accrued Benefits” shall include the following amounts, payable as described herein:  (i) all base salary for the time period ending with the Termination Date; (ii) reimbursement for any and all monies advanced in connection with the Executive’s employment for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company for the time period ending with the Termination Date; (iii) any and all other cash earned through the Termination Date and deferred at the election of the Executive or pursuant to any deferred compensation plan then in effect; (iv) notwithstanding any provision of any bonus or incentive compensation plan applicable to the Executive, but subject to any deferral election then in effect, a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the sum of (A) any bonus or incentive compensation that has been allocated or awarded to the Executive for a fiscal year or other measuring period under the plan that ends prior to the Termination Date but has not yet been paid (pursuant to Section 5(f)  or otherwise) and (B) a pro rata portion to the Termination Date of the aggregate value of all contingent bonus or incentive compensation awards to the Executive for all uncompleted periods under the plan calculated as to each such award as if the target or expected performance Goals with respect to such bonus or incentive compensation award had been attained (reduced, but not below zero, by amounts paid under all such contingent bonuses or incentive compensation awards upon a Change in Control to the extent such amounts relate to the same period of time); and (v) all other payments and benefits to which the Executive (or in the event of the Executive’s death, the Executive’s surviving spouse or other beneficiary) may be entitled as compensatory perquisites or under the terms of any benefit plan of the Company, including (subject to Section 8(a)(i) ) severance payments under the Company’s severance policies and practices in the form most favorable to the Executive that were in effect at any time during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date.  Payment of Accrued Benefits shall be made promptly in accordance with the Company’s prevailing practice with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) or, with respect to clauses (iii), (iv) and (v), pursuant to the terms of the benefit plan or practice establishing such benefits; provided , however , that payments pursuant to clause (iv)(B) shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the month in which the Separation from Service occurs, unless the Separation from Service is due to death, in which event such payment shall be made within 90 days of the date of the Executive’s death.
 
A-1 

 
(d)                                  Affiliate and Associate .  The terms “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Act.
 
(e)                                   Annual Cash Compensation .  The term “Annual Cash Compensation” shall mean the sum of (A) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary, plus (B) the higher of (1) the highest annual bonus or incentive compensation award earned by the Executive under any cash bonus or incentive compensation plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates during the three complete fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the Termination Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, during the three complete fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the Effective Date; or (2) the highest average annual bonus and/or incentive compensation earned during the three complete fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the Termination Date (or, if more favorable to the Executive, during the three complete fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the Effective Date) under any cash bonus or incentive compensation plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates by the group of executives of the Company and its Affiliates participating under such plan during such fiscal years at a status or position comparable to that at which the Executive participated or would have participated pursuant to the Executive’s most senior position at any time during the 180 days preceding the Effective Date or thereafter until the Termination Date.
 
(f)                                     Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment after the Effective Date for “Cause” only if the conditions set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii) have been met and the Company otherwise complies with this Agreement:
 
(i)                                      (A)  the Executive has committed any act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Executive’s duties as an executive or in the course of employment with the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (B) the Executive has willfully and continually failed to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company or any of its Affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, regardless of whether such illness or injury is job-related) for an appropriate period, which shall not be less than 30 days, after the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has delivered a written demand for performance to the Executive that specifically identifies the manner in which the Chief Executive Officer believes the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive’s duties; (C) the Executive has willfully engaged in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company; (D) the Executive has breached the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement concerning restrictions relating to a Competing Business (as such term is defined in the Confidentiality Agreement); or (E) the Executive has willfully and wrongfully disclosed any Trade Secrets or Confidential Information of the Company or any of its Affiliates (as such terms are defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) or the Executive has otherwise willfully breached the Confidentiality Agreement; and in any such case the act or omission shall have been determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to have been materially harmful to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
A-2 

 
For purposes of this provision, (1) no act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company and (2) any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer or a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.
 
(ii)                                   (A) The Company terminates the Executive’s employment by delivering a Notice of Termination to the Executive, (B) prior to the time the Company has terminated the Executive’s employment pursuant to a Notice of Termination, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has executed a document confirming the finding of the Chief Executive Officer that the Executive was guilty of conduct set forth in this definition of Cause, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail, (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Chief Executive of the Company) and (C) the Company delivers a copy of such document to the Executive with the Notice of Termination at the time the Executive’s employment is terminated.
 
In the event of a dispute regarding whether the Executive’s employment has been terminated for Cause, no claim by the Company that the Company has terminated the Executive’s employment for Cause in accordance with this Agreement shall be given effect unless the Company establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the Company has complied with the requirements of this Agreement to terminate the Executive’s employment for Cause.
 
(g)                                  Change in Control .  The term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:
 
(i)                                      any Person (other than (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Company (individually, an “Excluded Person” and collectively, “Excluded Persons”)) is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates after July 14, 2008, pursuant to express authorization by the Board that refers to this exception) representing 25 percent or more of (1) the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities or (2) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; or
 
A-3 

 
(ii)                                   the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on July 14, 2008, constituted the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on July 14, 2008, or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved; or
 
(iii)                                consummation of a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Company with any other corporation or issuance of voting securities of the Company in connection with a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Company (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company), other than (A) a merger, consolidation or share exchange that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or share exchange continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50 percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or share exchange or (B) a merger, consolidation or share exchange effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person (other than an Excluded Person) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates after July 14, 2008, pursuant to express authorization by the Board that refers to this exception) representing 25 percent or more of (1) the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities or (2) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; or
 
(iv)                               (A) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (B) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (in one transaction or a series of related transactions within any period of 24 consecutive months), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity at least 75 percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by Persons in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if there is consummated any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity that owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions and (y) solely for purposes of Section 12(b)  and the second sentence of the definition of “Effective Date” in this Exhibit A , a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred only if the applicable event also constitutes a change in control within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.
 
A-4 

 
(h)                                  Code .  The term “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including any amendments thereto or successor tax codes thereof.
 
(i)                                      Covered Termination .  Subject to Section 12(b) , the term “Covered Termination” means any Termination of Employment during the Employment Period where the Termination Date, or the date Notice of Termination is delivered, is any date on or prior to the end of the Employment Period.
 
(j)                                      Effective Date .  The term “Effective Date” shall mean the first date on which a Change in Control occurs.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if (i) a Change in Control occurs, (ii) the Executive’s employment with the Employer terminates (whether by the Company, the Executive or otherwise) within 180 days prior to the Change in Control and (iii) it is reasonably demonstrated by the Executive that either (A) any such termination of employment by the Employer (1) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (2) otherwise arose in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control, or (B) any such Termination of Employment by the Executive took place subsequent to the occurrence of an event described in clause (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of the definition of “Good Reason,” which event (1) occurred at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (2) otherwise arose in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the term “Effective Date” shall mean the day immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.
 
(k)                                   Employer .  The term “Employer” means the Company and/or any subsidiary of the Company that employed the Executive immediately prior to the Effective Date.
 
(l)                                      Good Reason .  The Executive shall have a “Good Reason” for termination of employment on or after the Effective Date if the Executive determines in good faith that any of the following events has occurred:
 
(i)                                      any breach of this Agreement by the Company, including specifically any breach by the Company of its agreements contained in Section 4 , Section 5 or Section 6 , other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith that the Company remedies promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
 
(ii)                                   any reduction in the Executive’s base salary, percentage of base salary available as incentive compensation or bonus opportunity or benefits, in each case relative to those most favorable to the Executive in effect at any time during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date or, to the extent more favorable to the Executive, those in effect after the Effective Date;
 
(iii)                                a material adverse change, without the Executive’s prior written consent, in the Executive’s working conditions or status with the Company or the Employer from such working conditions or status in effect during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date or, to the extent more favorable to the Executive, those in effect after the Effective Date, including but not limited to (A) a material change in the
 
A-5 

 
nature or scope of the Executive’s titles, authority, powers, functions, duties, reporting requirements or responsibilities, or (B) a material reduction in the level of support services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements, but excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent event not occurring in bad faith that the Company remedies promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
 
(iv)                               the relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from the Executive’s principal place of employment on the date 180 days prior to the Effective Date;
 
(v)                                  the Employer requires the Executive to travel on Employer business to a materially greater extent than was required during the 180-day period prior to the Effective Date;
 
(vi)                               failure by the Company to obtain the agreement referred to in Section 16(a)  as provided therein; or
 
(vii)                            the Company or the Employer terminates the Executive’s employment after a Change in Control without delivering a Notice of Termination in accordance with Section 12 ;
 
provided that (A) any such event occurs following the Effective Date or (B) in the case of any event described in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, such event occurs on or prior to the Effective Date under circumstances described in clause (iii)(B)(1) or (iii)(B)(2) of the definition of “Effective Date.”  In the event of a dispute regarding whether the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for “Good Reason” in accordance with this Agreement, no claim by the Company that such termination does not constitute a Covered Termination shall be given effect unless the Company establishes by clear and convincing evidence that such termination does not constitute a Covered Termination.  Any election by the Executive to terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for purposes of any other employee benefit or other plan.
 
(m)                                Indemnified Section 409A Violation .  The term “Indemnified Section 409A Violation” means a violation of Section 409A of the Code that occurs in connection with any payment or benefit (or any acceleration of any payment or benefit) in connection with this Agreement or, on or after the Effective Date, the Executive’s employment or the termination thereof as a result of (i) the Company’s clerical error, (ii) the Company’s failure to administer this Agreement or any benefit plan or program in accordance with its written terms, or (iii) the fact that a provision of any benefit plan or program of the Company fails to comply with Code Section 409A, and the Executive incurs additional tax under Section 409A of the Code as a result of such violation.
 
(n)                                  Normal Retirement Date .  The term “Normal Retirement Date” means the date the Executive reaches “Normal Retirement Age” as defined in the Oshkosh Corporation Salaried and Clerical Employees Retirement Plan as in effect on the date hereof, or the corresponding date under any successor plan of the Employer as in effect on the Effective Date.
 
A-6 

 
(o)                                  Notice of Termination .  The term “Notice of Termination” means a written notice as contemplated by Section 12 .
 
(p)                                  Person .  The term “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.
 
(q)                                  Prime .  “Prime” means the rate of interest announced by U. S. Bank, National Association, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, from time to time as its prime or base lending rate.
 
(r)                                     Section 409A Indemnification .  The term “Section 409A Indemnification” means a payment to be made by the Company to the Executive, in the event of an Indemnified Section 409A Violation, such that the net amount of such payment that the Executive retains, after the Executive pays any federal, state, or local income tax or FICA tax on the amount of the Section 409A Indemnification, shall be equal to the Section 409A Tax attributable to the Indemnified Section 409A Violation.  For purposes of determining the Section 409A Indemnification amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income and employment taxation in the calendar year in which the Section 409A Indemnification is to be paid to the Executive and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s domicile for income tax purposes on the date the Section 409A Indemnification is to be paid to the Executive, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes.
 
(s)                                   Section 409A Tax .  The term “Section 409A Tax” means the sum of (i) the 20 percent additional income tax described in Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B)(I)(ii) to the extent such additional tax is incurred by the Executive as a result of an Indemnified Section 409A Violation, (ii) the interest determined to be due under Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B)(I)(i) in connection with the same Indemnified Section 409A Violation, and (iii) any penalties incurred by the Executive in connection with the same Indemnified Section 409A Violation, provided that the Executive pays such additional income tax and related interest and penalties promptly upon being notified that such amount is due.  Section 409A Tax does not include any interest or penalties assessed by the Internal Revenue Service on the Executive that are attributable to Executive’s willful misconduct or negligence.
 
(t)                                     Separation from Service .  The term “Separation from Service” means the Executive’s Termination of Employment with the Company and all 409A Affiliates or, if the Executive continues to provide services following his or her Termination of Employment, such later date as is considered a separation from service from the Company and its 409A Affiliates within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Specifically, if the Executive continues to provide services to the Company or a 409A Affiliate in a capacity other than as an employee, such shift in status is not automatically a Separation from Service.
 
(u)                                  Termination Date .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 9(b) , Section 12(b)  and Section 16(a) , the term “Termination Date” means (i) if the Termination of Employment is by the Executive’s death, the date of death; (ii) if the Termination of Employment is by reason of voluntary early retirement, as agreed in writing by the Company and the Executive, the date of such early retirement that is set forth in such written agreement; (iii) if the
 
A-7 

 
Termination of Employment for purposes of this Agreement is by reason of disability pursuant to Section 11 , 30 days after the Notice of Termination is given; (iv) if the Termination of Employment is by the Executive voluntarily (other than for Good Reason), the date the Notice of Termination is given; and (v) if the Termination of Employment is by the Employer (other than by reason of disability pursuant to Section 11 ) or by the Executive for Good Reason, 30 days after the Notice of Termination is given.
 
(A)                               If termination is for Cause pursuant to Section 7(b)  and if the Executive has cured the conduct constituting such Cause as described by the Employer in its Notice of Termination within such 30-day or shorter period, then the Executive’s employment hereunder shall continue as if the Employer had not delivered its Notice of Termination.
 
(B)                                 If the Executive shall in good faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason and the Company notifies the Executive that a dispute exists concerning the termination within the fifteen day period following receipt thereof, then the Executive may elect to continue the Executive’s employment during such dispute and the Termination Date shall be determined under this paragraph.  If the Executive so elects and it is thereafter determined that the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with this Agreement, then the Termination Date shall be the earlier of (1) the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either (x) by mutual written agreement of the parties or (y) in accordance with Section 22 or (2) the date of the Executive’s death.  If the Executive so elects and it is thereafter determined that the Executive did not terminate the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with this Agreement, then the employment of the Executive hereunder shall continue after such determination as if the Executive had not delivered the Notice of Termination asserting Good Reason and there shall be no Termination Date arising out of such Notice.  In either case, this Agreement continues, until the Termination Date, if any, as if the Executive had not delivered the Notice of Termination except that, if it is finally determined that the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason in accordance with this Agreement, then the Executive shall in no case be denied the benefits described in Section 8 (including a Termination Payment) based on events occurring after the Executive delivered the Notice of Termination.
 
(C)                                 Except as provided in paragraph (A) above, if the party receiving the Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination within the fifteen day period following receipt thereof and it is finally determined that termination of the Executive’s employment for the reason asserted in such Notice of Termination was not in accordance with this Agreement, then (1) if such Notice was delivered by the Executive, then the Executive will be deemed to have voluntarily terminated the Executive’s employment other than for Good Reason by means of such Notice and (2) if delivered by the Company, then the
 
A-8 

 
Company will be deemed to have terminated the Executive’s employment other than by reason of death, disability or Cause by means of such Notice.
 
(v)                                  Termination of Employment .  The term “Termination of Employment” means a termination of employment of the Executive (A) when the Company and the Executive reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed by the Executive for the Company and its 409A Affiliates or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform as an employee of the Company and its 409A Affiliates will permanently decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Executive (whether as an employee or independent contractor) for the Company and its 409A Affiliates over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or such lesser period of services) or (B) when the Company determines in good faith based on the facts and circumstances in accordance with Code Section 409A, upon a decrease in services by the Executive that is to more than 20 percent of such average level of bona fide services but less than 50 percent, that a Termination of Employment has occurred.  The Executive’s termination of employment shall be presumed not to occur where the level of bona fide services performed by the Executive for the Company and its 409A Affiliates continues at a level that is 50 percent or more of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Executive (whether as an employee or independent contractor) for the Company and its 409A Affiliates over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or such lesser period of service).  No presumption applies to a decrease in services that is to more than 20 percent of such average level of bona fide services but less than 50 percent, and in such event, whether the Executive has had a Termination of Employment will be determined in good faith by the Company based on the facts and circumstances in accordance with Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive takes a leave of absence for purposes of military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, then the Executive will not be deemed to have incurred a Separation from Service for the first six months of the leave of absence or, if longer, for so long as the Executive’s right to reemployment is provided either by statute or by contract, including this Agreement; provided that if the leave of absence is due to a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than six months, where such impairment causes the Executive to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, the leave may be extended for up to 29 months without causing a Termination of Employment.
 
A-9 

Exhibit 10.17
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
 
Summary of Cash Compensation For Non-Employee Directors
 
Cash compensation for non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Oshkosh Corporation, effective January 1, 2011, consists of payment of the following: (i) an annual retainer of $65,000 for each non-employee director; (ii) an additional annual retainer of $150,000 for the non-employee Chairman of the Board; (iii) an additional annual retainer of $13,500 for each Board Committee on which a non-employee director serves during the calendar year; (iv) an additional annual retainer of $10,000 to the non-employee Chair of the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee of the Board; and (v) an additional annual retainer of $5,000 to the non-employee Chair of the Governance Committee of the Board.

Exhibit 10.23
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
 
2009 INCENTIVE STOCK AND AWARDS PLAN
(as amended through September 19, 2011)
 
1.                                       Purposes, History and Effective Date.
 
(a)                                   Purpose . The Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan has two complementary purposes: (i) to attract and retain outstanding individuals to serve as officers, directors, employees and consultants and (ii) to increase shareholder value. The Plan will provide participants incentives to increase shareholder value by offering the opportunity to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock, receive monetary payments based on the value of such common stock, or receive other incentive compensation, on the potentially favorable terms that this Plan provides.
 
(b)                                  History . Prior to the effective date of this Plan, the Company had in effect the 1990 Plan, which was originally effective April 9, 1990, and the 2004 Plan, which was originally effective February 3, 2004. The 1990 Plan terminated upon shareholder approval of the 2004 Plan on February 3, 2004, and no new awards have been granted under the 1990 Plan since such date. Upon shareholder approval of this Plan, the 2004 Plan will terminate and no new awards will be granted under the 2004 Plan, although awards granted under the 2004 Plan or the 1990 Plan and still outstanding will continue to be subject to all terms and conditions of the 2004 Plan or the 1990 Plan, as applicable, subject to Section 14(c) of this Plan.
 
(c)                                   Effective Date . This Plan will become effective, and Awards may be granted under this Plan, on and after the Effective Date. This Plan will terminate as provided in Section 14.
 
2.                                       Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Plan have the following meanings:
 
(a)                                   “1990 Plan” means the Oshkosh Corporation 1990 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended.
 
(b)                                  “2004 Plan” means the Oshkosh Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended.
 
(c)                                   “Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto.
 
(d)                                  “Award” means a grant of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Shares, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or an Incentive Award. Any Award granted under this Plan shall be provided or made in such manner and at such time as complies with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A to avoid a plan failure described in Code Section 409A(a)(1), including, without limitation, deferring payment to a specified employee or until a specified distribution event, as provided in Code Section 409A(a)(2).
 
(e)                                   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(f)                                     “Cause” means, except as otherwise determined by the Committee upon the grant of an Award, (i) conviction of a felony or a plea of no contest to a felony, (ii) willful misconduct that is materially and demonstrably detrimental to the Company or an Affiliate, (iii) willful refusal to perform requested duties consistent with a Participant’s office, position or status with the Company or an Affiliate (other than as a result of physical or mental disability) or (iv) other conduct or inaction that the Committee determines in its discretion constitutes Cause, except that, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), Cause shall be determined by a majority of the Committee at a meeting held after reasonable notice to the Participant and including an opportunity for the Participant and his or her counsel to be heard, and the Committee
 
A-1 

 
shall not have the right to determine that Cause exists pursuant to clause (iv) following the occurrence of a Change in Control. All determinations of the Committee as to Cause shall be final.
 
(g)                                  “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
 
(i) any Person (other than (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Company (individually, an “Excluded Person” and collectively, “Excluded Persons”)) is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates after the Effective Date, pursuant to express authorization by the Board that refers to this exception) representing 25% or more of (1) the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities or (2) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; or
 
(ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of Directors then serving:  individuals who, on the Effective Date, constituted the Board and any new Director (other than a Director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors on the Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved; or
 
(iii) consummation of a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Company with any other corporation or issuance of voting securities of the Company in connection with a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Company (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company), other than (A) a merger, consolidation or share exchange that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or share exchange continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or share exchange, or (B) a merger, consolidation or share exchange effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person (other than an Excluded Person) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates after the Effective Date, pursuant to express authorization by the Board that refers to this exception) representing 25% or more of (1) the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities or (2) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company; or
 
(iv) (A) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (B) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (in one transaction or a series of related transactions within any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity at least 75% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by Persons in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
 
A-2 

 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if there is consummated any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity that owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
 
(h)                                  “Change in Control Price” means the highest of the following: (i) the Fair Market Value of a Share, as determined on the date of the Change in Control; (ii) the highest price per Share paid in the Change in Control transaction; or (iii) the Fair Market Value of a Share, calculated on the date of surrender of the relevant Award in accordance with Section 16(c), but this clause (iii) shall not apply if in the Change in Control transaction, or pursuant to an agreement to which the Company is a party governing the Change in Control transaction, all of the Shares are purchased for and/or converted into the right to receive a current payment of cash and no other securities or other property.
 
(i)                                      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes any successor provision and the regulations promulgated under such provision.
 
(j)                                      “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board (or a successor committee with the same or similar authority).
 
(k)                                   “Company” means Oshkosh Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, or any successor thereto.
 
(l)                                      “Director” means a member of the Board, and “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not also an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
 
(m)                                “Disability” has the meaning ascribed to the terms “total disability” or “totally disabled” in the Oshkosh Corporation Long Term Disability Program for Salaried Employees (or any successor plan thereto).
 
(n)                                  “Effective Date” means the date the Company’s shareholders approve this Plan.
 
(o)                                  “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act includes any successor provision and the regulations and rules promulgated under such provision.
 
(p)                                  “Fair Market Value” means, per Share on a particular date, the last sales price on such date on the national securities exchange on which the Stock is then traded, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if no sales of Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such exchange. If the Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange, but are traded in an over-the-counter market, the last sales price (or, if there is no last sales price reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices) for the Shares on the particular date, or on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Shares on that market, will be used. If the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by the Committee, in its discretion, will be used.
 
(q)                                  “Incentive Award” means the right to receive a cash payment to the extent Performance Goals are achieved, and shall include “Annual Incentive Awards” as described in Section 10 and “Long-Term Incentive Awards” as described in Section 11.
 
A-3 

 
(r)                                     “Option” means the right to purchase Shares at a stated price for a specified period of time.
 
(s)                                   “Participant” means an individual selected by the Committee to receive an Award.
 
(t)                                     “Performance Goals” means any goals the Committee establishes that relate to one or more of the following with respect to the Company or any one or more Subsidiaries, Affiliates or other business units:  sales or other revenues; cost of sales; expenses; cost reductions; income or earnings, including net income, operating income, earnings per share or margins; cash flow; debt; ratio of debt to equity or other financial measure that appears on the Company’s financial statements or is derived from one or more amounts that appear on the Company’s financial statements; return on shareholders equity, capital, assets or other financial measure that appears on the Company’s financial statements or is derived from one or more amounts that appear on the Company’s financial statements; working capital or any of its components, including accounts receivable, inventories or accounts payable; assets; stock price; dividend payments; economic value added; market share; new product releases; and product quality. As to each Performance Goal, the relevant measurement of performance shall be computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and to the extent consistent with Code Section 162(m), will exclude the effects of (i) charges for reorganizing and restructuring, (ii) discontinued operations, (iii) asset write-downs, (iv) gains or losses on the disposition of a business or business segment, (v) changes in tax or accounting principles, regulations or laws, (vi) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, and (vii) mergers, acquisitions or dispositions, that in each case the Company identifies in its audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report.  Also, the Committee may, to the extent consistent with Code Section 162(m), appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (i) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements; (ii) the effects of changes in other laws or regulations affecting reported results; and (iii) accruals of any amounts for payment under this Plan or any other compensation arrangements maintained by the Company.  In addition, in the case of Awards that the Committee determines will not be considered “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), the Committee may establish other Performance Goals not listed in this Plan.
 
(u)                                  “Performance Shares” means the right to receive Shares to the extent Performance Goals are achieved.
 
(v)                                  “Performance Units” means the right to receive cash and/or Shares valued in relation to a unit that has a designated dollar value or the value of which is equal to the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares, to the extent Performance Goals are achieved.
 
(w)                                “Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.
 
(x)                                    “Plan” means this Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as may be amended from time to time.
 
(y)                                  “Restricted Stock” means Shares that are subject to a risk of forfeiture and/or restrictions on transfer, which may lapse upon the achievement or partial achievement of Performance Goals and/or upon the completion of a period of service.
 
(z)                                    “Restricted Stock Unit” means the right to receive cash and/or Shares the value of which is equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share.
 
A-4 

 
(aa)                             “Retirement” means a Participant’s termination of employment or service as a Director at a time that the Participant is at least age 55 and has completed at least five (5) years of continuous service with the Company.
 
(bb)                           “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
 
(cc)                             “Section 16 Participants” means Participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
 
(dd)                           “Share” means a share of Stock.
 
(ee)                             “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company, par value of one cent ($.01) per share.
 
(ff)                                 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right of a Participant to receive cash with a Fair Market Value equal to the appreciation of the Fair Market Value of a Share during a specified period of time.
 
(gg)                           “Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company or other limited liability entity in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities (other than the last entities in the chain) owns the stock or equity interest possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other entities in the chain.
 
3.                                       Administration.
 
(a)                                   Committee Administration . In addition to the authority specifically granted to the Committee in this Plan, the Committee has full discretionary authority to administer this Plan, including but not limited to the authority to (i) interpret the provisions of this Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, (iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any Award or agreement covering an Award in the manner and to the extent it deems desirable to carry this Plan into effect and (iv) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. A majority of the members of the Committee will constitute a quorum, and a majority of the Committee’s members must make all determinations of the Committee. The Committee may make any determination under this Plan without notice or meeting of the Committee by a writing that a majority of the Committee members have signed. All Committee determinations are final and binding.
 
(b)                                  Delegation to Other Committees or Officers . To the extent applicable law permits, the Board may delegate to another committee of the Board or to one or more officers of the Company any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee. However, no such delegation is permitted with respect to Awards made to Section 16 Participants at the time any such delegated authority or responsibility is exercised. The Board also may delegate to another committee of the Board consisting entirely of Non-Employee Directors any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee with respect to individuals who are Section 16 Participants. If the Board has made such a delegation, then all references to the Committee in this Plan include such other committee or one or more officers to the extent of such delegation.
 
(c)                                   Indemnification . The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee, and each officer or member of any other committee to whom a delegation under Section 3(b) has been made, as to any act done, or determination made, with respect to this Plan or any Award to the maximum extent that the law and the Company’s by-laws permit.
 
A-5 

 
4.                                       Eligibility. The Committee may designate any of the following as a Participant from time to time: any officer or other employee of the Company or its Affiliates, an individual that the Company or an Affiliate has engaged to become an officer or employee, a consultant who provides services to the Company or its Affiliates, or a Director, including a Non-Employee Director. The Committee’s designation of a Participant in any year will not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year.
 
5.                                       Types of Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee may grant any type of Award to any Participant it selects, but only employees of the Company or a Subsidiary may receive grants of incentive stock options. Awards may be granted alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any Affiliate).
 
6.                                       Shares Reserved under this Plan.
 
(a)                                   Plan Reserve . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, an aggregate of 4,000,000 Shares, plus the number of Shares described in Section 6(c), are reserved for issuance under this Plan. The aggregate number of Shares reserved under this Section 6(a) shall be depleted by the maximum number of Shares, if any, that may be payable under an Award as determined at the time of grant; provided that the aggregate number of Shares reserved under this Section 6(a) shall be depleted by 1.75 Shares for each Share delivered in payment or settlement of a full-value Award. For this purpose, a full-value award includes Shares, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units payable in Shares, Performance Shares, Performance Units payable in Shares and any other similar Award payable in Shares under which the value of the Award is measured as the full value of a Share, rather than the increase in the value of a Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may issue only 4,000,000 Shares upon the exercise of incentive stock options. For purposes of determining the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, any fractional Share shall be rounded to the next highest full Share.
 
(b)                                  Replenishment of Shares Under this Plan . If an Award lapses, expires, terminates or is cancelled without the issuance of Shares under the Award (whether due currently or on a deferred basis), or if Shares are forfeited under an Award, or if Shares are issued under any Award and the Company subsequently reacquires them pursuant to rights reserved upon the issuance of the Shares, then such Shares shall be recredited to the Plan’s reserve (in the same number as they depleted the reserve) and may again be used for new Awards under this Plan, but such Shares may not be issued pursuant to incentive stock options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the following Shares be recredited to the Plan’s reserve: Shares tendered or withheld in payment of the exercise price of an outstanding Option; Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy federal, state or local tax withholding obligations; and Shares purchased by the Company using proceeds from Option exercises.
 
(c)                                   Addition of Shares from Predecessor Plans . After the Effective Date, if any Shares subject to awards granted under the 1990 Plan or the 2004 Plan would again become available for new grants under the terms of such plan if such plan were still in effect, then those Shares will be available for the purpose of granting Awards under this Plan, thereby increasing the number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan as determined under the first sentence of Section 6(a). Any such Shares will not be available for future awards under the terms of the 1990 Plan or the 2004 Plan.
 
(d)                                  Participant Limitations . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, no Participant may be granted Awards that could result in such Participant:
 
(i) receiving Options for, and/or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to, more than 5,000,000 Shares during any period of five consecutive fiscal years of the Company;
 
A-6 

 
(ii) receiving Awards of Restricted Stock relating to more than 1,500,000 Shares during any period of five consecutive fiscal years of the Company;
 
(iii) receiving, with respect to an Award of Performance Shares and/or an Award of Performance Units the value of which is based on the Fair Market Value of a Share, payment of more than 600,000 Shares in respect of any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the Company, or of more than 900,000 Shares in respect of any period of three consecutive fiscal years of the Company;
 
(iv) receiving, with respect to an Annual Incentive Award in respect of any single fiscal year of the Company, a cash payment of more than $6,000,000; or
 
(v) receiving, with respect to a Long-Term Incentive Award and/or an Award of Performance Units the value of which is not based on the Fair Market Value of a Share, a cash payment of more than $12,000,000 in respect of any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the Company, or of more than $18,000,000 in respect of any period of three consecutive fiscal years of the Company.
 
In all cases, determinations under this Section 6(d) should be made in a manner that is consistent with the exemption for performance-based compensation that Code Section 162(m) provides.
 
7.                                       Options. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each Option, including but not limited to: (a) whether the Option is an “incentive stock option” which meets the requirements of Code Section 422, or a “nonqualified stock option” which does not meet the requirements of Code Section 422; (b) the grant date, which may not be any day prior to the date that the Committee approves the grant; (c) the number of Shares subject to the Option; (d) the exercise price, which may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant; (e) the terms and conditions of exercise; and (f) the term, except that a stock option must terminate no later than 7 years after the date of grant. In all other respects, the terms of any incentive stock option should comply with the provisions of Code Section 422 except to the extent the Committee determines otherwise. Except to the extent the Committee determines otherwise, a Participant may exercise an Option in whole or part after the right to exercise the Option has accrued, provided that any partial exercise must be for one hundred (100) Shares or multiples thereof. Except as the Committee may otherwise provide, an Option shall expire at the earliest of 7 years from the date of grant, three (3) months after termination of the Participant’s employment or service for reasons other than death, Disability, Retirement or Cause, one (1) year after termination of the Participant’s employment or service as a result of death or Disability, three (3) years after termination of the Participant’s employment or service as a result of Retirement, or immediately upon termination of the Participant’s employment or service for Cause.
 
8.                                       Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each SAR, including but not limited to: (a) whether the SAR is granted independently of an Option or relates to an Option; (b) the grant date, which may not be any day prior to the date that the Committee approves the grant; (c) the number of Shares to which the SAR relates; (d) the grant price, which may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the SAR as determined on the date of grant; (e) the terms and conditions of exercise or maturity; and (f) the term, provided that an SAR must terminate no later than 7 years after the date of grant. If an SAR is granted in relation to an Option, then unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the SAR shall be exercisable or shall mature at the same time or times, on the same conditions and to the extent and in the proportion, that the related Option is exercisable and may be exercised or mature for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option. Upon exercise of any number of SAR, the number of Shares subject to the related Option shall be reduced accordingly and such Option may not be exercised with respect to that number of Shares. The exercise of any number of Options that relate to an SAR shall likewise result in an equivalent reduction in the number of Shares covered by the related SAR.
 
A-7 

 
9.                                       Performance and Stock Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each award of Shares, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units, including but not limited to: (a) the number of Shares and/or units to which such Award relates; (b) whether, as a condition for the Participant to realize all or a portion of the benefit provided under the Award, one or more Performance Goals must be achieved during such period as the Committee specifies; (c) the length of the vesting and/or performance period and, if different, the date on which payment of the benefit provided under the Award will be made; (d) with respect to Performance Units, whether to measure the value of each unit in relation to a designated dollar value or the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares; and (e) with respect to Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units, whether to settle such Awards in cash, in Shares, or in a combination of cash and Shares.
 
10.                                Annual Incentive Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of an Annual Incentive Award, including but not limited to the Performance Goals, performance period, the potential amount payable, the type of payment, and the timing of payment, subject to the following: (a) the Committee must require that payment of all or any portion of the amount subject to the Annual Incentive Award is contingent on the achievement or partial achievement of one or more Performance Goals during the period the Committee specifies, although the Committee may specify that all or a portion of the Performance Goals subject to an Award are deemed achieved upon a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement; (b) the performance period must relate to a period of at least one fiscal year of the Company except that, if the Award is made at the time of commencement of employment with the Company or on the occasion of a promotion, then the Award may relate to a period shorter than one fiscal year; and (c) payment will be in cash except to the extent that the Committee determines that payment will be in Shares or Restricted Stock, either on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant, having a Fair Market Value at the time of the payment equal to the amount payable with respect to the Annual Incentive Award.
 
11.                                Long-Term Incentive Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of a Long-Term Incentive Award, including but not limited to the Performance Goals, performance period, the potential amount payable, the type of payment, and the timing of payment, subject to the following: (a) the Committee must require that payment of all or any portion of the amount subject to the Long-Term Incentive Award is contingent on the achievement or partial achievement of one or more Performance Goals during the period the Committee specifies, although the Committee may specify that all or a portion of the Performance Goals subject to an Award are deemed achieved upon a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement; (b) the performance period must relate to a period of more than one fiscal year of the Company except that, if the Award is made at the time of commencement of employment with the Company or on the occasion of a promotion, then the Award may relate to a shorter period; and (c) payment will be in cash except to the extent that the Committee determines that payment will be in Shares or Restricted Stock, either on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant, having a Fair Market Value at the time of the payment equal to the amount payable with respect to the Long-Term Incentive Award.
 
12.                                Amendment of Minimum Vesting and Performance Periods.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan that requires a minimum vesting and/or performance period for an Award, the Committee, at the time an Award is granted or any later date, may subject an Award to a shorter vesting and/or performance period to take into account a Participant’s hire or promotion, or may accelerate the vesting or deem an Award to be earned, in whole or in part, in the event of a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement.
 
13.                                Transferability. Awards are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and to the extent the Committee allows a Participant to: (a) designate in writing a beneficiary to exercise the Award after the Participant’s death; or (b) transfer an Award.
 
A-8 

 
14.                                Termination and Amendment of Plan; Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards.
 
(a)                                   Term of Plan . Unless the Board earlier terminates this Plan pursuant to Section 14(b), this Plan will terminate on the earlier of (i) the date that is 10 years from the Effective Date and (ii) the date when all Shares reserved for issuance have been issued.
 
(b)                                  Termination and Amendment . The Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan at any time, subject to the following limitations:
 
(i) the Board must approve any amendment of this Plan to the extent the Company determines such approval is required by: (A) action of the Board, (B) applicable corporate law or (C) any other applicable law;
 
(ii) shareholders must approve any amendment of this Plan to the extent the Company determines such approval is required by: (A) Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (B) the Code, (C) the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded or (D) any other applicable law; and
 
(iii) shareholders must approve any of the following Plan amendments: (A) an amendment to materially increase any number of Shares specified in Section 6(a) or 6(d) (except as permitted by Section 16); or (B) an amendment to the provisions of Section 14(e).
 
(c)                                   Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards . Except as provided in Section 14(e) and subject to the requirements of this Plan, the Committee may modify or amend any Award or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or the exercise of the Award, and the terms and conditions applicable to any Awards may at any time be amended, modified or canceled by mutual agreement between the Committee and the Participant or any other person(s) as may then have an interest in the Award, so long as any amendment or modification does not increase the number of Shares issuable under this Plan (except as permitted by Section 16), but the Committee need not obtain Participant (or other interested party) consent for the cancellation of an Award pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(a) or for the modification or amendment of an Award: (i) to the extent the modification or amendment is deemed necessary by the Committee to comply with any applicable law or the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded; (ii) to the extent the modification or amendment is deemed necessary by the Committee to preserve favorable accounting treatment of any Award for the Company; or (iii) to the extent the Committee determines that such modification or amendment does not materially and adversely affect the value of an Award or that such modification or amendment is in the best interest of the affected Participant or any other person(s) as may then have an interest in the Award. In addition, except as provided in Section 14(e) and subject to the requirements of this Plan, the Committee may modify or amend any Award granted to a Participant under the 1990 Plan or the 2004 Plan, or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any such Award, to include Award terms consistent with the permitted terms of Awards granted under this Plan.
 
(d)                                  Survival of Authority and Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Board and the Committee under this Section 14 will extend beyond the date of this Plan’s termination. In addition, termination of this Plan will not affect the rights of Participants with respect to Awards previously granted to them, and all unexpired Awards will continue in force and effect after termination of this Plan except as they may lapse or be terminated by their own terms and conditions.
 
(e)                                   Repricing Prohibited . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, and except for the adjustments provided in Section 16, neither the Committee nor any other person may decrease the exercise price for any outstanding Option or SAR after the date of grant, cancel an outstanding Option or SAR in exchange for cash or allow a Participant to surrender an outstanding Option or SAR to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new Option or SAR with a lower exercise price.
 
(f)                                     Foreign Participation . To assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or
 
A-9 

 
appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it determines is necessary or appropriate for such purposes. Any such amendment, restatement or alternative versions that the Committee approves for purposes of using this Plan in a foreign country will not affect the terms of this Plan for any other country. In addition, all such supplements, amendments, restatements or alternative versions must comply with the provisions of Section 14(b)(ii).
 
15.                                Taxes.
 
(a)                                   Withholding .  The Company is entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amount payable or Shares deliverable under this Plan after giving the person entitled to receive such amount or Shares notice as far in advance as practicable, and the Company may defer making payment or delivery if any such tax may be pending unless and until indemnified to its satisfaction. If Shares are deliverable upon exercise or payment of an Award, the Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or a portion of the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations arising in connection with such Award by electing to (a) have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under the Award, (b) tender back Shares received in connection with such Award or (c) deliver other previously owned Shares, in each case having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to be withheld. However, the amount to be withheld may not exceed the total minimum federal, state and local tax withholding obligations associated with the transaction. The election must be made on or before the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and otherwise as the Committee requires.
 
(b)                                  No Guarantee of Tax Treatment .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company does not guarantee to any Participant or any other person(s) with an interest in an Award that (i) any Award intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A shall be so exempt, (ii) any Award intended to comply with Code Section 409A or Code Section 422 shall so comply, or (iii) any Award shall otherwise receive a specific tax treatment under any other applicable tax law, nor in any such case will the Company or any Affiliate indemnify, defend or hold harmless any individual with respect to the tax consequences of any Award.
 
16.                                Adjustment Provisions; Change in Control.
 
(a)                                   Adjustment of Shares .  If (i) the Company shall at any time be involved in a merger or other transaction in which the Shares are changed or exchanged; or (ii) the Company shall subdivide or combine the Shares or the Company shall declare a dividend payable in Shares, other securities (other than any associated preferred stock purchase rights issued pursuant to that certain Rights Agreement, dated February 1, 1999, between the Company and ComputerShare Investor Services, LLC, as successor rights agent, or similar stock purchase rights that the Company might authorize and issue in the future) or other property; or (iii) the Company shall effect a cash dividend the amount of which exceeds 10% of the trading price of the Shares at the time the dividend is declared, or the Company shall effect any other dividend or other distribution on the Shares in the form of cash, or a repurchase of Shares, that the Board determines by resolution is special or extraordinary in nature or that is in connection with a transaction that the Company characterizes publicly as a recapitalization or reorganization involving the Shares; or (iv) any other event shall occur which, in the case of this clause (iv), in the judgment of the Committee necessitates an adjustment to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, then, subject to Participants’ rights under Section 16(c), the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (A) the number and type of Shares subject to this Plan (including the number and type of Shares described in Sections 6(a) and 6(d)) and which may after the event be made the subject of Awards under this Plan, (B) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (C) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award. In any such case, the Committee may also (or in lieu of the foregoing) make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in exchange for the cancellation of all or a portion of the Award (without the consent of the holder of an Award) in an amount determined by the Committee effective at such time as the Committee specifies (which may be the time such transaction or event is effective), but if such transaction or event constitutes
 
A-10 

 
a Change in Control, then (1) such payment shall be at least as favorable to the holder as the greatest amount the holder could have received in respect of such Award under Section 16(c), and (2) from and after the Change in Control, the Committee may make such a provision only if the Committee determines that doing so is necessary to substitute, for each Share then subject to an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Stock are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction or event in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 16(a). However, in each case, with respect to Awards of incentive stock options, no such adjustment may be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause this Plan to violate Code Section 422(b). Further, the number of Shares subject to any Award payable or denominated in Shares must always be a whole number. In any event, Options previously granted to Non-Employee Directors at the time of any event described in this Section 16(a) are subject to only such adjustments as are necessary to maintain the relative proportionate interest the Options represented immediately prior to any such event and to preserve, without exceeding, the value of such Options. Without limitation, subject to Participants’ rights under Section 16(c), in the event of any such merger or similar transaction, subdivision or combination of Shares, dividend or other event described above, whether or not constituting a Change in Control (other than any such transaction in which the Company is the continuing corporation and in which the outstanding Stock is not being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof), the Committee shall substitute, on an equitable basis as the Committee determines, for each Share then subject to an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Stock are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall subdivide the Shares or the Company shall declare a dividend payable in Shares, and if no action is taken by the Board or the Committee, then the adjustments contemplated by this Section 16(a) that are proportionate shall nevertheless automatically be made as of the date of such subdivision of the Shares or dividend in Shares.
 
(b)                                  Issuance or Assumption . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and without affecting the number of Shares otherwise reserved or available under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of awards under this Plan upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.
 
(c)                                   Change in Control . Except to the extent the Committee provides a result more favorable to holders of Awards (either in an award agreement or at the time of a Change in Control), in the event of a Change in Control:
 
(i) each holder of an Option or SAR (A) shall have the right at any time thereafter to exercise the Option or SAR in full whether or not the Option or SAR was theretofore exercisable; and (B) shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within 60 days after the Change in Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of the Option or SAR, an amount of cash equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option or SAR that is so surrendered on the date of surrender of the Option or SAR over the purchase or grant price of such Shares under the Award;
 
(ii) Restricted Stock that is not then vested shall vest upon the date of the Change in Control and each holder of such Restricted Stock shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within 60 days after the Change in Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of such Restricted Stock, an amount of cash equal to the Change in Control Price of such Restricted Stock;
 
(iii) each holder of a Performance Share and/or Performance Unit for which the performance period has not expired shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within 60 days after the Change in Control, to receive, in exchange for the surrender of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit, an amount of cash equal to the product of the value of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit and a fraction the numerator of which is
 
A-11 

 
the number of whole months that have elapsed from the beginning of the performance period to which the Award is subject to the date of the Change in Control and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the performance period;
 
(iv) each holder of a Performance Share and/or Performance Unit that has been earned but not yet paid shall receive an amount of cash equal to the value of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit; and
 
(v) all Annual and Long-Term Incentive Awards that are earned but not yet paid shall be paid, and all Annual and Long-Term Incentive Awards that are not yet earned shall be deemed to have been earned pro rata, as if the Performance Goals are attained as of the effective date of the Change in Control, by taking the product of (A) the Participant’s target award opportunity for the period to which the Award is subject, and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of whole months that have elapsed from the beginning of the performance period to which the Award is subject to the date of the Change in Control and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the performance period.
 
For purposes of this Section 16, the “value” of a Performance Share shall be equal to, and the “value” of a Performance Unit the value of which is equal to the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares shall be based on, the Change in Control Price.
 
Except as otherwise expressly provided in any agreement between a Participant and the Company (including where any such agreement makes reference to corresponding provisions of the 1990 Plan rather than this Plan), if the receipt of any payment by a Participant under the circumstances described above would result in the payment by the Participant of any excise tax provided for in Section 280G and Section 4999 of the Code, then the amount of such payment shall be reduced to the extent required to prevent the imposition of such excise tax.
 
17.                                Miscellaneous.
 
(a)                                   Other Terms and Conditions . The grant of any Award may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions for:
 
(i) one or more means to enable Participants to defer the delivery of Shares or recognition of taxable income relating to Awards or cash payments derived from the Awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee determines, including, by way of example, the form and manner of the deferral election, the treatment of dividends paid on the Shares during the deferral period or a means for providing a return to a Participant on amounts deferred, and the permitted distribution dates or events (provided that no such deferral means may result in an increase in the number of Shares issuable under this Plan);
 
(ii) the payment of the purchase price of Options (A) by delivery of cash or other Shares or other securities of the Company (including by attestation) having a then Fair Market Value equal to the purchase price of such Shares, (B) by delivery (including by fax) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions to a broker-dealer to sell or margin a sufficient portion of the Shares and deliver the sale or margin loan proceeds directly to the Company to pay for the exercise price, (C) by surrendering the right to receive Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant upon exercise of the Award having a Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total exercise price, or (D) by any combination of (A), (B) and/or (C);
 
(iii) except in connection with the grant of Awards providing Options or SARs, for which Awards this subsection is not applicable, provisions giving the Participant the right to receive
 
A-12 

 
dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to the Shares subject to the Award (but only after the Shares subject to the Award are earned, vested or acquired), which payments may be either made currently or credited to a nonqualified deferred compensation account for the Participant that complies with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A, provides for the deferral of payment of such amounts to a specified employee or until a specified event described in Code Section 409A(a)(2), and may be settled in cash or Shares, as the Committee determines;
 
(iv) restrictions on resale or other disposition of Shares; and
 
(v) compliance with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements.
 
(b)                                  Employment and Service . The issuance of an Award shall not confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continued employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate, or the right to continue as a Director. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, for purposes of the Plan and all Awards, the following rules shall apply:
 
(i) a Participant who transfers employment between the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, or between Subsidiaries, will not be considered to have terminated employment;
 
(ii) a Participant who ceases to be a Non-Employee Director because he or she becomes an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary shall not be considered to have ceased service as a Director with respect to any Award until such Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries;
 
(iii) a Participant who ceases to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary and immediately thereafter becomes a Non-Employee Director, a non-employee director of a Subsidiary, or a consultant to the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be considered to have terminated employment until such Participant’s service as a director of, or consultant to, the Company and its Subsidiaries has ceased; and
 
(iv) a Participant employed by a Subsidiary will be considered to have terminated employment when such entity ceases to be a Subsidiary.
 
(c)                                   No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares or other securities may be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan, and the Committee may determine whether cash, other securities or other property will be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or other securities, or whether such fractional Shares or other securities or any rights to fractional Shares or other securities will be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.
 
(d)                                  Unfunded Plan . This Plan is unfunded and does not create, and should not be construed to create, a trust or separate fund with respect to this Plan’s benefits. This Plan does not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant or other person. To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under this Plan, such rights are no greater than the rights of the Company’s general unsecured creditors.
 
(e)                                   Requirements of Law and Securities Exchange . The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares in connection with an Award are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any award agreement, the Company has no liability to deliver any Shares under this Plan or make any payment unless such delivery or payment would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity, and unless and until the Participant has taken all actions required by the Company in connection therewith. The Company may impose such restrictions on any Shares issued under the Plan as the Company
 
A-13 

 
determines necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations or the requirements of any national securities exchanges. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any document pertaining to Awards granted hereunder to the contrary, this Plan shall be so construed, interpreted and administered to meet the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A to avoid a plan failure described in Code Section 409A(a)(1).
 
(f)                                     Governing Law . This Plan, and all agreements under this Plan, will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without reference to any conflict of law principles. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Plan, any Award or any award agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Plan, any Award or any award agreement, may only be heard only in a “bench” trial, and any party to such action or proceeding shall agree to waive its right to a jury trial.
 
(g)                                  Limitations on Actions . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Plan, any Award or any award agreement must be brought within one year (365 days) after the day the complaining party first knew or should have known of the events giving rise to the complaint.
 
(h)                                  Construction . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used in the singular or plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. Title of sections are for general information only, and this Plan is not to be construed with reference to such titles.
 
(i)                                      Severability . If any provision of this Plan or any award agreement or any Award (i) is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or (ii) would disqualify this Plan, any award agreement or any Award under any law the Committee deems applicable, then such provision should be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Plan, award agreement or Award, then such provision should be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this Plan, such award agreement and such Award will remain in full force and effect.
 
A-14 

Exhibit 10.27
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
(a Wisconsin corporation)
 
2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan
Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement
 
[Name]
[Street]
[City]
[Country]
 
Oshkosh Corporation (the “Company”) and you hereby agree as follows:
 
You have been granted Stock Appreciation Rights relating to shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), with the following terms and conditions:
 
Grant Date:   [Date]
 
Number of Stock Appreciation Rights: [Number]
 
Grant Price per Right:       $[Price]
 
Termination Date:  The earliest of (1) the seventh anniversary of the Grant Date, (2) three years after your Retirement, (3) one year after you terminate employment as a result of death or Disability and (4) the date you terminate employment for a reason other than Retirement, death or Disability.
 
Vesting Schedule:

Number of Stock Appreciation Rights	 	Vesting Date	 	

 	 	 	 	
 
Your Stock Appreciation Rights also will become fully vested if you terminate employment as a result of death, Disability or Retirement or upon a Change in Control. You will forfeit unvested Stock Appreciation Rights when your employment terminates for any reason other than your death, Disability or Retirement.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if your employment is terminated for Cause, you will forfeit all of your Stock Appreciation Rights (whether vested or unvested).  In addition, if after your employment terminates the Company determines that it could have terminated your employment for Cause had all relevant facts been known at the time of your termination, then the Company may terminate your Stock Appreciation Rights immediately upon such determination, and you will be prohibited from exercising your Stock Appreciation Rights thereafter.  In such event, you will be notified of the termination of your Stock Appreciation Rights.
 
The Company may delay the vesting of your Stock Appreciation Rights to take into account leaves of absences, changes in the number of hours worked, and other changes in your working status to the extent

 
permitted by Company policies, as in effect from time to time, and in such event your rights will be governed by the policies in effect at the time of any such leave of absence or other change.
 
Exercise and Settlement:   You may exercise your Stock Appreciation Rights in part or in full to the extent vested at any time prior to their expiration or other termination by using the Stock Appreciation Rights Exercise Form that the Company will provide.  However, any partial exercise must be for one hundred (100) Stock Appreciation Rights or multiples thereof.  The exercise of your Stock Appreciation Rights will become effective at the time the Company (or its designated agent) receives the completed Stock Appreciation Rights Exercise Form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your Stock Appreciation Rights at a time that the Company’s insider trading policy as then in effect would prohibit you from purchasing or selling shares of Common Stock of the Company. Within three weeks following your exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, the Company will pay you the value of the Stock Appreciation Rights exercised.  The value of the Stock Appreciation Rights exercised will be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Stock Appreciation Rights that are exercised, and (2) the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise exceeds the Grant Price per Right identified above.  The Stock Appreciation Rights value will be paid in cash in your local currency using the spot rate on the date of exercise, less applicable withholding.
 
Unless you provide written instructions to the contrary, the Stock Appreciation Rights, to the extent vested, will also be automatically settled on the date the Stock Appreciation Rights would terminate (other than upon a termination for Cause) (the “Automatic Settlement Date”) as follows:  Within three weeks after the Automatic Settlement Date, the compensation (if any) payable with respect to the Stock Appreciation Rights that are vested will be paid in cash in your local currency using the spot rate on the Automatic Settlement Date, less applicable withholding.  For this purpose, the value of the Stock Appreciation Rights that are vested will be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Stock Appreciation Rights that are vested, by (2) the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Automatic Settlement Date exceeds the Grant Price per Right identified above.
 
If the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise or the Automatic Settlement Date is less than or equal to the Grant Price per Right identified above, then no amount is payable with respect to the Stock Appreciation Rights exercised or subject to automatic settlement.  Subject to any payment obligation, upon the date of exercise or the Automatic Settlement Date, the Stock Appreciation Rights exercised or subject to automatic settlement (whether or not resulting in a payment) will terminate.
 
Plan Governs; No Distributions or Options: The Stock Appreciation Rights are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan. Additional provisions regarding the Stock Appreciation Rights and definitions of capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement can be found in the Plan, a copy of which is available on request. The Stock Appreciation Rights do not include the right to receive dividends or other distributions declared and paid on the Shares underlying the Stock Appreciation Rights. This Award is not related to any grant to you of an Option, and you acknowledge that you are not receiving an Option.
 
Recoupment:  If the Board or the Committee determines that recoupment of some or all of the compensation paid or payable to you pursuant to the Stock Appreciation Rights is required under any law, regulation, listing requirement or recoupment policy of the Company, then the Stock Appreciation Rights will terminate immediately on the date of such determination to the extent required by such law, regulation, listing requirement or recoupment policy, any prior exercise of the Stock Appreciation Rights may be deemed to be rescinded, and the Board or the Committee may recoup any such compensation in accordance with such recoupment policy or as required by law, regulation or listing requirement.  The Company shall have the right to offset against any other amounts due from the Company to you the amount owed by you hereunder.
 
2 

 
Amendments; Binding Nature: This Award Agreement may be amended only with the consent of both you and the Company, unless the amendment is not to your detriment or the Plan permits such amendment without your consent.  The failure of the Company to enforce any provision of this Award Agreement at any time shall in no way constitute a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.  This Award Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of you and your heirs and personal representatives and the Company and its successors and legal representatives.
 
Committee Interpretation Binding; Counterparts:   As a condition to the grant of this Stock Appreciation Rights, you agree (with such agreement being binding upon your legal representatives, guardians, legatees or beneficiaries) that this Award Agreement and the Plan shall be subject to interpretation by the Committee and that any interpretation by the Committee of the terms of this Award Agreement or the Plan, and any determination made by the Committee pursuant to this Award Agreement or the Plan, shall be final, binding and conclusive.  This Award Agreement may be executed in counterparts.
 
BY SIGNING BELOW AND AGREEING TO THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN AND IN THE PLAN.  YOU ALSO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.
 
3 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed, and you have executed this Award Agreement, all as of the Grant Date.

 	OSHKOSH CORPORATION	

 	By:	 	

 	Accepted:	

 	By:	 	
 	 	[Name]	
 
4 

Exhibit 10.29
 
OSHKOSH CORPORATION
(a Wisconsin corporation)
 
2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan
              Restricted Stock Award              
 
[Participant]:
 
[Participant Address]:
 
Oshkosh Corporation (the “Company”) and you hereby agree as follows:
 
You have been granted an award of shares of common stock of the Company constituting Restricted Stock under the Oshkosh Corporation 2009 Incentive Stock and Awards Plan (the “Plan”) with the following terms and conditions:
 
Grant Date :
 
Number of Shares of Restricted Stock :
 
Vesting Schedule :

Number of Shares of Restricted Stock	 	Vesting Date	 	

 	 	 	 	
 
You will forfeit any shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested as of the date of your termination of employment for reasons other than death or Disability.  Any shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested will become fully vested at the time your employment terminates as a result of death or Disability or upon a Change in Control.
 
Restrictions on Transferability :  You may not sell, transfer or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your shares of Restricted Stock until they are vested.
 
Issuance of Share Certificates:  The Company will issue in your name certificate(s) evidencing your shares of Restricted Stock as soon as practicable following your execution of this Award.  In addition to any other legends placed on the certificate(s), such certificate(s) will bear the following legend:
 
The shares of Stock represented by this certificate are subject to forfeiture, and the sale or other transfer of the shares of Stock represented by this certificate (whether voluntary or by operation of law) is subject to certain restrictions, as set forth in a Restricted Stock Award, dated as of                     , by and between Oshkosh Corporation and the registered owner hereof.  A copy of such Award may be obtained from the Secretary of Oshkosh Corporation.

 
Upon the vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, you will be entitled to a new certificate for the Shares that have vested, without the foregoing legend, upon making a request for such certificate to the Secretary of the Company.
 
Voting Rights and Dividends : While the shares of Restricted Stock are subject to forfeiture, you may exercise full voting rights and will receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, in each case so long as the applicable record date occurs before you forfeit such shares of Restricted Stock. If, however, any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, such Shares will be subject to the same risk of forfeiture, restrictions on transferability and other terms of this Award as are the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.
 
Tax Withholding :  To the extent that the receipt of Restricted Stock, the vesting of Restricted Stock or the occurrence of another event relating to Restricted Stock results in income to you for federal, state or local income tax purposes, you shall deliver to the Company at the time the Company is obligated to withhold taxes in connection with such receipt, vesting or other event, as the case may be, such amount as the Company requires to meet its withholding obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if you fail to do so, the Company has the right and authority to deduct or withhold from other compensation payable to you an amount sufficient to satisfy its withholding obligations.  You may satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by electing to deliver to the Company that number of shares of Restricted Stock (that vest on the date the Company is required to withhold taxes or have previously vested) or other shares of common stock of the Company that you own having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be withheld equal to the minimum statutory total tax that the Company must withhold in connection with the vesting of such shares of Restricted Stock or other event.  Your election must be irrevocable, in writing, and submitted to the Secretary before the applicable vesting date or date of such other event.  The Fair Market Value of any fractional Share not used to satisfy the withholding obligation (as determined on the date the tax is determined) will be paid to you in cash.
 
This Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Additional provisions regarding your award of Restricted Stock and definitions of capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award can be found in the Plan, a copy of which is available upon request.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Award to be duly executed, and you have executed this Award Agreement, all as of the Grant Date stated above.

 	OSHKOSH CORPORATION	

 	By:	 	
 	Name:	 	
 	Title:	 	

 	Accepted:	

 	By:	 	
 	 	Participant Name [Typed]	

Exhibit 21
 
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
Listed below are the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries as of the date of this report. Names of certain inactive or minor subsidiaries have been omitted.

Name	 	State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization	
 	 	 	
Kewaunee Fabrications, L.L.C.	 	Wisconsin	
McNeilus Companies, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
Concrete Equipment Company, Inc.	 	Nebraska	
Audubon Manufacturing Corporation	 	Iowa	
Iowa Contract Fabricators, Inc.	 	Iowa	
Iowa Mold Tooling Co., Inc.	 	Delaware	
JerrDan Corporation	 	Delaware	
Kensett Fabricators, Inc.	 	Iowa	
LMI Finance L.P.	 	Canada	
London Machinery Inc.	 	Canada	
London (Mtl) Inc.	 	Canada	
McIntire Fabricators, Inc.	 	Iowa	
McNeilus Financial Services, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
Oshkosh Equipment Finance, L.L.C.	 	Wisconsin	
McNeilus Truck and Manufacturing, Inc.	 	Minnesota	
McNeilus Financial, Inc.	 	Texas	
Viking Truck & Equipment Sales (MI), Inc.	 	Michigan	
Viking Truck & Equipment Sales (OH), Inc.	 	Ohio	
JLG Industries, Inc.	 	Pennsylvania	
Access Financial Solutions, Inc.	 	Maryland	
Fulton International, Inc.	 	Delaware	
GI Industries, Inc.	 	Delaware	
TGC Industries, Inc.	 	Ohio	
JLG Equipment Services, Inc.	 	Pennsylvania	
JLG International LLC	 	Delaware	
JLG Investments, LP	 	Cayman Islands	
JLG Europe BV	 	Netherlands	
JLG France SAS	 	France	
JLG Industries GmbH	 	Germany	
JLG Deutschland GmbH	 	Germany	
JLG Industries (Italia) S.r.L	 	Italy	
JLG Industries (United Kingdom) Limited	 	United Kingdom	
JLG Manufacturing Europe BVBA	 	Belgium	
JLG Manufacturing Services Europe Maatschap	 	Belgium	
JLG Polaska Sp z.o.o	 	Poland	
JLG Sverige AB	 	Sweden	
Oshkosh Rus, LLC	 	Russia	
Platformas Elevadoras JLG Iberica S.L	 	Spain	
JLG Equipment Services Limited	 	Hong Kong	
Oshkosh JLG (Tianjin) Equipment Technology Co. Limited	 	China	
Oshkosh-JLG (Singapore) Technology Equipment Private Limited	 	Singapore	
JLG Latino Americana Ltda.	 	Brazil	
JLG Manufacturing, LLC	 	Pennsylvania	
JLG Prolift Pty Limited	 	Australia	
JLG Properties Australia Pty Limited	 	Australia	

 

Name	 	State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization	
 	 	 	
Premco Products Inc.	 	California	
Oshkosh India Private Limited	 	India	
Oshkosh Logistics Corporation	 	Wisconsin	
Oshkosh Asia Holdings Limited	 	Mauritius	
Oshkosh Commercial (Beijing) Co., Limited	 	China	
Oshkosh Arabia FZE	 	Dubai	
Pierce Manufacturing Inc.	 	Wisconsin	
Oshkosh Specialty Vehicles (UK), Limited	 	United Kingdom	
Pierce Western Region Refurbishment Center, Inc.	 	California	
Summit Performance Systems, L.L.C.	 	Wisconsin	
Windmill Ventures C.V.	 	Netherlands	
Oshkosh European Holdings S.L.	 	Spain	
Oshkosh Group B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Oshkosh Italy B.V.	 	Netherlands	
SC Medias Industries SRL	 	Romania	
AK Specialty Vehicles B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Smit Mobile Equipment B.V.	 	Netherlands	
Total Mixer Technologies, L.L.C.	 	Wisconsin	
 
McNeilus Companies, Inc. owns a 49% interest in Mezcladores Trailers de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
 
McNeilus Truck and Manufacturing, Inc. owns a 45% equity interest in McNeilus Equipamentos Do Brasil LTDA
 
Oshkosh Corporation owns a 27% equity interest in Mission Readiness L.L.C.
 
Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services, Inc. owns an equity interest in Oshkosh/McNeilus Financial Services Partnership (California partnership)
 
JLG Europe B.V. is a 50% joint partner in RiRent Europe B.V. (Netherlands)

Exhibit 23
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-163218, 333-114939, 333-101596, 333-84000, and 333-81681 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-161055 on Form S-3 of our reports dated November 15, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of Oshkosh Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oshkosh Corporation for the year ended September 30, 2011.

/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP	 	

Milwaukee, Wisconsin	 	
November 15, 2011	 	

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Charles L. Szews, certify that:
 
1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oshkosh Corporation;
 
2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 	 	
November 16, 2011	/S/ Charles L. Szews	
 	Charles L. Szews, President and Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, David M. Sagehorn, certify that:
 
1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oshkosh Corporation;
 
2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

November 16, 2011	/S/ David M. Sagehorn	
 	David M. Sagehorn	
 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
 
Written Statement of the President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350
 
Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. §1350, I, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer of Oshkosh Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended September 30, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

  /S/ Charles L. Szews	 	
Charles L. Szews	 	
November 16, 2011	 	

Exhibit 32.2
 
Written Statement of the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350
 
Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. §1350, I, the undersigned Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Oshkosh Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended September 30, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

   /S/ David M. Sagehorn	 	
David M. Sagehorn	 	
November 16, 2011